Patent Application
20110268697
The present disclosure is generally directed to antiviral compounds, and more specifically directed to compounds which can inhibit the function of the NS5A protein encoded by Hepatitis C virus (HCV), compositions comprising such compounds, and methods for inhibiting the function of the NS5A protein. The present disclosure further relates to a crystalline form of methyl ((1S)-1-(((2S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((2S)-1-((2S)-2-((methoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-methylbutanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)-4-biphenylyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)-2-methylpropyl)carbamate dihydrochloride salt. The present disclosure also generally relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a crystalline form, as well of methods of using a crystalline form in the treatment of Hepatitis C virus (HCV) and methods for obtaining such crystalline form.
HCV is a major human pathogen, infecting an estimated 170 million persons worldwide—roughly five times the number infected by human immunodeficiency virus type 1. A substantial fraction of these HCV infected individuals develop serious progressive liver disease, including cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma.
Presently, the most effective HCV therapy employs a combination of alpha-interferon and ribavirin, leading to sustained efficacy in 40% of patients. Recent clinical results demonstrate that pegylated alpha-interferon is superior to unmodified alpha-interferon as monotherapy. However, even with experimental therapeutic regimens involving combinations of pegylated alpha-interferon and ribavirin, a substantial fraction of patients do not have a sustained reduction in viral load. Thus, there is a clear and long-felt need to develop effective therapeutics for treatment of HCV infection.
HCV is a positive-stranded RNA virus. Based on a comparison of the deduced amino acid sequence and the extensive similarity in the 5′ untranslated region, HCV has been classified as a separate genus in the Flaviviridae family. All members of the Flaviviridae family have enveloped virions that contain a positive stranded RNA genome encoding all known virus-specific proteins via translation of a single, uninterrupted, open reading frame.
Considerable heterogeneity is found within the nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequence throughout the HCV genome. At least six major genotypes have been characterized, and more than 50 subtypes have been described. The major genotypes of HCV differ in their distribution worldwide, and the clinical significance of the genetic heterogeneity of HCV remains elusive despite numerous studies of the possible effect of genotypes on pathogenesis and therapy.
The single strand HCV RNA genome is approximately 9500 nucleotides in length and has a single open reading frame (ORF) encoding a single large polyprotein of about 3000 amino acids. In infected cells, this polyprotein is cleaved at multiple sites by cellular and viral proteases to produce the structural and non-structural (NS) proteins. In the case of HCV, the generation of mature non-structural proteins (NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B) is effected by two viral proteases. The first one is believed to be a metalloprotease and cleaves at the NS2-NS3 junction; the second one is a serine protease contained within the N-terminal region of NS3 (also referred to herein as NS3 protease) and mediates all the subsequent cleavages downstream of NS3, both in cis, at the NS3-NS4A cleavage site, and in trans, for the remaining NS4A-NS4B, NS4B-NS5A, NS5A-NS5B sites. The NS4A protein appears to serve multiple functions, acting as a cofactor for the NS3 protease and possibly assisting in the membrane localization of NS3 and other viral replicase components. The complex formation of the NS3 protein with NS4A seems necessary to the processing events, enhancing the proteolytic efficiency at all of the sites. The NS3 protein also exhibits nucleoside triphosphatase and RNA helicase activities. NS5B (also referred to herein as HCV polymerase) is a RNA-dependent RNA polymerase that is involved in the replication of HCV.
Compounds useful for treating HCV-infected patients are desired which selectively inhibit HCV viral replication. In particular, compounds which are effective to inhibit the function of the NS5A protein are desired. The HCV NS5A protein is described, for example, in Tan, S.-L., Katzel, M. G. Virology 2001, 284, 1-12; and in Park, K.-J.; Choi, S.-H, J. Biological Chemistry 2003.
The compound methyl ((1S)-1-(((2S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((2S)-1-((2S)-2-((methoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-methylbutanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)-4-biphenylyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)-2-methylpropyl)carbamate is useful for the treatment of HCV infection. Due to the difficulty in crystallizing this compound, formation of pure product has not been reproducible. It has been found that the dihydrochloride salt, represented by formula (I) and herein referred to as Compound (I), can be repeatedly crystallized into one particular polymorph, herein referred to as Form N-2, that offers high aqueous solubility and excellent purification capacity.
In a first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
m and n are independently 0, 1, or 2;
q and s are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
u and v are independently 0, 1, 2, or 3;
X is selected from O, S, S(O), SO2, CH2, CHR5, and C(R5)2; provided that when n is 0, X is selected from CH2, CHR5, and C(R5)2;
Y is selected from O, S, S(O), SO2, CH2, CHR6, and C(R6)2; provided that when m is 0, Y is selected from CH2, CHR6, and C(R6)2;
each R1 and R2 is independently selected from alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, formyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, —NRaRb, (NRaRb)alkyl, and (NRaRb)carbonyl;
R3 and R4 are each independently selected from hydrogen, R9—C(O)—, and R9—C(S)—;
each R5 and R6 is independently selected from alkoxy, alkyl, aryl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxy, and —NRaRb, wherein the alkyl can optionally form a fused three- to six-membered ring with an adjacent carbon atom, wherein the three- to six-membered ring is optionally substituted with one or two alkyl groups;
R7 and R8 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, haloalkyl, (NRaRb)carbonyl, and trialkylsilylalkoxyalkyl; and
each R9 is independently selected from alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkenyl, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkenyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, cycloalkyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkenyl, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, —NRcRd, (NRcRd)alkenyl, (NRcRd)alkyl, and (NRcRd)carbonyl.
In a first embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein m and n are each 1.
In a second embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
u and v are each independently 0, 1, or 2; and
each R1 and R2 is independently selected from alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, formyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (NRaRb)alkyl, and (NRaRb)carbonyl.
In a third embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein u and v are each independently 0 or 1; and
when present, R1 and/or R2 are halo.
In a fourth embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
u and v are each independently 0 or 1; and
when present, R1 and/or R2 are halo, wherein the halo is fluoro.
In a fifth embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein at least one of X and Y is S.
In a sixth embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X and Y are each S.
In a seventh embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is selected from CHR5, and C(R5)2; and Y is selected from CH2, CHR6, and C(R6)2.
In an eighth embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R7 and R8 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, haloalkyl, and (NRaRb)carbonyl.
In a ninth embodiment of the first aspect the present dislcosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R7 and R8 are each hydrogen.
In a tenth embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
q and s are independently 0, 1, or 2; and
each R5 and R6 is independently selected from alkyl, aryl, halo, and hydroxy, wherein the alkyl can optionally form a fused three- to six-membered ring with an adjacent carbon atom, wherein the three- to six-membered ring is optionally substituted with one or two alkyl groups.
In an eleventh embodiment of the first aspect the present dislcosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
q and s are independently 0 or 1; and
when present, R5 and/or R6 are each halo.
In a twelfth embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
q and s are independently 0 or 1; and
when present, R5 and/or R6 are each halo, wherein the halo is fluoro.
In a thirteenth embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein at least one of R3 and R4 is hydrogen.
In a fourteenth embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 and R4 are each R9—C(O)—.
In a fifteenth embodiment of the first aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each R9 is independently selected from alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkenyl, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, cycloalkyloxyalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, —NRcRd, (NRcRd)alkenyl, (NRcRd)alkyl, and (NRcRd)carbonyl.
In a second aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (II)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
q and s are independently 0, 1, or 2;
u and v are independently 0, 1, or 2;
X is selected from S, CH2, CHR5, and C(R5)2;
Y is selected from S, CH2, CHR6, and C(R6)2;
each R1 and R2 is independently selected from alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, formyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, (NRaRb)alkyl, and (NRaRb)carbonyl;
R3 and R4 are each independently selected from hydrogen and R9—C(O)—;
each R5 and R6 is independently selected from alkyl, aryl, halo, and hydroxy, wherein the alkyl can optionally form a fused three- to six-membered ring with an adjacent carbon atom, wherein the three- to six-membered ring is optionally substituted with one or two alkyl groups;
R7 and R8 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, haloalkyl, and (NRaRb)carbonyl; and
each R9 is independently selected from alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkenyl, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, cycloalkyloxyalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, —NRcRd, (NRcRd)alkenyl, (NRcRd)alkyl, and (NRcRd)carbonyl.
In a third aspect the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (III)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
q and s are independently 0, 1, or 2;
u and v are independently 0 or 1;
X is selected from CH2, CHR5, and C(R5)2;
Y is selected from CH2, CHR6, and C(R6)2;
when present, R1 and/or R2 are halo, wherein the halo is fluoro;
R3 and R4 are each R9—C(O)—;
when present, R5 and/or R6 are halo, wherein the halo is fluoro; and
each R9 is independently selected from alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonylalkyl, aryl, arylalkenyl, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, aryloxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkenyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, cycloalkyloxyalkyl, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkenyl, heterocyclylalkoxy, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyloxyalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, —NRcRd, (NRcRd)alkenyl, (NRcRd)alkyl, and (NRcRd)carbonyl.
In a fourth aspect the present disclosure provides a compound selected from methyl ((1S)-1-(((2S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((2S)-1-((2S)-2-((methoxycarbonyl)amino)-3-methylbutanoyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)-4-biphenylyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-1-pyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)-2-methylpropyl)carbamate;
In a first embodiment of the fifth aspect the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a dihydrochloride salt.
In a sixth aspect the present disclosure provides a composition comprising a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In a first embodiment of the sixth aspect the composition further comprises one or two additional compounds having anti-HCV activity. In a second embodiment at least one of the additional compounds is an interferon or a ribavirin. In a third embodiment the interferon is selected from interferon alpha 2B, pegylated interferon alpha, consensus interferon, interferon alpha 2A, and lymphoblastiod interferon tau.
In a fourth embodiment of the sixth aspect the composition further comprises one or two additional compounds having anti-HCV activity wherein at least one of the additional compounds is selected from interleukin 2, interleukin 6, interleukin 12, a compound that enhances the development of a type 1 helper T cell response, interfering RNA, anti-sense RNA, Imiqimod, ribavirin, an inosine 5′-monophospate dehydrogenase inhibitor, amantadine, and rimantadine.
In a fifth embodiment of the sixth aspect the composition further comprises one or two additional compounds having anti-HCV activity wherein at least one of the additional compounds is effective to inhibit the function of a target selected from HCV metalloprotease, HCV serine protease, HCV polymerase, HCV helicase, HCV NS4B protein, HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, HCV NS5A protein, and IMPDH for the treatment of an HCV infection.
In an seventh aspect the present disclosure provides a method of treating an HCV infection in a patient, comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In a first embodiment of the seventh aspect the method further comprises administering one or two additional compounds having anti-HCV activity prior to, after or simultaneously with the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a second embodiment at least one of the additional compounds is an interferon or a ribavirin. In a third embodiment the interferon is selected from interferon alpha 2B, pegylated interferon alpha, consensus interferon, interferon alpha 2A, and lymphoblastiod interferon tau.
In a fourth embodiment the method further comprises administering one or two additional compounds having anti-HCV activity prior to, after or simultaneously with the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein at least one of the additional compounds is selected from interleukin 2, interleukin 6, interleukin 12, a compound that enhances the development of a type 1 helper T cell response, interfering RNA, anti-sense RNA, Imiqimod, ribavirin, an inosine 5′-monophospate dehydrogenase inhibitor, amantadine, and rimantadine.
In a fifth embodiment the method further comprises administering one or two additional compounds having anti-HCV activity prior to, after or simultaneously with the compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein at least one of the additional compounds is effective to inhibit the function of a target selected from HCV metalloprotease, HCV serine protease, HCV polymerase, HCV helicase, HCV NS4B protein, HCV entry, HCV assembly, HCV egress, HCV NS5A protein, and IMPDH for the treatment of an HCV infection.
In an eighth aspect the present disclosure provides Form N-2 of
In a ninth aspect the present disclosure provides Form N-2 of
characterized by the following unit cell parameters:
Cell dimensions: a=7.5680 Å
b=9.5848 Å
c=16.2864 Å
α=74.132 degrees
β=84.132 degrees
γ=70.646 degrees
Space group P1
Molecules/unit cell 1
wherein measurement of said crystalline form is at a temperature between about 20° C. to about 25° C.
In a tenth aspect the present disclosure provides Form N-2 of
characterized by fractional atomic coordinates within the unit cell as listed in Table 3.
In an eleventh aspect the present disclosure provides Form N-2 of
with characteristic peaks in the powder X-Ray diffraction pattern at values of two theta of 10.3±0.1, 12.4±0.1, 12.8±0.1, 13.3±0.1, 13.6±0.1, 15.5±0.1, 20.3±0.1, 21.2±0.1, 22.4±0.1, 22.7±0.1, and 23.7±0.1 at a temperature between about 20° C. and about 25° C., based on a high quality pattern collected with a diffractometer (CuKα) with a spinning capillary with 2θ calibrated with a NIST other suitable standard.
In a twelfth aspect the present disclosure provides Form N-2 of
characterized by one or more of the following:
Cell dimensions: a=7.5680 Å
b=9.5848 Å
c=16.2864 Å
α=74.132 degrees
β=84.132 degrees
γ=70.646 degrees
Space group P1
Molecules/unit cell 1
wherein measurement of said crystalline form is at a temperature between about 20° C. to about 25° C.;
In a thirteenth aspect the present disclosure provides substantially pure Form N-2 of
In a first embodiment of the thirteenth aspect said Form N-2 has a purity of at least 95 weight percent. In a second embodiment of the thirteenth aspect said Form N-2 has a purity of at least 99 weight percent.
In a fourteenth aspect the present disclosure provides substantially pure Form N-2 of
with characteristic peaks in the powder X-Ray diffraction pattern at values of two theta of 10.3±0.1, 12.4±0.1, 12.8±0.1, 13.3±0.1, 13.6±0.1, 15.5±0.1, 20.3±0.1, 21.2±0.1, 22.4±0.1, 22.7±0.1, and 23.7±0.1 at a temperature between about 20° C. and about 25° C., based on a high quality pattern collected with a diffractometer (CuKα) with a spinning capillary with 2θ calibrated with a NIST other suitable standard.
In a fifteenth aspect the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising Form N-2 of
and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
In a sixteenth aspect the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising substantially pure Form N-2 of
and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. In a first embodiment of the sixteenth aspect said Form N-2 has a purity of at least 95 weight percent. In a second embodiment of the sixteenth aspect said Form N-2 has a purity of at least 99 weight percent.
In a seventeenth aspect the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising Form N-2 of
in combination with one or two additional compounds having anti-HCV activity. In a first embodiment of the seventeenth aspect said Form N-2 has a purity of at least 90 weight percent. In a second embodiment of the seventeenth aspect said Form N-2 has a purity of at least 95 weight percent. In a third embodiment of the seventeenth aspect said Form N-2 has a purity of at least 99 weight percent.
In a fourth embodiment of the seventeenth aspect at least one of the additional compounds having anti-HCV activity is an interferon or ribavirin. In a fifth embodiment of the seventeenth aspect the interferon is selected from interferon alpha 2B, pegylated interferon alpha, consensus interferon, interferon alpha 2A, and lymphoblastiod interferon tau.
In a sixth embodiment of the seventeenth aspect the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising Form N-2 of
in combination with one or two additional compounds having anti-HCV activity wherein at least one of the additional compounds is selected from interleukin 2, interleukin 6, interleukin 12, a compound that enhances the development of a type 1 helper T cell response, interfering RNA, anti-sense RNA, Imiqimod, ribavirin, an inosine 5′-monophospate dehydrogenase inhibitor, amantadine, and rimantadine.
In an eighteenth aspect the present disclosure provides a method of treating
HCV infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically-effective amount of Form N-2 of
In a first embodiment of the eighteenth aspect said Form N-2 has a purity of at least 90 weight percent. In a second embodiment of the eighteenth aspect said Form N-2 has a purity of at least 95 weight percent. In a third embodiment of the eighteenth aspect said Form N-2 has a purity of at least 99 weight percent. In a fourth embodiment of the eighteenth aspect the mammal is a human.
Other embodiments of the present disclosure may comprise suitable combinations of two or more of embodiments and/or aspects disclosed herein.
Yet other embodiments and aspects of the disclosure will be apparent according to the description provided below.
The compounds of the present disclosure also exist as tautomers; therefore the present disclosure also encompasses all tautomeric forms.
In one aspect he disclosure relates to a crystalline form of Compound (I).
The description of the present disclosure herein should be construed in congruity with the laws and principals of chemical bonding. In some instances it may be necessary to remove a hydrogen atom in order accommodate a substitutent at any given location. For example, in the structure shown below
R8 may be attached to either the carbon atom in the imidazole ring or, alternatively, R8 may take the place of the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen ring to form an N-substituted imidazole.
It should be understood that the compounds encompassed by the present disclosure are those that are suitably stable for use as pharmaceutical agent.
It is intended that the definition of any substituent or variable (e.g., R1, R2, R5, R6, etc.) at a particular location in a molecule be independent of its definitions elsewhere in that molecule. For example, when u is 2, each of the two R1 groups may be the same or different.
All patents, patent applications, and literature references cited in the specification are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. In the case of inconsistencies, the present disclosure, including definitions, will prevail.
As used in the present specification, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
As used herein, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
Unless stated otherwise, all aryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl groups of the present disclosure may be substituted as described in each of their respective definitions. For example, the aryl part of an arylalkyl group may be substituted as described in the definition of the term ‘aryl’.
The term “alkenyl,” as used herein, refers to a straight or branched chain group of two to six carbon atoms containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
The term “alkenyloxy,” as used herein, refers to an alkenyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
The term “alkenyloxycarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkenyloxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “alkoxy,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
The term “alkoxyalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three alkoxy groups.
The term “alkoxyalkylcarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkoxyalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “alkoxycarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “alkoxycarbonylalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three alkoxycarbonyl groups.
The term “alkyl,” as used herein, refers to a group derived from a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon containing from one to six carbon atoms. In the compounds of the present disclosure, when m and/or n is 1 or 2; X and/or Y is CHR5 and/or CHR6, respectively, and R5 and/or R6 is alkyl, each alkyl can optionally form a fused three- to six-membered ring with an adjacent carbon atom to provide one of the structures shown below:
where z is 1, 2, 3, or 4, w is 0, 1, or 2, and R50 is alkyl. When w is 2, the two R50 alkyl groups may be the same or different.
The term “alkylcarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “alkylcarbonylalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three alkylcarbonyl groups.
The term “alkylcarbonyloxy,” as used herein, refers to an alkylcarbonyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
The term “alkylsulfanyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfur atom.
The term “alkylsulfonyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group.
The term “aryl,” as used herein, refers to a phenyl group, or a bicyclic fused ring system wherein one or both of the rings is a phenyl group. Bicyclic fused ring systems consist of a phenyl group fused to a four- to six-membered aromatic or non-aromatic carbocyclic ring. The aryl groups of the present disclosure can be attached to the parent molecular moiety through any substitutable carbon atom in the group. Representative examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, phenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl. The aryl groups of the present disclosure are optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents independently selected from alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, a second aryl group, arylalkoxy, arylalkyl, arylcarbonyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylcarbonyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, —NRxRy, (NRxRy)alkyl, oxo, and —P(O)OR2, wherein each R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl; and wherein the alkyl part of the arylalkyl and the heterocyclylalkyl are unsubstituted and wherein the second aryl group, the aryl part of the arylalkyl, the aryl part of the arylcarbonyl, the heterocyclyl, and the heterocyclyl part of the heterocyclylalkyl and the heterocyclylcarbonyl are further optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, and nitro.
The term “arylalkenyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkenyl group substituted with one, two, or three aryl groups.
The term “arylalkoxy,” as used herein, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group.
The term “arylalkoxyalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three arylalkoxy groups.
The term “arylalkoxyalkylcarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an arylalkoxyalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “arylalkoxycarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an arylalkoxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “arylalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three aryl groups. The alkyl part of the arylalkyl is further optionally substituted with one or two additional groups independently selected from alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, hydroxy, and —NRcRd, wherein the heterocyclyl is further optionally substitued with one or two substituents independently selected from alkoxy, alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkoxy, unsubstituted arylalkoxycarbonyl, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, hydroxy, and —NRxRy.
The term “arylalkylcarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an arylalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “arylcarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “aryloxy,” as used herein, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
The term “aryloxyalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three aryloxy groups.
The term “aryloxycarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an aryloxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “arylsulfonyl,” as used herein, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group.
The terms “Cap” and “cap” as used herein, refer to the group which is placed on the nitrogen atom of the terminal nitrogen-containing ring, i.e., the pyrrolidine rings of compound 1e. It should be understood that “Cap” or “cap” can refer to the reagent used to append the group to the terminal nitrogen-containing ring or to the fragment in the final product, i.e., “Cap-51” or “The Cap-51 fragment found in LS-19”.
The term “carbonyl,” as used herein, refers to —C(O)—.
The term “carboxy,” as used herein, refers to —CO2H.
The term “cyano,” as used herein, refers to —CN.
The term “cycloalkyl,” as used herein, refers to a saturated monocyclic, hydrocarbon ring system having three to seven carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms. Representative examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. The cycloalkyl groups of the present disclosure are optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents independently selected from alkoxy, alkyl, aryl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, heterocyclyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, and —NRxRy, wherein the aryl and the heterocyclyl are further optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, hydroxy, and nitro.
The term “(cycloalkyl)alkenyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkenyl group substituted with one, two, or three cycloalkyl groups.
The term “(cycloalkyl)alkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three cycloalkyl groups. The alkyl part of the (cycloalkyl)alkyl is further optionally substituted with one or two groups independently selected from hydroxy and —NRcRd.
The term “cycloalkyloxy,” as used herein, refers to a cycloalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
The term “cycloalkyloxyalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three cycloalkyloxy groups.
The term “cycloalkylsulfonyl,” as used herein, refers to a cycloalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group.
The term “formyl,” as used herein, refers to —CHO.
The terms “halo” and “halogen,” as used herein, refer to F, Cl, Br, or I.
The term “haloalkoxy,” as used herein, refers to a haloalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
The term “haloalkoxycarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to a haloalkoxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “haloalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted by one, two, three, or four halogen atoms.
The term “heterocyclyl,” as used herein, refers to a four-, five-, six-, or seven-membered ring containing one, two, three, or four heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The four-membered ring has zero double bonds, the five-membered ring has zero to two double bonds, and the six- and seven-membered rings have zero to three double bonds. The term “heterocyclyl” also includes bicyclic groups in which the heterocyclyl ring is fused to another monocyclic heterocyclyl group, or a four- to six-membered aromatic or non-aromatic carbocyclic ring; as well as bridged bicyclic groups such as 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-yl, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oc-2-tyl, and 2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oc-3-tyl. The heterocyclyl groups of the present disclosure can be attached to the parent molecular moiety through any carbon atom or nitrogen atom in the group. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzothienyl, furyl, imidazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, morpholinyl, oxazolyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiomorpholinyl, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-yl, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oc-2-tyl, and 2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]oc-3-tyl. The heterocyclyl groups of the present disclosure are optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents independently selected from alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylcarbonyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, a second heterocyclyl group, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylcarbonyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, nitro, —NRxRy, (NRxRy)alkyl, and oxo, wherein the alkyl part of the arylalkyl and the heterocyclylalkyl are unsubstituted and wherein the aryl, the aryl part of the arylalkyl, the aryl part of the arylcarbonyl, the second heterocyclyl group, and the heterocyclyl part of the heterocyclylalkyl and the heterocyclylcarbonyl are further optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, and nitro.
The term “heterocyclylalkenyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkenyl group substituted with one, two, or three heterocyclyl groups.
The term “heterocyclylalkoxy,” as used herein, refers to a heterocyclyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group.
The term “heterocyclylalkoxycarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to a heterocyclylalkoxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “heterocyclylalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three heterocyclyl groups. The alkyl part of the heterocyclylalkyl is further optionally substituted with one or two additional groups independently selected from alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, aryl, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, hydroxy, and —NRcRd, wherein the aryl is further optionally substitued with one or two substituents independently selected from alkoxy, alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkoxy, unsubstituted arylalkoxycarbonyl, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, hydroxy, and —NRxRy.
The term “heterocyclylalkylcarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to a heterocyclylalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “heterocyclylcarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to a heterocyclyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “heterocyclyloxy,” as used herein, refers to a heterocyclyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
The term “heterocyclyloxyalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three heterocyclyloxy groups.
The term “heterocyclyloxycarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to a heterocyclyloxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “hydroxy,” as used herein, refers to —OH.
The term “hydroxyalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three hydroxy groups.
The term “hydroxyalkylcarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to a hydroxyalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “nitro,” as used herein, refers to —NO2.
The term “—NRaRb,” as used herein, refers to two groups, Ra and Rb, which are attached to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom. Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, alkenyl, and alkyl.
The term “(NRaRb)alkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three —NRaRb groups.
The term “(NRaRb)carbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an —NRaRb group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “—NRcRd,” as used herein, refers to two groups, Rc and Rd, which are attached to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom. Rc and Rd are independently selected from hydrogen, alkenyloxycarbonyl, alkoxyalkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, aryl, arylalkoxycarbonyl, arylalkyl, arylalkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, arylsulfonyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, formyl, haloalkoxycarbonyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkoxycarbonyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkylcarbonyl, heterocyclylcarbonyl, heterocyclyloxycarbonyl, hydroxyalkylcarbonyl, (NReRf)alkyl, (NReRf)alkylcarbonyl, (NReRf)carbonyl, (NReRf)sulfonyl, —C(NCN)OR′, and —C(NCN)NRxRy, wherein R′ is selected from alkyl and unsubstituted phenyl, and wherein the alkyl part of the arylalkyl, the arylalkylcarbonyl, the heterocyclylalkyl, and the heterocyclylalkylcarbonyl are further optionally substituted with one —NReRf group; and wherein the aryl, the aryl part of the arylalkoxycarbonyl, the arylalkyl, the arylalkylcarbonyl, the arylcarbonyl, the aryloxycarbonyl, and the arylsulfonyl, the heterocyclyl, and the heterocyclyl part of the heterocyclylalkoxycarbonyl, the heterocyclylalkyl, the heterocyclylalkylcarbonyl, the heterocyclylcarbonyl, and the heterocyclyloxycarbonyl are further optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selected from alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, and nitro.
The term “(NRcRd)alkenyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkenyl group substituted with one, two, or three —NRcRd groups.
The term “(NRcRd)alkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three —NRcRd groups. The alkyl part of the (NRcRd)alkyl is further optionally substituted with one or two additional groups selected from alkoxy, alkoxyalkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfanyl, arylalkoxyalkylcarbonyl, carboxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylcarbonyl, hydroxy, and (NReRf)carbonyl; wherein the heterocyclyl is further optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents independently selected from alkoxy, alkyl, cyano, halo, haloalkoxy, haloalkyl, and nitro.
The term “(NRcRd)carbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an —NRcRd group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “—NReRf,” as used herein, refers to two groups, Re and Rf, which are attached to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom. Re and Rf are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted (cyclolalkyl)alkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl, unsubstituted heterocyclylalkyl, (NRxRy)alkyl, and (NRxRy)carbonyl.
The term “(NReRf)alkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three —NReRf groups.
The term “(NReRf)alkylcarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an (NReRf)alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “(NReRf)carbonyl,” as used herein, refers to an —NReRf group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group.
The term “(NReRf)sulfonyl,” as used herein, refers to an —NReRf group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group.
The term “—NRxRy,” as used herein, refers to two groups, Rx and Ry, which are attached to the parent molecular moiety through a nitrogen atom. Rxand Ry are independently selected from hydrogen, alkoxycarbonyl, alkyl, alkylcarbonyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted arylalkoxycarbonyl, unsubstituted arylalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl, and (Nx′Ry′)carbonyl, wherein Rx′ and Ry′ are independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
The term “(NRxRy)alkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three —NRxRy groups.
The term “oxo,” as used herein, refers to ═O.
The term “sulfonyl,” as used herein, refers to —SO2—.
The term “trialkylsilyl,” as used herein, refers to —SiR3, wherein R is alkyl. The R groups may be the same or different.
The term “trialkylsilylalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three trialkylsilyl groups.
The term “trialkylsilylalkoxy,” as used herein, refers to a trialkylsilylalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
The term “trialkylsilylalkoxyalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one, two, or three trialkylsilylalkoxy groups.
As used herein “polymorph” refers to crystalline forms having the same chemical composition but different spatial arrangements of the molecules, atoms, and/or ions forming the crystal.
The term “substantially pure,” as used herein refers to Form N-2 of Compound (I) which is great than about 90% pure. This means that the polymorph of Compound (I) does not contain more than about 10% of any other compound, and, in particular, does not contain more than about 10% of any other form of Compound (I).
Asymmetric centers exist in the compounds of the present disclosure. These centers are designated by the symbols “R” or “S”, depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom. It should be understood that the disclosure encompasses all stereochemical isomeric forms, or mixtures thereof, which possess the ability to inhibit NS5A. Individual stereoisomers of compounds can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain chiral centers or by preparation of mixtures of enantiomeric products followed by separation such as conversion to a mixture of diastereomers followed by separation or recrystallization, chromatographic techniques, or direct separation of enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns. Starting compounds of particular stereochemistry are either commercially available or can be made and resolved by techniques known in the art.
Certain compounds of the present disclosure may also exist in different stable conformational forms which may be separable. Torsional asymmetry due to restricted rotation about an asymmetric single bond, for example because of steric hindrance or ring strain, may permit separation of different conformers. The present disclosure includes each conformational isomer of these compounds and mixtures thereof.
The term “compounds of the present disclosure”, and equivalent expressions, are meant to embrace compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutically acceptable enantiomers, diastereomers, and salts thereof. Similarly, references to intermediates are meant to embrace their salts where the context so permits.
The compounds of the present disclosure can exist as pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt,” as used herein, represents salts or zwitterionic forms of the compounds of the present disclosure which are water or oil-soluble or dispersible, which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of patients without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and are effective for their intended use The salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds or separately by reacting a suitable nitrogen atom with a suitable acid. Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, citrate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate; digluconate, dihydrobromide, diydrochloride, dihydroiodide, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, formate, fumarate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, mesitylenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, naphthylenesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate, palmoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylproprionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, phosphate, glutamate, bicarbonate, para-toluenesulfonate, and undecanoate. Examples of acids which can be employed to form pharmaceutically acceptable addition salts include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, and phosphoric, and organic acids such as oxalic, maleic, succinic, and citric.
Basic addition salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds by reacting a carboxy group with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine The cations of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum, as well as nontoxic quaternary amine cations such as ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, procaine, dibenzylamine, N,N-dibenzylphenethylamine, and N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine Other representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, and piperazine.
When it is possible that, for use in therapy, therapeutically effective amounts of a compound of formula (I), as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be administered as the raw chemical, it is possible to present the active ingredient as a pharmaceutical composition. Accordingly, the disclosure further provides pharmaceutical compositions, which include therapeutically effective amounts of compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients. The term “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, refers to the total amount of each active component that is sufficient to show a meaningful patient benefit, e.g., a reduction in viral load. When applied to an individual active ingredient, administered alone, the term refers to that ingredient alone. When applied to a combination, the term refers to combined amounts of the active ingredients that result in the therapeutic effect, whether administered in combination, serially, or simultaneously. When used in relation to Compound (I) the term “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, is intended to include an amount of the crystalline forms of Compound (I) that is effective when administered alone or in combination to treat Hepatitis C. The crystalline forms of Compound (I) and pharmaceutical compositions thereof may be useful in treating Hepatitis C. If Compound (I) is used in combination with another medication, the combination of compounds described herein may result in a synergistic combination. Synergy, as described for example by Chou and Talalay, Adv. Enzyme Regul. 1984, 22, 27-55, occurs when the effect of the compounds when administered in combination is greater than the effect of the compounds when administered alone as single agents.
The compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are as described above. The carrier(s), diluent(s), or excipient(s) must be acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof. In accordance with another aspect of the present disclosure there is also provided a process for the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation including admixing a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable,” as used herein, refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of patients without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and are effective for their intended use.
Pharmaceutical formulations may be presented in unit dose forms containing a predetermined amount of active ingredient per unit dose. Dosage levels of between about 0.01 and about 250 milligram per kilogram (“mg/kg”) body weight per day, preferably between about 0.05 and about 100 mg/kg body weight per day of the compounds of the present disclosure are typical in a monotherapy for the prevention and treatment of HCV mediated disease. Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of this disclosure will be administered from about 1 to about 5 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending on the condition being treated, the severity of the condition, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion of the compound employed, the duration of treatment, and the age, gender, weight, and condition of the patient. Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of an active ingredient. Treatment may be initiated with small dosages substantially less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. In general, the compound is most desirably administered at a concentration level that will generally afford antivirally effective results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects.
When the compositions of this disclosure comprise a combination of a compound of the present disclosure and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent, both the compound and the additional agent are usually present at dosage levels of between about 10 to 150%, and more preferably between about 10 and 80% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen.
Pharmaceutical formulations may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route, for example by the oral (including buccal or sublingual), rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal, sublingual, or transdermal), vaginal, or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional, intravenous, or intradermal injections or infusions) route. Such formulations may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example by bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier(s) or excipient(s). Oral administration or administration by injection are preferred.
Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules or tablets; powders or granules; solutions or suspensions in aqueous or non-aqueous liquids; edible foams or whips; or oil-in-water liquid emulsions or water-in-oil emulsions.
For instance, for oral administration in the form of a tablet or capsule, the active drug component can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water, and the like. Powders are prepared by comminuting the compound to a suitable fine size and mixing with a similarly comminuted pharmaceutical carrier such as an edible carbohydrate, as, for example, starch or mannitol. Flavoring, preservative, dispersing, and coloring agent can also be present.
Capsules are made by preparing a powder mixture, as described above, and filling formed gelatin sheaths. Glidants and lubricants such as colloidal silica, talc, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, or solid polyethylene glycol can be added to the powder mixture before the filling operation. A disintegrating or solubilizing agent such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, or sodium carbonate can also be added to improve the availability of the medicament when the capsule is ingested.
Moreover, when desired or necessary, suitable binders, lubricants, disintegrating agents, and coloring agents can also be incorporated into the mixture. Suitable binders include starch, gelatin, natural sugars such as glucose or beta-lactose, corn sweeteners, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, tragacanth or sodium alginate, carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, and the like. Lubricants used in these dosage forms include sodium oleate, sodium chloride, and the like. Disintegrators include, without limitation, starch, methyl cellulose, agar, betonite, xanthan gum, and the like. Tablets are formulated, for example, by preparing a powder mixture, granulating or slugging, adding a lubricant and disintegrant, and pressing into tablets. A powder mixture is prepared by mixing the compound, suitable comminuted, with a diluent or base as described above, and optionally, with a binder such as carboxymethylcellulose, an aliginate, gelating, or polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a solution retardant such as paraffin, a resorption accelerator such as a quaternary salt and/or and absorption agent such as betonite, kaolin, or dicalcium phosphate. The powder mixture can be granulated by wetting with a binder such as syrup, starch paste, acadia mucilage, or solutions of cellulosic or polymeric materials and forcing through a screen. As an alternative to granulating, the powder mixture can be run through the tablet machine and the result is imperfectly formed slugs broken into granules. The granules can be lubricated to prevent sticking to the tablet forming dies by means of the addition of stearic acid, a stearate salt, talc, or mineral oil. The lubricated mixture is then compressed into tablets. The compounds of the present disclosure can also be combined with a free flowing inert carrier and compressed into tablets directly without going through the granulating or slugging steps. A clear or opaque protective coating consisting of a sealing coat of shellac, a coating of sugar or polymeric material, and a polish coating of wax can be provided. Dyestuffs can be added to these coatings to distinguish different unit dosages.
Oral fluids such as solution, syrups, and elixirs can be prepared in dosage unit form so that a given quantity contains a predetermined amount of the compound. Syrups can be prepared by dissolving the compound in a suitably flavored aqueous solution, while elixirs are prepared through the use of a non-toxic vehicle. Solubilizers and emulsifiers such as ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols and polyoxyethylene sorbitol ethers, preservatives, flavor additive such as peppermint oil or natural sweeteners, or saccharin or other artificial sweeteners, and the like can also be added.
Where appropriate, dosage unit formulations for oral administration can be microencapsulated. The formulation can also be prepared to prolong or sustain the release as for example by coating or embedding particulate material in polymers, wax, or the like.
The compounds of formula (I), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phopholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, or phophatidylcholines.
The compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled. The compounds may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamidephenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol, or polyethyleneoxidepolylysine substituted with palitoyl residues. Furthermore, the compounds may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates, and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for transdermal administration may be presented as discrete patches intended to remain in intimate contact with the epidermis of the recipient for a prolonged period of time. For example, the active ingredient may be delivered from the patch by iontophoresis as generally described in Pharmaceutical Research 1986, 3(6), 318.
Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for topical administration may be formulated as ointments, creams, suspensions, lotions, powders, solutions, pastes, gels, sprays, aerosols, or oils.
Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for rectal administration may be presented as suppositories or as enemas.
Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for nasal administration wherein the carrier is a solid include a course powder having a particle size for example in the range 20 to 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose. Suitable formulations wherein the carrier is a liquid, for administration as a nasal spray or nasal drops, include aqueous or oil solutions of the active ingredient.
Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for administration by inhalation include fine particle dusts or mists, which may be generated by means of various types of metered, dose pressurized aerosols, nebulizers, or insufflators.
Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams, or spray formulations.
Pharmaceutical formulations adapted for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, and soutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above, the formulations may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
The term “patient” includes both human and other mammals.
The term “treating” refers to: (i) preventing a disease, disorder or condition from occurring in a patient that may be predisposed to the disease, disorder, and/or condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (ii) inhibiting the disease, disorder, or condition, i.e., arresting its development; and (iii) relieving the disease, disorder, or condition, i.e., causing regression of the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
In one embodiment the disclosure provides a crystalline form of Compound (I). This crystalline form of Compound (I) may be employed in pharmaceutical compositions which may optionally include one or more other components selected, for example, from the group consisting of excipients, carriers, and one of other active pharmaceutical ingredients active chemical entities of different molecular structure.
In one embodiment the crystalline form has phase homogeneity indicated by less than 10 percent, in another embodiment the crystalline form has phase homogeneity indicated by less than 5 percent, and in another embodiment the crystalline form has phase homogeneity indicated by less than 2 percent of the total peak area in the experimentally measured PXRD pattern arising from the extra peaks that are absent from the simulated PXRD pattern. In another embodiment the crystalline form has phase homogeneity with less than 1 percent of the total peak area in the experimentally measured PXRD pattern arising from the extra peaks that are absent from the simulated PXRD pattern.
In one embodiment, a composition is provided consisting essentially of the crystalline form N-2 of Compound (I). The composition of this embodiment may comprise at least 90 weight percent of the crystalline form N-2 of Compound (I), based on the weight of Compound (I) in the composition. The remaining material comprises other form(s) of the compound and/or reaction impuritis and/or processing impurities arising from its preparation.
The presence of reaction impurities and/or processing impurities may be determined by analytical techniques known in the art, such as, for example, chromatography, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, or infrared spectroscopy.
In one embodiment the disclosure provides a crystalline form of Compound (I). This crystalline form of Compound (I) may be employed in pharmaceutical compositions which may optionally include one or more other components selected, for example, from the group consisting of excipients, carriers, and one of other active pharmaceutical ingredients active chemical entities of different molecular structure.
In one embodiment the crystalline form has phase homogeneity indicated by less than 10 percent, in another embodiment the crystalline form has phase homogeneity indicated by less than 5 percent, and in another embodiment the crystalline form has phase homogeneity indicated by less than 2 percent of the total peak area in the experimentally measured PXRD pattern arising from the extra peaks that are absent from the simulated PXRD pattern. In another embodiment the crystalline form has phase homogeneity with less than 1 percent of the total peak area in the experimentally measured PXRD pattern arising from the extra peaks that are absent from the simulated PXRD pattern.
In one embodiment, a composition is provided consisting essentially of the crystalline form N-2 of Compound (I). The composition of this embodiment may comprise at least 90 weight percent of the crystalline form N-2 of Compound (I), based on the weight of Compound (I) in the composition. The remaining material comprises other form(s) of the compound and/or reaction impuritis and/or processing impurities arising from its preparation.
The presence of reaction impurities and/or processing impurities may be determined by analytical techniques known in the art, such as, for example, chromatography, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, or infrared spectroscopy.
Crystalline forms may be prepared by a variety of methods, including for example, crystallization or recrystallization from a suitable solvent, sublimation, growth from a melt, solid state transformation from another phase, crystallization from a supercritical fluid, and jet spraying. Techniques for crystallization or recrystallization of crystalline forms from a solvent mixture include, for example, evaporation of the solvent, decreasing the temperature of the solvent mixture, crystal seeding a supersaturated solvent mixture of the molecule and/or salt, freeze drying the solvent mixture, and addition of antisolvents (countersolvents) to the solvent mixture. High throughput crystallization techniques may be employed to prepare crystalline forms including polymorphs. Crystals of drugs, including polymorphs, methods of preparation, and characterization of drug crystals are discussed in Solid-State Chemistry of Drugs, S. R. Byrn, R. R. Pfeiffer, and J. G. Stowell, 2nd Edition, SSCI, West Lafayette, Ind. (1999).
For crystallization techniques that employ solvent, the choice of solvent or solvents is typically dependent upon one or more factors, such as solubility of the compound, crystallization technique, and vapor pressure of the solvent. Combinations of solvents may be employed, for example, the compound may be solubilized into a first solvent to afford a solution, followed by the addition of an antisolvent to decrease the solubility of the compound in the solution and to afford the formation of crystals. An antisolvent is a solvent in which the compound has low solubility.
In one method to prepare crystals, a compound is suspended and/or stirred in a suitable solvent to afford a slurry, which may be heated to promote dissolution. The term “slurry”, as used herein, means a saturated solution of the compound, which may also contain an additional amount of the compound to afford a heterogeneous mixture of the compound and a solvent at a given temperature.
Seed crystals may be added to any crystallization mixture to promote crystallization. Seeding may be employed to control growth of a particular polymorph or to control the particle size distribution of the crystalline product. Accordingly, calculation of the amount of seeds needed depends on the size of the seed available and the desired size of an average product particle as described, for example, in “Programmed Cooling of Batch Crystallizers,” J. W. Mullin and J. Nyvlt, Chemical Engineering Science, 1971, 26, 369-377. In general, seeds of small size are needed to control effectively the growth of crystals in the batch. Seed of small size may be generated by sieving, milling, or micronizing of large crystals, or by micro-crystallization of solutions. Care should be taken that milling or micronizing of crystals does not result in any change in crystallinity of the desired crystal form (i.e., change to amorphous or to another polymorph).
A cooled crystallization mixture may be filtered under vacuum, and the isolated solids may be washed with a suitable solvent, such as cold recrystallization solvent, and dried under a nitrogen purge to afford the desired crystalline form. The isolated solids may be analyzed by a suitable spectroscopic or analytical technique, such as solid state nuclear magnetic resonance, differential scanning calorimetry, X-Ray powder diffraction, or the like, to assure formation of the preferred crystalline form of the product. The resulting crystalline form is typically produced in an amount of greater than about 70 weight percent isolated yield, preferably greater than 90 weight percent isolated yield, based on the weight of the compound originally employed in the crystallization procedure. The product may be co-milled or passed through a mesh screen to delump the product, if necessary.
Crystalline forms may be prepared directly from the reaction medium of the final process for preparing Compound (I). This may be achieved, for example, by employing in the final process step a solvent or a mixture of solvents from which Compound (I) may be crystallized. Alternatively, crystalline forms may be obtained by distillation or solvent addition techniques. Suitable solvents for this purpose include, for example, the aforementioned non-polar solvents and polar solvents, including protic polar solvents such as alcohols, and aprotic polar solvents such as ketones.
The presence of more than one polymorph in a sample may be determined by techniques such as powder X-Ray diffraction (PXRD) or solid state nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (SSNMR). For example, the presence of extra peaks in an experimentally measured PXRD pattern when compared with a simulated PXRD pattern may indicate more than one polymorph in the sample. The simulated PXRD may be calculated from single crystal X-Ray data. see Smith, D. K., “A FORTRAN Program for Calculating X-Ray Powder Diffraction Patterns,” Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore, Calif., UCRL-7196 (April 1963).
Form N-2 of Compound (I) can be characterized using various techniques, the operation of which are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Examples of characterization methods include, but are not limited to, single crystal X-Ray diffraction, powder X-Ray diffraction (PXRD), simulated powder X-Ray patterns (Yin, S.; Scaringe, R. P.; DiMarco, J.; Galella, M. and Gougoutas, J. Z., American Pharmaceutical Review, 2003, 6, 2, 80), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), solid-state 13C NMR (Earl, W. L. and Van der Hart, D. L., J. Magn. Reson., 1982, 48, 35-54), Raman spectroscopy, infrared spectroscopy, moisture sorption isotherms, thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA), and hot stage techniques.
The forms may be characterized and distinguished using single crystal X-Ray diffraction, which is based on unit cell measurements of a single crystal of form N-2. A detailed description of unit cells is provided in Stout & Jensen, X-Ray Structure Determination: A Practical Guide, Macmillan Co., New York (1968), Chapter 3, which is herein incorporated by reference. Alternatively, the unique arrangement of atoms in spatial relation within the crystalline lattice may be characterized according to the observed fractional atomic coordinates. Another means of characterizing the crystalline structure is by powder X-Ray diffraction analysis in which the diffraction profile is compared to a simulated profile representing pure powder material, both run at the same analytical temperature, and measurements for the subject form characterized as a series of 2θ values.
One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that an X-Ray diffraction pattern may be obtained with a measurement of error that is dependent upon the measurement conditions employed. In particular, it is generally known that intensities in an X-Ray diffraction pattern may fluctuate depending upon measurement conditions employed. It should be further understood that relative intensities may also vary depending upon experimental conditions, and, accordingly, the exact order of intensity should not be taken into account. Additionally, a measurement error of diffraction angle for a conventional X-Ray diffraction pattern is typically about 5 percent or less, and such degree of measurement error should be taken into account as pertaining to the aforementioned diffraction angles. Consequently, it is to be understood that the crystal forms of the present disclosure are not limited to the crystal forms that provide X-Ray diffraction patterns completely identical to the X-Ray diffraction patterns depicted in the accompanying Figures disclosed herein. Any crystal form that provides and X-Ray diffraction pattern, DSC thermogram, or SSNMR spectrum substantially identical to those disclosed in the accompanying Figures fall within the scope of the present disclosure. The ability to ascertain substantial identities of X-Ray diffraction patters is within the purview of one of ordinary skill in the art.
The compounds of the present disclosure can also be administered with a cyclosporin, for example, cyclosporin A. Cyclosporin A has been shown to be active against HCV in clinical trials (Hepatology 2003, 38, 1282; Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 2004, 313, 42; J. Gastroenterol. 2003, 38, 567).
The N-2 form of Compound (I), alone or in combination with other compounds, can be used to treat HCV infection.
The present disclosure also provides compositions comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the N-2 form of Compound (I) and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The active ingredient, i.e., form N-2 of Compound (I), in such compositions typically comprises from 0.1 weight percent to 99.9 percent by weight of the composition, and often comprises from about 5 to 95 weight percent. In some cases, the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable modifiers (such as calcium carbonate and magnesium oxide) to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form. Formulations of the polymorph of the present disclosure may also contain additives for enhancement of absorption and bioavailability.
The pharmaceutical compositions containing Compound (I) of this disclosure may be administered orally, parenterally or via an implanted reservoir. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, and intralesional injection or infusion techniques.
The pharmaceutical compositions of Compound (I) may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The details concerning the preparation of such compounds are known to those skilled in the art.
When orally administered, the pharmaceutical compositions of Compound (I) of this disclosure may be administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, and aqueous suspensions and solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers which are commonly used include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, can also be added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful carriers/diluents include lactose, high and low molecular weight polyethylene glycol, and dried corn starch. When aqueous suspensions are administered orally, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening and/or flavoring and/or coloring agents may be added.
Other suitable carriers for the above noted compositions of Compound (I) can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, e.g. in “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences”, 19th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1995. Further details concerning the design and preparation of suitable delivery forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the disclosure are known to those skilled in the art.
Dosage levels of between about 0.05 and about 100 milligram per kilogram (“mg/kg”) body weight per day, more specifically between about 0.1 and about 50 mg/kg body weight per day of Compound (I) of the disclosure are typical in a monotherapy for the prevention and/or treatment of HCV mediated disease. Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of this disclosure will be administered from about 1 to about 3 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
As the skilled artisan will appreciate, lower or higher doses than those recited above may be required. Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, gender, diet, time of administration, the duration of treatment, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity and course of the infection, the patient's disposition to the infection and the judgment of the treating physician. In one embodiment, unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of an active ingredient. Generally, treatment is initiated with small dosages substantially less than the optimum dose of the peptide. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. In general, the compound is most desirably administered at a concentration level that will generally afford antivirally effective results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects.
When the compositions of this disclosure comprise a combination of the polymorph of the disclosure and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agents, both the compound and the additional agent are usually present at dosage levels of between about 10 and 100 percent, and more preferably between about 10 and 80 percent of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen. Administration of the one or more additional agents may occur prior to, after, or simultaneously with the polymorph of the present disclosure.
When the polymorph is formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the resulting composition may be administered in vivo to mammals, such as man, to inhibit NS5A or to treat or prevent HCV virus infection. Such treatment may also be achieved using the polymorph of this disclosure in combination with agents which include, but are not limited to: Immunomodulatory agents, such as interferons; other antiviral agents such as ribavirin, amantadine; other inhibitors of NS5A; inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle such as helicase, protease, polymerase, metalloprotease, or internal ribosome entry site; or combinations thereof. The additional agents may be combined with the polymorph of this disclosure to create a single dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to a mammal as part of a multiple dosage form.
Table 1 below lists some illustrative examples of compounds that can be administered with the compounds of this disclosure. The compounds of the disclosure can be administered with other anti-HCV activity compounds in combination therapy, either jointly or separately, or by combining the compounds into a composition.
Another aspect of this disclosure provides methods of inhibiting HCV NS5A activity in patients by administering the polymorph of the present disclosure.
In one embodiment, these methods are useful in decreasing HCV NS5A activity in the patient. If the pharmaceutical composition comprises only the polymorph of this disclosure as the active component, such methods may additionally comprise the step of administering to said patient an agent selected from an immunomodulatory agent, an antiviral agent, an HCV NS5A inhibitor, or an inhibitor of other targets in the HCV life cycle such as, for example, helicase, polymerase, protease, or metalloprotease. Such additional agent may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of the compounds of this disclosure.
In another embodiment, these methods are useful for inhibiting viral replication in a patient. Such methods can be useful in treating or preventing HCV disease.
The polymorph of the disclosure may also be used as a laboratory reagent. The polymorph may be instrumental in providing research tools for designing of viral replication assays, validation of animal assay systems and structural biology studies to further enhance knowledge of the HCV disease mechanisms.
The polymorph of this disclosure may also be used to treat or prevent viral contamination of materials and therefore reduce the risk of viral infection of laboratory or medical personnel or patients who come in contact with such materials, e.g., blood, tissue, surgical instruments and garments, laboratory instruments and garments, and blood collection or transfusion apparatuses and materials.
The compounds of the present disclosure may also be used as laboratory reagents. Compounds may be instrumental in providing research tools for designing of viral replication assays, validation of animal assay systems and structural biology studies to further enhance knowledge of the HCV disease mechanisms. Further, the compounds of the present disclosure are useful in establishing or determining the binding site of other antiviral compounds, for example, by competitive inhibition.
The compounds of this disclosure may also be used to treat or prevent viral contamination of materials and therefore reduce the risk of viral infection of laboratory or medical personnel or patients who come in contact with such materials, e.g., blood, tissue, surgical instruments and garments, laboratory instruments and garments, and blood collection or transfusion apparatuses and materials.
This disclosure is intended to encompass compounds having formula (I) when prepared by synthetic processes or by metabolic processes including those occurring in the human or animal body (in vivo) or processes occurring in vitro.
The abbreviations used in the present application, including particularly in the illustrative schemes and examples which follow, are well-known to those skilled in the art. Some of the abbreviations used are as follows: HATU for O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate; Boc or BOC for tert-butoxycarbonyl; NBS for N-bromosuccinimide; tBu or t-Bu for tert-butyl; SEM for -(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl; DMSO for dimethylsulfoxide; MeOH for methanol; TFA for trifluoroacetic acid; RT for room temperature or retention time (context will dictate); tR for retention time; EDCI for 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride; DMAP for 4-dimethylaminopyridine; THF for tetrahydrofuran; DBU for 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene; t-Bu; DEA for diethylamine; HMDS for hexamethyldisilazide; DMF for N,N-dimethylformamide; Bzl for benzyl; EtOH for ethanol; iPrOH or i-PrOH for isopropanol; Me2S for dimethylsulfide; Et3N or TEA for triethylamine; Ph for phenyl; OAc for acetate; EtOAc for ethyl acetate; dppf for 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene; iPr2EtN or DIPEA for diisopropylethylamine; Cbz for carbobenzyloxy; n-BuLi for n-butyllithium; ACN for acetonitrile; h or hr for hours; m or min for minutes; s for seconds; LiHMDS for lithium hexamethyldisilazide; DIBAL for diisobutyl aluminum hydride; TBDMSCl for tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride; Me for methyl; ca. for about; OAc for acetate; iPr for isopropyl; Et for ethyl; Bn for benzyl; and HOAT for 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole.
The abbreviations used in the present application, including particularly in the illustrative schemes and examples which follow, are well-known to those skilled in the art. Some of the abbreviations used are as follows:
The compounds and processes of the present disclosure will be better understood in connection with the following synthetic schemes which illustrate the methods by which the compounds of the present disclosure may be prepared. Starting materials can be obtained from commercial sources or prepared by well-established literature methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art. It will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that the compounds defined above can be synthesized by substitution of the appropriate reactants and agents in the syntheses shown below. It will also be readily apparent to one skilled in the art that the selective protection and deprotection steps, as well as the order of the steps themselves, can be carried out in varying order, depending on the nature of the variables to successfully complete the syntheses below. The variables are as defined above unless otherwise noted below.
Aryl halide 1 and boronic ester 2 can be coupled to produce biaryl 3 using standard Suzuki-Miayura coupling conditions (Angew Chem. Int. Ed. Engl 2001, 40, 4544). It should be noted that the boronic acid analog of 2 may be used in place of the ester. Mono-deprotection of the pyrrolidine moiety may be accomplished when R12 and R13 are different. When R12=benzyl, and R13=t-butyl treatment to hydrogenolytic conditions produces 4. For example, Pd/C catalyst in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate can be used. Acylation of 4 can be accomplished under standard acylation conditions. A coupling reagent such as HATU in combination with an amine base such as Hunig's base can be used in this regard. Alternatively, 4 may be reacted with an isocyanate or carbamoyl chloride to provide compounds of formula 5 where R9 is an amine Further deprotection of 5 can be accomplished by treatment with strong acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid. Standard conditions analogous to those used to convert 4 to 5 can be used to prepare 7 from 6. In another embodiment where R12═R13=t-Bu, direct conversion to 8 can be accomplished by treatment of 3 with strong acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid. Conversion of 8 to 7 is accomplished in analogous fashion to the methods used to prepare 5 from 4 or 7 from 6. In this instance however, the caps in 7 will be identical.
Conversion of 6 (from Scheme 1) to 10 can be done using standard amide coupling conditions such as HATU with an amine base, such as Hunig's base. Deprotection can be accomplished with strong acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid affording 11. Compound 11 can then be converted to 12, 13, or 14 using an acid chloride, an isocyanate or carbamoyl chloride, or a chloroformate respectively.
Compound 15 (15=7 (Scheme 1) wherein each R9 is —CH(NHBoc)R18)can be converted to 16 via treatment with strong acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid. Compounds 17, 18, and 19 can be prepared from 16 by treating 16 with an appropriate chloroformate, isocyanate or carbamoyl chloride, or an acid chloride respectively.
Symmetrical biphenyl analogs (compounds of formula 7 where both halves of the molecule are equivalent) can be synthesized starting from bromoketone 20. Amination by displacement with a nucleophile such as azide, phthalimide or preferably sodium diformylamide (Yinglin and Hongwen, Synthesis 1990, 122) followed by deprotection affords 21. Condensation under standard amination conditions such as HATU and Hunig's base with an appropriately protected amino acid provides 22. Heating with ammonium acetate under thermal or microwave conditions results in the formation of 3 which can be deprotected with strong acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid (R12═R13=t-Bu) or by hydrogenolysis with hydrogen gas and a transition metal catalyst such as Pd/C (R12═R13=benzyl). Acylation can be affected with a carboxylic acid (R9CO2H) in a manner similar to the conversion of 21 to 22. Urea formation can be accomplished by treatment with an appropriate isocycante (R9═R24R25N; R25═H) or carbamoyl chloride (R9═R24R25N; R25 is other than hydrogen).
Scheme 5 describes the preparation of some of the starting materials required for the synthetic sequences depicted in Schemes 1-4. Key intermediate 25 (analogous to 1 in Scheme 1) is prepared from keto-amide 24 or keto-ester 27 via heating with ammonium acetate under thermal or microwave conditions. Keto-amide 24 can be prepared from 23 via condensation with an appropriate cyclic or acyclic amino acid under standard amide formation conditions. Bromide 26 can give rise to 23 by treatment with a nucleophile such as azide, phthalimide or sodium diformylamide (Synthesis 1990, 122) followed by deprotection. Bromide 26 can also be converted to 27 by reacting with an appropriate cyclic or acyclic N-protected amino acid in the presence of base such as potassium carbonate or sodium bicarbonate. Bromination of 28 with a source of bromonium ion such as bromine, NBS, or CBr4 results in the formation of 26. Bromide 25 can be converted to boronic ester 2 via treatment with bis-pinacalotodiboron under palladium catalysis according to the method described in Journal of Organic Chemistry 1995, 60, 7508, or variations thereof.
In another embodiment, starting materials such as 31a (analogous to 25 in Scheme 5 and 1 in Scheme 1) may be prepared by reacting bromoimidazole derivatives 31 under Suzuki-type coupling conditions with a variety of chloro-substituted aryl boronic acids which can either be prepared by standard methodologies (see, for example, Organic Letters 2006, 8, 305 and references cited therein) or purchased from commercial suppliers. Bromoimidazole 31 can be obtained by brominating imidazole 30 with a source of bromonium ion such as bromine, CBr4, or N-bromosuccinimide. Imidazole 30 can be prepared from N-protected amino acids which are appropriately substituted by reacting with glyoxal in a methanolic solution of ammonium hydroxide.
In yet another embodiment of the current disclosure, aryl halide 32 can be coupled under Suzuki-Miyaura palladium catalyzed conditions to form the heteroaryl derivative 34. Compound 34 can be elaborated to 35 by treatment to hydrogenolytic conditions with hydrogen and a transition metal catalyst such as palladium on carbon (R13=benzyl). Acylation of 35 can be accomplished with an appropriate acid chloride (R9COCl) in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, with an appropriately substituted carboxylic acid (R9CO2H) in the presence of a standard coupling reagent such as HATU, or with an isoscyanate (R27NCO wherein R9═R27R28N—; R28═H) or carbamoyl chloride (R27R28NCOCl wherein R9═R27R28N—). Compound 37 can be prepared from 36 (R12=t-Bu) via treatment with strong acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid. Acylation of the resulting amine in 37 to give 38 can be accomplished as in the transformation of 35 to 36. In cases where R12═R13, 34 can be directly transformed into 39 by treatment with strong acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid (R12═R13=t-Bu) or by employing hydrogenolytic conditions with hydrogen and a transition metal catalyst such as palladium on carbon (R12═R13=benzyl). Acylation of 39 can be accomplished in analogous fashion to that described for the transformation of 35 to 36.
Heteroaryl chloride 29 can be converted to symmetrical analog 40 via treatment with a source of palladium such as dichlorobis(benzonitrile)palladium in the presence of tetrakis(dimethylamino)ethylene at elevated temperature. Removal of the SEM ether and Boc carbamates found in 40 can be accomplished in one step by treatment with a strong acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid providing 41. Conversion to 42 can be accomplished in similar fashion to the conditions used to convert 38 to 39 in Scheme 7.
Compound 43 (analogous to 42 wherein R23=—CH(NHBoc)R24) may be elaborated to 45, 46, and 47 via similar methodologies to those described in Scheme 3. In cases where R20=alkoxymethyl (ie; SEM), removal can be accomplished simultaneously with removal of the Boc carbamate (cf; 43 to 44) using strong acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid.
Heteroaryl bromides 54 may be reacted with a vinyl stannane such as tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)tin in the presence of a source of palladium such as dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) to provide 55 which can be subsequently transformed into bromoketone 51 via treatment with a source of bromonium ion such as N-bormosuccinimide, CBr4, or bromine Alternatively, keto-substituted heteroaryl bromides 53 may be directly converted to 51 via treatment with a source of bromonium ion such as bromine, CBr4, or N-bromosuccinimide. Bromide 51 can be converted to aminoketone 48 via addition of sodium azide, potassium phthalimide or sodium diformylamide (Synthesis 1990 122) followed by deprotection Aminoketone 48 can then be coupled with an appropriately substituted amino acid under standard amide formation conditions (i.e.; a coupling reagent such as HATU in the presence of a mild base such as Hunig's base) to provide 49. Compound 49 can then be further transformed into imidazole 50 via reacting with ammonium acetate under thermal or microwave conditions. Alternatively, 51 can be directly reacted with an appropriately substituted amino acid in the presence of a base such as sodium bicarbonate or potassium carbonate providing 52 which can in turn be reacted with ammonium acetate under thermal or microwave conditions to provide 50. Imidazole 50 can be protected with an alkoxylmethyl group by treatment with the appropriate alkoxymethyl halide such as 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride after first being deprotonated with a strong base such as sodium hydride.
Substituted phenylglycine derivatives can be prepared by a number of methods shown below. Phenylglycine t-butyl ester can be reductively alkylated (pathyway A) with an appropriate aldehyde and a reductant such as sodium cyanoborohydride in acidic medium. Hydrolysis of the t-butyl ester can be accomplished with strong acid such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid. Alternatively, phenylglycine can be alkylated with an alkyl halide such as ethyl iodide and a base such as sodium bicarbonate or potassium carbonate (pathway B). Pathway C illustrates reductive alkylation of phenylglycine as in pathway A followed by a second reductive alkylation with an alternate aldehyde such as formaldehyde in the presence of a reducing agent and acid. Pathway D illustrates the synthesis of substituted phenylglycines via the corresponding mandelic acid analogs. Conversion of the secondary alcohol to a competent leaving group can be accomplished with p-toluensulfonyl chloride. Displacement of the tosylate group with an appropriate amine followed by reductive removal of the benzyl ester can provide substituted phenylglycine derivatives. In pathway E a racemic substituted phenylglycine derivative is resolved by esterification with an enantiomerically pure chiral auxiliary such as but not limited to (+)-1-phenylethanol, (−)-1-phenylethanol, an Evan's oxazolidinone, or enantiomerically pure pantolactone. Separation of the diastereomers is accomplished via chromatography (silica gel, HPLC, crystallization, etc) followed by removal of the chiral auxiliary providing enantiomerically pure phenylglycine derivatives. Pathway H illustrates a synthetic sequence which intersects with pathway E wherein the aforementioned chiral auxiliary is installed prior to amine addition. Alternatively, an ester of an arylacetic acid can be brominated with a source of bromonium ion such as bromine, N-bromosuccinimide, or CBr4. The resultant benzylic bromide can be displaced with a variety of mono- or disubstituted amines in the presence of a tertiary amine base such as triethylamine or Hunig's base. Hydrolysis of the methyl ester via treatment with lithium hydroxide at low temperature or 6N HCl at elevated temperature provides the substituted phenylglycine derivatives. Another method is shown in pathway G. Glycine analogs can be derivatized with a variety of aryl halides in the presence of a source of palladium(0) such as palladium bis(tributylphosphine) and base such as potassium phosphate. The resultant ester can then be hydrolyzed by treatment with base or acid. It should be understood that other well known methods to prepare phenylglycine derivatives exist in the art and can be amended to provide the desired compounds in this description. It should also be understood that the final phenylglycine derivatives can be purified to enantiomeric purity greater than 98% ee via preparative HPLC.
In another embodiment of the present disclosure, acylated phenylglycine derivatives may be prepared as illustrated below. Phenylglycine derivatives wherein the carboxylic acid is protected as an easily removed ester, may be acylated with an acid chloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine to provide the corresponding amides (pathway A). Pathway B illustrates the acylation of the starting phenylglycine derivative with an appropriate chloroformate while pathway C shows reaction with an appropriate isocyanate or carbamoyl chloride. Each of the three intermediates shown in pathways A-C may be deprotected by methods known by those skilled in the art (ie; treatment of the t-butyl ester with strong base such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid).
Amino-substituted phenylacetic acids may be prepared by treatment of a chloromethylphenylacetic acid with an excess of an amine
Purity assessment and low resolution mass analysis were conducted on a Shimadzu LC system coupled with Waters Micromass ZQ MS system. It should be noted that retention times may vary slightly between machines. The LC conditions employed in determining the retention time (RT) were:
A suspension of 10% Pd/C (2.0g) in methanol (10 mL) was added to a mixture of (R)-2-phenylglycine (10 g, 66.2 mmol), formaldehyde (33 mL of 37% wt. in water), 1N HCl (30 mL) and methanol (30 mL), and exposed to H2 (60 psi) for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®), and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was recrystallized from isopropanol to provide the HCl salt of Cap-1 as a white needle (4.0 g). Optical rotation: −117.1° [c=9.95 mg/mL in H2O; λ=589 nm]. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 7.43-7.34 (m, 5H), 4.14 (s, 1H), 2.43 (s, 6H); LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.25; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]− C10H14NO2 180.10; found 180.17; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]− C10H14NO2 180.1025; found 180.1017.
NaBH3CN (6.22 g, 94 mmol) was added in portions over a few minutes to a cooled (ice/water) mixture of (R)-2-Phenylglycine (6.02 g, 39 8 mmol) and MeOH (100 mL), and stirred for 5 min. Acetaldehyde (10 mL) was added drop-wise over 10 min and stirring was continued at the same cooled temperature for 45 min and at ambient temperature for ˜6.5 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled back with ice-water bath, treated with water (3 mL) and then quenched with a drop-wise addition of concentrated HCl over ˜45 min until the pH of the mixture is ˜1.5-2.0. The cooling bath was removed and the stirring was continued while adding concentrated HCl in order to maintain the pH of the mixture around 1.5-2.0. The reaction mixture was stirred over night, filtered to remove the white suspension, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was recrystallized from ethanol to afford the HCl salt of Cap-2 as a shining white solid in two crops (crop-1: 4.16 g; crop-2: 2.19 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): 10.44 (1.00, br s, 1H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.51 (m, 3H), 5.30 (s, 1H), 3.15 (br m, 2H), 2.98 (br m, 2H), 1.20 (app br s, 6H). Crop-1: [α]25 −102.21° (c=0.357, H2O); crop-2: [α]25 −99.7° (c=0.357, H2O). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.43 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C12H18NO2: 208.13; found 208.26
Acetaldehyde (5.0 mL, 89.1 mmol) and a suspension of 10% Pd/C (720 mg) in methanol/H2O (4 mL/1 mL) was sequentially added to a cooled (˜15° C.) mixture of (R)-2-phenylglycine (3.096 g, 20.48 mmol), 1N HCl (30 mL) and methanol (40 mL). The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred under a balloon of H2 for 17 hours. An additional acetaldehyde (10 mL, 178.2 mmol) was added and stirring continued under H2 atmosphere for 24 hours [Note: the supply of H2 was replenished as needed throughout the reaction]. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®), and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was recrystallized from isopropanol to provide the HCl salt of (R)-2-(ethylamino)-2-phenylacetic acid as a shining white solid (2.846 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 14.15 (br s, 1H), 9.55 (br s, 2H), 7.55-7.48 (m, 5H), 2.88 (br m, 1H), 2.73 (br m, 1H), 1.20 (app t, J=7.2, 3H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.39 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C10H14NO2: 180.10; found 180.18.
A suspension of 10% Pd/C (536 mg) in methanol/H2O (3 mL/1 mL) was added to a mixture of (R)-2-(ethylamino)-2-phenylacetic acid/HCl (1.492 g, 6.918 mmol), formaldehyde (20 mL of 37% wt. in water), 1N HCl (20 mL) and methanol (23 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred under a balloon of H2 for ˜72 hours, where the H2 supply was replenished as needed. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was recrystallized from isopropanol (50 mL) to provide the HCl salt of Cap-3 as a white solid (985 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 10.48 (br s, 1H), 7.59-7.51 (m, 5H), 5.26 (s, 1H), 3.08 (app br s, 2H), 2.65 (br s, 3H), 1.24 (br m, 3H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.39 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C11H16NO2: 194.12; found 194.18; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C11H16NO2: 194.1180; found 194.1181.
ClCO2Me (3.2 mL, 41.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a cooled (ice/water) THF (410 mL) semi-solution of (R)-tert-butyl 2-amino-2-phenylacetate/HCl (9.877 g, 40.52 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (14.2 mL, 81.52 mmol) over 6 min, and stirred at similar temperature for 5.5 hours. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between water (100 mL) and ethyl acetate (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with 1N HCl (25 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 solution (30 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant colorless oil was triturated from hexanes, filtered and washed with hexanes (100 mL) to provide (R)-tert-butyl 2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-2-phenylacetate as a white solid (7.7 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): 7.98 (d, J=8.0, 1H), 7.37-7.29 (m, 5H), 5.09 (d, J=8, 1H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 9H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.53 min; ˜90% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C14H16NNaO4: 288.12; found 288.15.
TFA (16 mL) was added dropwise to a cooled (ice/water) CH2Cl2 (160 mL) solution of the above product over 7 minutes, and the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for 20 hours. Since the deprotection was still not complete, an additional TFA (1.0 mL) was added and stirring continued for an additional 2 hours. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the resulting oil residue was treated with diethyl ether (15 mL) and hexanes (12 mL) to provide a precipitate. The precipitate was filtered and washed with diethyl ether/hexanes (˜1:3 ratio; 30 mL) and dried in vacuo to provide Cap-4 as a fluffy white solid (5.57 g). Optical rotation: −176.9° [c=3.7 mg/mL in H2O; λ=589 nm]. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.84 (br s, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 7.41-7.29 (m, 5H), 5.14 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.01 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C10H12NO4 210.08; found 210.17; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C10H12NO4 210.0766; found 210.0756.
A mixture of (R)-2-phenylglycine (1.0 g, 6.62 mmol), 1,4-dibromobutane (1.57 g, 7.27 mmol) and Na2CO3 (2.10 g, 19.8 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 21 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethanol and acidified with 1N HCl to pH 3-4, and the volatile component was removed in vacuo. The resulting crude material was purified by a reverse phase HPLC (water/methanol/TFA) to provide the TFA salt of Cap-5 as a semi-viscous white foam (1.0 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 500 MHz) δ 10.68 (br s, 1H), 7.51 (m, 5H), 5.23 (s, 1H), 3.34 (app br s, 2H), 3.05 (app br s, 2H), 1.95 (app br s, 4H); RT=0.30 min (Cond. 1); >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C12H16NO2: 206.12; found 206.25.
The TFA salt of Cap-6 was synthesized from (R)-2-phenylglycine and 1-bromo-2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethane by using the method of preparation of Cap-5. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 500 MHz) δ 12.20 (br s, 1H), 7.50 (m, 5H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 3.78 (app br s, 4H), 3.08 (app br s, 2H), 2.81 (app br s, 2H); RT=0.32 min (Cond. 1); >98%; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C12H16NO3: 222.11; found 222.20; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C12H16NO3: 222.1130; found 222.1121.
A CH2Cl2 (200 mL) solution of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (8.65 g, 45.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a cooled (−5° C.) CH2Cl2 (200 mL) solution of (S)-benzyl 2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetate (10.0 g, 41.3 mmol), triethylamine (5.75 mL, 41.3 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.504 g, 4.13 mmol), while maintaining the temperature between −5° C. and 0° C. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 9 hours, and then stored in a freezer (−25° C.) for 14 hours. It was allowed to thaw to ambient temperature and washed with water (200 mL), 1N HCl (100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide benzyl 2-phenyl-2-(tosyloxy)acetate as a viscous oil which solidified upon standing (16.5 g). The chiral integrity of the product was not checked and that product was used for the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 500 MHz) δ 7.78 (d, J=8.6, 2H), 7.43-7.29 (m, 10H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 6.12 (s, 1H), 5.16 (d, J=12.5, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=12.5, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H). RT=3.00 (Cond. 3); >90% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C22H20NaO5S: 419.09; found 419.04.
A THF (75 mL) solution of benzyl 2-phenyl-2-(tosyloxy)acetate (6.0 g, 15.1 mmol), 1-methylpiperazine (3.36 mL, 30.3 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (13.2 mL, 75.8 mmol) was heated at 65° C. for 7 hours. The reaction was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and the volatile component was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between ethylacetate and water, and the organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate) to provide benzyl 2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-2-phenylacetate as an orangish-brown viscous oil (4.56 g). Chiral HPLC analysis (Chiralcel OD-H) indicated that the sample is a mixture of enantiomers in a 38.2 to 58.7 ratio. The separation of the enantiomers were effected as follow: the product was dissolved in 120 mL of ethanol/heptane (1:1) and injected (5 mL/injection) on chiral HPLC column (Chiracel OJ, 5 cm ID×50 cm L, 20 μm) eluting with 85:15 Heptane/ethanol at 75 mL/min, and monitored at 220 nm. Enantiomer-1 (1.474 g) and enantiomer-2 (2.2149 g) were retrieved as viscous oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, δ=7.26, 500 MHz) 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.24 (m, 6H), 7.21-7.16 (m, 2H), 5.13 (d, J=12.5, 1H), 5.08 (d, J=12.5, 1H), 4.02 (s, 1H), 2.65-2.38 (app br s, 8H), 2.25 (s, 3H). RT=2.10 (Cond. 3); >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C20H25N2O2: 325.19; found 325.20.
A methanol (10 mL) solution of either enantiomer of benzyl 2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-2-phenylacetate (1.0 g, 3.1 mmol) was added to a suspension of 10% Pd/C (120 mg) in methanol (5.0 mL). The reaction mixture was exposed to a balloon of hydrogen, under a careful monitoring, for <50 min Immediately after the completion of the reaction, the catalyst was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide Cap-7, contaminated with phenylacetic acid as a tan foam (867.6 mg; mass is above the theoretical yield). The product was used for the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 500 MHz) δ 7.44-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.24 (m, 3H), 3.92 (s, 1H), 2.63-2.48 (app. bs, 2H), 2.48-2.32 (m, 6H), 2.19 (s, 3H); RT=0.31 (Cond. 2); >90% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C13H19N2O2: 235.14; found 235.15; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C13H19N2O2: 235.1447; found 235.1440.
The synthesis of Cap-8 and Cap-9 was conducted according to the synthesis of Cap-7 by using appropriate amines for the SN2 displacement step (i.e., 4-hydroxypiperidine for Cap-8 and (S)-3-fluoropyrrolidine for Cap-9) and modified conditions for the separation of the respective stereoisomeric intermedites, as described below.
The enantiomeric separation of the intermediate benzyl 2-(4-hydroxypiperidin-1-yl)-2-phenyl acetate was effected by employing the following conditions: the compound (500 mg) was dissolved in ethanol/heptane (5 mL/45 mL). The resulting solution was injected (5 mL/injection) on a chiral HPLC column (Chiracel OJ, 2 cm ID×25 cm L, 10 μm) eluting with 80:20 heptane/ethanol at 10 mL/min, monitored at 220 nm, to provide 186.3 mg of enantiomer-1 and 209.1 mg of enantiomer-2 as light-yellow viscous oils. These benzyl ester was hydrogenolysed according to the preparation of Cap-7 to provide Cap-8: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 500 MHz) 7.40 (d, J=7, 2H), 7.28-7.20 (m, 3H), 3.78 (s 1H), 3.46 (m, 1H), 2.93 (m, 1H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.42 (m, 2H). RT=0.28 (Cond. 2); >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C13H18NO3: 236.13; found 236.07; HRMS: Calcd. for [M+H]+ C13H18NO3: 236.1287; found 236.1283.
The diastereomeric separation of the intermediate benzyl 2-((S)-3-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-phenylacetate was effected by employing the following conditions: the ester (220 mg) was separated on a chiral HPLC column (Chiracel OJ-H, 0.46 cm ID×25 cm L, 5 um) eluting with 95% CO2/5% methanol with 0.1% TFA, at 10 bar pressure, 70 mL/min flow rate, and a temperature of 35° C. The HPLC elute for the respective stereiosmers was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and washed with an aqueous medium (10 mL water+1 mL saturated NaHCO3 solution). The organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide 92.5 mg of fraction-1 and 59.6 mg of fraction-2. These benzyl esters were hydrogenolysed according to the preparation of Cap-7 to prepare Caps 9a and 9b. Cap-9a (diastereomer-1; the sample is a TFA salt as a result of purification on a reverse phase HPLC using H2O/methanol/TFA solvent): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 400 MHz) 7.55-7.48 (m, 5H), 5.38 (d of m, J=53.7, 1H), 5.09 (br s, 1H), 3.84-2.82 (br m, 4H), 2.31-2.09 (m, 2H). RT=0.42 (Cond. 1); >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C12H15FNO2: 224.11; found 224.14; Cap-9b (diastereomer-2): 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 400 MHz) 7.43-7.21 (m, 5H), 5.19 (d of m, J=55.9, 1H), 3.97 (s, 1H), 2.95-2.43 (m, 4H), 2.19-1.78 (m, 2H). RT=0.44 (Cond. 1); LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C12H15FNO2: 224.11; found 224.14.
To a solution of D-proline (2.0 g, 17 mmol) and formaldehyde (2.0 mL of 37% wt. in H2O) in methanol (15 mL) was added a suspension of 10% Pd/C (500 mg) in methanol (5 mL). The mixture was stirred under a balloon of hydrogen for 23 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and concentrated in vacuo to provide Cap-10 as an off-white solid (2.15 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 500 MHz) 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.37 (dd, J=9.4, 6.1, 1H), 2.85-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.13 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.66 (m, 1H). RT=0.28 (Cond. 2); >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C6H12NO2: 130.09; found 129.96.
A mixture of (2S,4R)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (0.50 g, 3.8 mmol), formaldehyde (0.5 mL of 37% wt. in H2O), 12 N HCl (0.25 mL) and 10% Pd/C (50 mg) in methanol (20 mL) was stirred under a balloon of hydrogen for 19 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was recrystallized from isopropanol to provide the HCl salt of Cap-11 as a white solid (337.7 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 500 MHz) 5.39 (d m, J=53.7, 1H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 3.90 (ddd, J=31.5, 13.5, 4.5, 1H), 3.33 (dd, J=25.6, 13.4, 1H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.60-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.26 (m, 1H). RT=0.28 (Cond. 2); >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C6H11FNO2: 148.08; found 148.06.
L-Alanine (2.0 g, 22 5 mmol) was dissolved in 10% aqueous sodium carbonate solution (50 mL), and a THF (50 mL) solution of methyl chloroformate (4.0 mL) was added to it. The reaction mixture was stirred under ambient conditions for 4.5 hours and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting white solid was dissolved in water and acidified with 1N HCl to a pH˜2-3. The resulting solutions was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL), and the combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide a colorless oil (2.58 g). 500 mg of this material was purified by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/methanol/TFA) to provide 150 mg of Cap-12 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 500 MHz) 7.44 (d, J=7.3, 0.8H), 7.10 (br s, 0.2H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 1.25 (d, J=7.3, 3H).
A mixture of L-alanine (2.5 g, 28 mmol), formaldehyde (8.4 g, 37 wt. %), 1N HCl (30 mL) and 10% Pd/C (500 mg) in methanol (30 mL) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (50 psi) for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide the HCl salt of Cap-13 as an oil which solidified upon standing under vacuum (4.4 g; the mass is above theoretical yield). The product was used without further purification. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5, 500 MHz) δ 12.1 (br s, 1H), 4.06 (q, J=7.4, 1H), 2.76 (s, 6H), 1.46 (d, J=7.3, 3H).
Step 1: A mixture of (R)-(−)-D-phenylglycine tert-butyl ester (3.00 g, 12.3 mmol), NaBH3CN (0.773 g, 12.3 mmol), KOH (0.690 g, 12.3 mmol) and acetic acid (0.352 mL, 6.15 mmol) were stirred in methanol at 0° C. To this mixture was added glutaric dialdehyde (2.23 mL, 12.3 mmol) dropwise over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred as it was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirring was continued at the same temperature for 16 hours. The solvent was subsequently removed and the residue was partitioned with 10% aqueous NaOH and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to dryness to provide a clear oil. This material was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC (Primesphere C-18, 30×100 mm; CH3CN—H2O-0.1% TFA) to give the intermediate ester (2.70 g, 56%) as a clear oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.53-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.40-7.37 (m, 2H), 3.87 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.99 (t, J=11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.59 (t, J=11.4 Hz, 1H), 2.07-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.82 (d, J=1.82 Hz, 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H). LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for C17H25NO2: 275; found: 276 (M+H)+.
Step 2: To a stirred solution of the intermediate ester (1.12 g, 2.88 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added TFA (3 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours and then it was concentrated to dryness to give a light yellow oil. The oil was purified using reverse-phase preparative HPLC (Primesphere C-18, 30×100 mm; CH3CN—H2O-0.1% TFA). The appropriate fractions were combined and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was then dissolved in a minimum amount of methanol and applied to applied to MCX LP extraction cartridges (2×6 g). The cartridges were rinsed with methanol (40 mL) and then the desired compound was eluted using 2M ammonia in methanol (50 mL). Product-containing fractions were combined and concentrated and the residue was taken up in water. Lyophilization of this solution provided the title compound (0.492 g, 78%) as a light yellow solid. 1HNMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.50 (s, 5H), 5.13 (s, 1H), 3.09 (br s, 2H), 2.92-2.89 (m, 2H), 1.74 (m, 4H), 1.48 (br s, 2H). LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for C13H17NO2: 219; found: 220 (M+H)+.
Step 1; (S)-1-Phenylethyl 2-bromo-2-phenylacetate: To a mixture of α-bromophenylacetic acid (10.75 g, 0.050 mol), (S)-(−)-1-phenylethanol (7.94 g, 0.065 mol) and DMAP (0.61 g, 5.0 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (100 mL) was added solid EDCI (12.46 g, 0.065 mol) all at once. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature under Ar for 18 hours and then it was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed (H2O×2, brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to give a pale yellow oil. Flash chromatography (SiO2/hexane-ethyl acetate, 4:1) of this oil provided the title compound (11.64 g, 73%) as a white solid. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.53-7.17 (m, 10H), 5.95 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 0.5H), 5.94 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 0.5H), 5.41 (s, 0.5H), 5.39 (s, 0.5H), 1.58 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1.5H), 1.51 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1.5H).
Step 2; (S)-1-Phenylethyl (R)-2-(4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-2-phenylacetate: To a solution of (S)-1-phenylethyl 2-bromo-2-phenylacetate (0.464 g, 1.45 mmol) in THF (8 mL) was added triethylamine (0.61 mL, 4.35 mmol), followed by tetrabutylammonium iodide (0.215 g, 0.58 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes and then a solution of 4-methyl-4-hydroxypiperidine (0.251 g, 2.18 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then it was heated at 55-60° C. (oil bath temperature) for 4 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), washed (H2O×2, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-60% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide first the (S,R)-isomer of the title compound (0.306 g, 60%) as a white solid and then the corresponding (S,S)-isomer (0.120 g, 23%), also as a white solid. (S,R)-isomer: 1HNMR (CD3OD) δ 7.51-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.25 (m, 8H), 5.85 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (s, 1H), 2.56-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.49 (m, 4H), 1.38 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C22H27NO3: 353; found: 354 (M+H)+. (S,S)-isomer: 1HNMR (CD3OD) δ 7.41-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.20-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.06-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.85 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (s, 1H), 2.70-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.51 (dt, J=6.6, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.44-2.31 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.54 (m, 3H), 1.50 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C22H27NO3: 353; found: 354 (M+H)+.
Step 3; (R)-2-(4-Hydroxy-4-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-2-phenylacetic acid: To a solution of (S)-1-phenylethyl (R)-2-(4-hydroxy-4-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-2-phenylacetate (0.185 g, 0.52 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The volatiles were subsequently removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC (Primesphere C-18, 20×100 mm; CH3CN—H2O-0.1% TFA) to give the title compound (as TFA salt) as a pale bluish solid (0,128 g, 98%). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C14H19NO3: 249; found: 250 (M+H)+.
Step 1; (S)-1-Phenylethyl 2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate: A mixture of 2-fluorophenylacetic acid (5.45 g, 35.4 mmol), (S)-1-phenylethanol (5.62 g, 46.0 mmol), EDCI (8.82 g, 46.0 mmol) and DMAP (0.561 g, 4.60 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The solvent was then concentrated and the residue partitioned with H2O-ethyl acetate. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer back-extracted with ethyl acetate (2×). The combined organic phases were washed (H2O, brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Biotage/0-20% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide the title compound as a colorless oil (8.38 g, 92%). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.32 -7.23 (m, 7H), 7.10-7.04 (m, 2), 5.85 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 1.48 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H).
Step 2; (R)-((S)-1-Phenylethyl)2-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-(piperidin-1-yl)acetate: To a solution of (S)-1-phenylethyl 2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate (5.00 g, 19.4 mmol) in THF (1200 mL) at 0° C. was added DBU (6.19 g, 40.7 mmol) and the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature while stirring for 30 minutes. The solution was then cooled to −78° C. and a solution of CBr4(13.5 g, 40 7 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to −10° C. and stirred at this temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aq. NH4Cl and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was back-extracted with ethyl acetate (2×) and the combined organic phases were washed (H2O, brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. To the residue was added piperidine (5.73 mL, 58.1 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The volatiles were then concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Biotage/0-30% diethyl ether-hexane) to provide a pure mixture of diastereomers (2:1 ratio by 1HNMR) as a yellow oil (2.07 g, 31%), along with unreacted starting material (2.53 g, 51%). Further chromatography of the diastereomeric mixture (Biotage/0-10% diethyl ether-toluene) provided the title compound as a colorless oil (0.737 g, 11%). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.52 (ddd, J=9.4, 7.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.40 (m, 1), 7.23-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.02-7.23 (m, 4H), 5.86 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (s, 1H), 2.39-2.45 (m, 4H), 1.52-1.58 (m, 4H), 1.40-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.38 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C21H24FNO2: 341; found: 342 (M+H)+.
Step 3; (R)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-(piperidin-1-yl)acetic acid: A mixture of (R)-((S)-1-phenylethyl) 2-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-(piperidin-1-yl)acetate (0.737 g, 2.16 mmol) and 20% Pd(OH)2/C (0.070 g) in ethanol (30 mL) was hydrogenated at room temperature and atmospheric pressure (H2 balloon) for 2 hours. The solution was then purged with Ar, filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®), and concentrated in vacuo. This provided the title compound as a colorless solid (0.503 g, 98%). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.65 (ddd, J=9.1, 7.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.30 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.13 (m, 4H), 1.84 (br s, 4H), 1.62 (br s, 2H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C13H16FNO2: 237; found: 238 (M+H)+.
Step 1; (S)-1-Phenylethyl (R)-2-(4-hydroxy-4-phenylpiperidin-1-yl)-2-phenylacetate: To a solution of (S)-1-phenylethyl 2-bromo-2-phenylacetate (1.50 g, 4.70 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was added triethylamine (1.31 mL, 9.42 mmol), followed by tetrabutylammonium iodide (0.347 g, 0.94 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes and then a solution of 4-phenyl-4-hydroxypiperidine (1.00 g, 5.64 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 16 hours and then it was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed (H2O×2, brine), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified on a silica gel column (0-60% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide an approximately 2:1 mixture of diastereomers, as judged by 1HNMR. Separation of these isomers was performed using supercritical fluid chromatography (Chiralcel OJ-H, 30×250 mm; 20% ethanol in CO2 at 35° C.), to give first the (R)-isomer of the title compound (0.534 g, 27%) as a yellow oil and then the corresponding (S)-isomer (0.271 g, 14%), also as a yellow oil. (S,R)-isomer: 1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.55-7.47 (m, 4H), 7.44-7.25 (m, 10H), 7.25-7.17 (m, 1H), 5.88 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (s, 1H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.64 (dt, J=11.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.58-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.40 (dt, J=11.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.20 (dt, J=12.1, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.10 (dt, J=12.1, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 1.72-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.53 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C27H29NO3: 415; found: 416 (M+H)+; (S,S)-isomer: 1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.55-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.25-7.13 (m, 4H), 7.08-7.00 (m, 2H), 5.88 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (s, 1H), 2.95-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.68 (dt, J=11.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.57-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.42 (dt, J=11.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (dt, J=12.1, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (dt, J=12.1, 4.6 Hz, 1H), 1.73 (dd, J=13.6, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 1.64 (dd, J=13.6, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 1.40 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C27H29NO3: 415; found: 416 (M+H)+.
The following esters were prepared in similar fashion employing step 1 in the synthesis of Cap-17.
Chiral SFC Conditions for Determining Retention Time for Intermediates 17b-17d
Cap-17, Step 2; (R)-2-(4-Hydroxy-4-phenylpiperidin-1-yl)-2-phenylacetic acid: To a solution of (S)-1-phenylethyl (R)-2-(4-hydroxy-4-phenylpiperidin-1-yl)-2-phenylacetate (0.350 g, 0.84 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The volatiles were subsequently removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC (Primesphere C-18, 20×100 mm; CH3CN—H2O-0.1% TFA) to give the title compound (as TFA salt) as a white solid (0.230 g, 88%). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C19H21NO3: 311; found: 312 (M+H)+.
The following carboxylic acids were prepared in a similar fashion:
LCMS Conditions for Determining Retention Time for Caps 17a-17d
Step 1; (R,S)-Ethyl 2-(4-pyridyl)-2-bromoacetate: To a solution of ethyl 4-pyridylacetate (1.00 g, 6.05 mmol) in dry THF (150 mL) at 0° C. under argon was added DBU (0.99 mL, 6.66 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 30 minutes and then it was cooled to −78° C. To this mixture was added CBr4 (2.21 g, 6.66 mmol) and stirring was continued at -78° C. for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then quenched with sat. aq. NH4Cl and the phases were separated. The organic phase was washed (brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting yellow oil was immediately purified by flash chromatography (SiO2/hexane-ethyl acetate, 1:1) to provide the title compound (1.40 g, 95%) as a somewhat unstable yellow oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.62 (dd, J=4.6, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=4.6, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 5.24 (s, 1H), 4.21-4.29 (m, 2H), 1.28 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C9H10BrNO2: 242, 244; found: 243, 245 (M+H)+.
Step 2; (R,S)-Ethyl 2-(4-pyridyl)-2-(N,N-dimethylamino)acetate: To a solution of (R,S)-ethyl 2-(4-pyridyl)-2-bromoacetate (1.40 g, 8.48 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at room temperature was added dimethylamine (2M in THF, 8.5 mL, 17.0 mmol). After completion of the reaction (as judged by tlc) the volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (Biotage, 40+M SiO2 column; 50%-100% ethyl acetate-hexane) to provide the title compound (0.539 g, 31%) as a light yellow oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.58 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.92 (s, 1H), 2.27 (s, 6H), 1.22 (t, J=7.0 Hz). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C11H16N2O2: 208; found: 209 (M+H)+.
Step 3; (R,S)-2-(4-Pyridyl)-2-(N,N-dimethylamino)acetic acid: To a solution of (R,S)-ethyl 2-(4-pyridyl)-2-(N,N-dimethylamino)acetate (0.200 g, 0.960 mmol) in a mixture of THF-methanol-H2O (1:1:1, 6 mL) was added powdered LiOH (0.120 g, 4.99 mmol) at room temperature. The solution was stirred for 3 hours and then it was acidified to pH 6 using 1N HCl. The aqueous phase was washed with ethyl acetate and then it was lyophilized to give the dihydrochloride of the title compound as a yellow solid (containing LiCl). The product was used as such in subsequent steps. 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.49 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.56 (s, 1H), 2.21 (s, 6H).
The following examples were prepared in similar fashion using the method described in Example 4;
Step 1; (R,S)-Ethyl 2-(quinolin-3-yl)-2-(N,N-dimethylamino)-acetate: A mixture of ethyl N,N-dimethylaminoacetate (0.462 g, 3.54 mmol), K3PO4 (1.90 g, 8.95 mmol), Pd(t-Bu3P)2 (0.090 g, 0.176 mmol) and toluene (10 mL) was degassed with a stream of Ar bubbles for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was then heated at 100° C. for 12 hours, after which it was cooled to room temperature and poured into H2O. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×) and the combined organic phases were washed (H2O, brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified first by reverse-phase preparative HPLC (Primesphere C-18, 30×100 mm; CH3CN—H2O-5 mM NH4OAc) and then by flash chromatography (SiO2/hexane-ethyl acetate, 1:1) to provide the title compound (0.128 g, 17%) as an orange oil. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.90 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.77 (ddd, J=8.3, 6.8, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (ddd, J=8.3, 6.8, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (s, 1H), 4.13 (m, 2H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 1.15 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C15H18N2O2: 258; found: 259 (M+H)+.
Step 2; (R,S) 2-(Quinolin-3-yl)-2-(N,N-dimethylamino)acetic acid: A mixture of (R,S)-ethyl 2-(quinolin-3-yl)-2-(N,N-dimethylamino)acetate (0.122 g, 0.472 mmol) and 6M HCl (3 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 12 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo to provide the dihydrochloride of the title compound (0.169 g, >100%) as a light yellow foam. The unpurified material was used in subsequent steps without further purification. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C13H14N2O2: 230; found: 231 (M+H)+.
Step 1; (R)—((S)-1-phenylethyl) 2-(dimethylamino)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate and (S)—((S)-1-phenylethyl) 2-(dimethylamino)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate: To a mixture of (RS)-2-(dimethylamino)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetic acid (2.60 g, 13.19 mmol), DMAP (0.209 g, 1.71 mmol) and (S)-1-phenylethanol (2.09 g, 17.15 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (40 mL) was added EDCI (3.29 g, 17.15 mmol) and the mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 12 hours. The solvent was then removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned with ethyl acetate-H2O. The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was back-extracted with ethyl acetate (2×) and the combined organic phases were washed (H2O, brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Biotage/0-50% diethyl ether-hexane). The resulting pure diastereomeric mixture was then separated by reverse-phase preparative HPLC (Primesphere C-18, 30×100 mm; CH3CN—H2O-0.1% TFA) to give first (S)-1-phenethyl (R)-2-(dimethylamino)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate (0.501 g, 13%) and then (S)-1-phenethyl (S)-2-(dimethylamino)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)-acetate (0.727 g. 18%), both as their TFA salts. (S,R)-isomer: 1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.65-7.70 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.60 (ddd, J=9.4, 8.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.34 (m, 5H), 6.04 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 5.60 (s, 1H), 2.84 (s, 6H), 1.43 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C18H20FNO2: 301; found: 302 (M+H)+; (S,S)-isomer: 1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ7.58-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.31 (m, 6H), 7.00 (dd, J=8.5, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 6.02 (q, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 5.60 (s, 1H), 2.88 (s, 6H), 1.54 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C18H20FNO2: 301; found: 302 (M+H)+.
Step 2; (R)-2-(dimethylamino)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetic acid: A mixture of (R)—((S)-1-phenylethyl) 2-(dimethylamino)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate TFA salt (1.25 g, 3.01 mmol) and 20% Pd(OH)2/C (0.125 g) in ethanol (30 mL) was hydrogenated at room temperature and atmospheric pressure (H2 balloon) for 4 hours. The solution was then purged with Ar, filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®), and concentrated in vacuo. This gave the title compound as a colorless solid (0.503 g, 98%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.53-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 2H), 5.36 (s, 1H), 2.86 (s, 6H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C10H12FNO2: 197; found: 198 (M+H)+.
The S-isomer could be obtained from (S)—((S)-1-phenylethyl) 2-(dimethylamino)-2-(2-fluorophenyl)acetate TFA salt in similar fashion.
A mixture of (R)-(2-chlorophenyl)glycine (0.300 g, 1.62 mmol), formaldehyde (35% aqueous solution, 0.80 mL, 3.23 mmol) and 20% Pd(OH)2/C (0.050 g) was hydrogenated at room temperature and atmospheric pressure (H2 balloon) for 4 hours. The solution was then purged with Ar, filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC (Primesphere C-18, 30×100 mm; CH3CN—H2O-0.1% TFA) to give theTFA salt of the title compound (R)-2-(dimethylamino)-2-(2-chlorophenyl)acetic acid as a colorless oil (0.290 g, 55%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.59-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.53 (m, 2H), 5.40 (s, 1H), 2.87 (s, 6H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C10H12ClNO2: 213, 215; found: 214, 216 (M+H)+.
To an ice-cold solution of (R)-(2-chlorophenyl)glycine (1.00 g, 5.38 mmol) and NaOH (0.862 g, 21.6 mmol) in H2O (5.5 mL) was added methyl chloroformate (1.00 mL, 13.5 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was allowed to stir at 0° C. for 1 hour and then it was acidified by the addition of conc. HCl (2.5 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×) and the combined organic phase was washed (H2O, brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (R)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-2-(2-chlorophenyl)acetic acid as a yellow-orange foam (1.31 g, 96%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.39-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.31 (m, 2H), 5.69 (s, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C10H10ClNO4: 243, 245; found: 244, 246 (M+H)+.
To a suspension of 2-(2-(chloromethyl)phenyl)acetic acid (2.00 g, 10.8 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added morpholine (1.89 g, 21.7 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate and extracted with H2O (2×). The aqueous phase was lyophilized and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Biotage/0-10% methanol-CH2Cl2) to give the title compound 2-(2-(Morpholinomethyl)phenyl)acetic acid as a colorless solid (2.22 g, 87%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.37-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 1H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 3.83 (br s, 4H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 3.14 (br s, 4H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C13H17NO3: 235; found: 236 (M+H)+.
The following examples were similarly prepared using the method described for Cap-41:
HMDS (1.85 mL, 8.77 mmol) was added to a suspension of (R)-2-amino-2-phenylacetic acid p-toluenesulfonate (2.83 g, 8.77 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Methyl isocyanate (0.5 g, 8.77 mmol) was added in one portion stirring continued for 30 minutes. The reaction was quenched by addition of H2O (5 mL) and the resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with H2O and n-hexanes, and dried under vacuum. (R)-2-(3-methylureido)-2-phenylacetic acid (1.5 g; 82%).was recovered as a white solid and it was used without further purification. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.54 (d, J=4.88 Hz, 3H) 5.17 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H) 5.95 (q, J=4.48 Hz, 1H) 6.66 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.38 (m, 5H) 12.67 (s, 1H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C10H12N2O3 208.08 found 209.121 (M+H)+; HPLC Phenomenex C-18 3.0×46 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=1.38 min, 90% homogeneity index.
The desired product was prepared according to the method described for Cap-45. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.96 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 3H) 2.94-3.05 (m, 2H) 5.17 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H) 6.05 (t, J=5.19 Hz, 1H) 6.60 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.38 (m, 5H) 12.68 (s, 1H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C11H14N2O3 222.10 found 209.121 (M+H)+.
HPLC XTERRA C-18 3.0×506 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minutes hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, RT=0.87 min, 90% homogeneity index.
Step 1; (R)-tert-butyl 2-(3,3-dimethylureido)-2-phenylacetate: To a stirred solution of (R)-tert-butyl-2-amino-2-phenylacetate (1.0 g, 4.10 mmol) and Hunig's base (1.79 mL, 10.25 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added dimethylcarbamoyl chloride (0.38 mL, 4.18 mmol) dropwise over 10 minutes. After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with H2O, 1N aq. HCl and brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. (R)-tert-butyl 2-(3,3-dimethylureido)-2-phenylacetate was obtained as a white solid (0.86 g; 75%) and used without further purification. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.33 (s, 9H) 2.82 (s, 6H) 5.17 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1H) 6.55 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1H) 7.24-7.41 (m, 5H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C15H22N2O3 278.16 found 279.23 (M+H)+; HPLC Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 minutes, 1 minutes hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=2.26 min, 97% homogeneity index.
Step 2; (R)-2-(3,3-dimethylureido)-2-phenylacetic acid: To a stirred solution of ((R)-tert-butyl 2-(3,3-dimethylureido)-2-phenylacetate (0.86 g, 3.10 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (250 mL) was added TFA (15 mL) dropwise and the resulting solution was stirred at rt for 3 h. The desired compound was then precipitated out of solution with a mixture of EtOAC:Hexanes (5:20), filtered off and dried under reduced pressure. (R)-2-(3,3-dimethylureido)-2-phenylacetic acid was isolated as a white solid (0.59 g, 86%) and used without further purification. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.82 (s, 6H) 5.22 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1H) 6.58 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1H) 7.28 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 1H) 7.33 (t, J=7.32 Hz, 2H) 7.38-7.43 (m, 2H) 12.65 (s, 1H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C11H14N2O3: 222.24; found: 223.21 (M+H)+. HPLC XTERRA C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minutes hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, RT=0.75 min, 93% homogeneity index.
Step 1; (R)-tert-butyl 2-(3-cyclopentylureido)-2-phenylacetate: To a stirred solution of (R)-2-amino-2-phenylacetic acid hydrochloride (1.0 g, 4.10 mmol) and Hunig's base (1.0 mL, 6.15 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added cyclopentyl isocyanate (0.46 mL, 4.10 mmol) dropwise and over 10 minutes. After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was traken up in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with H2O and brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. (R)-tert-butyl 2-(3-cyclopentylureido)-2-phenylacetate was obtained as an opaque oil (1.32 g; 100%) and used without further purification. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3Cl-D) δ ppm 1.50-1.57 (m, 2H) 1.58-1.66 (m, 2H) 1.87-1.97 (m, 2H) 3.89-3.98 (m, 1H) 5.37 (s, 1H) 7.26-7.38 (m, 5H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C18H26N2O3 318.19 found 319.21 (M+H)+; HPLC XTERRA C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 minutes, 1 minutes hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=2.82 min, 96% homogeneity index.
Step 2; (R)-2-(3-cyclopentylureido)-2-phenylacetic acid: To a stirred solution of (R)-tert-butyl 2-(3-cyclopentylureido)-2-phenylacetate (1.31 g, 4.10 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (25 mL) was added TFA (4 mL) and trietheylsilane (1.64 mL; 10.3 mmol) dropwise, and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The volatile components were removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was recrystallized in ethyl acetate/pentanes to yield (R)-2-(3-cyclopentylureido)-2-phenylacetic acid as a white solid (0.69 g, 64%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.17-1.35 (m, 2H) 1.42-1.52 (m, 2H) 1.53-1.64 (m, 2H) 1.67-1.80 (m, 2H) 3.75-3.89 (m, 1H) 5.17 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H) 6.12 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1H) 6.48 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H) 7.24-7.40 (m, 5H) 12.73 (s, 1H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C14H18N2O3: 262.31; found: 263.15 (M+H)+. HPLC XTERRA C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minutes hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, RT=1.24 min, 100% homogeneity index.
To a stirred solution of 2-(benzylamino)acetic acid (2.0 g, 12.1 mmol) in formic acid (91 mL) was added formaldehyde (6.94 mL, 93.2 mmol). After five hours at 70° C., the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to 20 mL and a white solid precipitated. Following filtration, the mother liquors were collected and further concentrated under reduced pressure providing the crude product. Purification by reverse-phase preparative HPLC (Xterra 30×100 mm, detection at 220 nm, flow rate 35 mL/min, 0 to 35% B over 8 min; A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA) provided the title compound 2-(benzyl(methyl)-amino)acetic acid as its TFA salt (723 mg, 33%) as a colorless wax. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.75 (s, 3H) 4.04 (s, 2H) 4.34 (s, 2H) 7.29-7.68 (m, 5H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C10H13NO2 179.22;
Found: 180.20 (M+H)+.
To a stirred solution of 3-methyl-2-(methylamino)butanoic acid (0.50 g, 3.81 mmol) in water (30 mL) was added K2CO3 (2.63 g, 19.1 mmol) and benzyl chloride (1.32 g, 11.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×2) and the aqueous layer was concentrated under reduced pressure providing the crude product which was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC (Xterra 30×100 mm, detection at 220 nm, flow rate 40 mL/min, 20 to 80% B over 6 min; A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA) to provide 2-(benzyl(methyl)amino)-3-methylbutanoic acid, TFA salt (126 mg, 19%) as a colorless wax. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.98 (d, 3H) 1.07 (d, 3H) 2.33-2.48 (m, 1H) 2.54-2.78 (m, 3H) 3.69 (s, 1H) 4.24 (s, 2H) 7.29-7.65 (m, 5H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C13H19NO2 221.30; Found: 222.28 (M+H)+.
Na2CO3 (1.83 g, 17.2 mmol) was added to NaOH (33 mL of 1M/H2O, 3.3 mmol) solution of L-valine (3.9 g, 33.29 mmol) and the resulting solution was cooled with ice-water bath. Methyl chloroformate (2.8 mL, 36.1 mmol) was added drop-wise over 15 min, the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3.25 hr. The reaction mixture was washed with ether (50 mL, 3×), and the aqueous phase was cooled with ice-water bath and acidified with concentrated HCl to a pH region of 1-2, and extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL, 3×). The organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford Cap-51 as a white solid (6 g). 1H NMR for the dominant rotamer (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): 12.54 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.6, 1H), 3.84 (dd, J=8.4, 6.0, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 2.03 (m, 1H), 0.87 (m, 6H). HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C7H14NO4: 176.0923; found 176.0922
Cap-52 was synthesized from L-alanine according to the procedure described for the synthesis of Cap-51. For characterization purposes, a portion of the crude material was purified by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to afford Cap-52 as a colorless viscous oil. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): 12.49 (br s, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=7.3, 0.88H), 7.09 (app br s, 0.12H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 1.25 (d, J=7.3, 3H).
Cap-53 to -64 were prepared from appropriate starting materials according to the procedure described for the synthesis of Cap-51, with noted modifications if any.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 12.51 (br s, 1H), 7.4 (d, J = 7.9, 0.9H), 7.06 (app s, 0.1H), 3.86-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 1.75-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.54 (m, 1H), 0.88 (d, J = 7.3, 3H). RT = 0.77 minutes (Cond. 2); LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + Na]+ C6H11NNaO4: 184.06; found 184.07. HRMS Calcd. for [M + Na]+C6H11NNaO4: 184.0586; found 184.0592.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 12.48 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 7.6, 0.9H), 7.25 (app s, 0.1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.36-3.33 (m, 1H), 1.10-1.01 (m, 1H), 0.54-0.49 (m, 1H), 0.46- 0.40 (m, 1H), 0.39-0.35 (m, 1H), 0.3 1-0.21 (m, 1H). HRMS Calcd. for [M + H]+C7H12NO4: 174.0766; found 174.0771
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 12.62 (s, 1H) 7.42 (d, J = 8.2, 0.9H), 7.07 (app s, 0.1H), 5.80-5.72 (m, 1H), 5.10 (d, J = 17.1, 1H), 5.04 (d, J = 10.4, 1H), 4.01-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 2.47-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.35- 2.29 (m, 1H).
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 12.75 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.3, 0.9H), 6.96 (app s, 0.1H), 4.20-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.24 (s, 3H).
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 12.50 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J = 7.7, 0.08H), 7.40 (d, J = 7.9, 0.76H), 7.19 (d, J = 8.2, 0.07H), 7.07 (d, J = 6.7, 0.09H), 4.21-4.12 (m, 0.08H), 4.06-3.97 (m , 0.07H), 3.96-3.80 (m, 0.85H) 3.53 (s, 3H), 1.69-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.39-1.26 (m, 2H), 0.85 (t, J = 7.4, 3H). LC (Cond. 2): RT = 1.39 LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+ C7H14NO4: 176.09; found 176.06.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 12.63 (bs, 1H), 7.35 (s,1H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.2, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 4.33-4.29 (m, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 2.54(dd, J = 15.5, 5.4, 1H), 2.43 (dd, J = 15.6, 8.0, 1H). RT = 0.16 min (Cond. 2); LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+C6H11N2O5: 191.07; found 191.14.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.49 (br s, 1H), 7.40 (d, J = 7.3, 0.89H), 7.04 (brs, 0.11H), 4.00-3.95 (m, 3H), 1.24 (d, J = 7.3, 3H), 1.15 (t, J = 7.2, 3H). HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+C6H12NO4: 162.0766; found 162.077 1.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.27 (br s, 1H), 7.40 (br s, 1H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 1.32 (s, 6H). HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+C6H12NO4: 162.0766; found 162.0765.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.74(brs, 1H),4.21 (d, J = 10.3, 0.6H), 4.05 (d, J = 10.0, 0.4H), 3.62/3.60 (two singlets, 3H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.05 (m, 1H), 0.95 (d, J = 6.3, 3H), 0.81 (d, J = 6.6, 3H). LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M − H]−C8H14NO4: 188.09; found 188.05.
Methyl chloroformate (0.65 mL, 8.39 mmol) was added dropwise over 5 min to a cooled (ice-water) mixture of Na2CO3 (0.449 g, 4.23 mmol), NaOH (8.2 mL of 1M/H2O, 8.2 mmol) and (S)-3-hydroxy-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanoic acid (1.04 g, 7.81 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 45 min, and then the cooling bath was removed and stirring was continued for an additional 3.75 hr. The reaction mixture was washed with CH2Cl2, and the aqueous phase was cooled with ice-water bath and acidified with concentrated HCl to a pH region of 1-2. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken up in a 2:1 mixture of MeOH/CH2Cl2 (15 mL) and filtered, and the filterate was rotervaped to afford Cap-65 as a white semi-viscous foam (1.236 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 6.94 (d, J=8.5, 0.9H), 6.53 (br s, 0.1H), 3.89 (d, J=8.8, 1H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.13 (s, 3H).
Cap-66 and -67 were prepared from appropriate commercially available starting materials by employing the procedure described for the synthesis of Cap-65.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.58 (br s, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=8.3, 0.13H), 6.81 (d, J=8.8, 0.67H), 4.10-4.02 (m, 1.15H), 3.91 (dd, J=9.1, 3.5, 0.85H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 1.09 (d, J=6.2, 3H). [Note: only the dominant signals of NH were noted].
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): 12.51 (br s, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=8.4, 0.75H), 7.12 (br d, J=0.4, 0.05H), 6.86 (br s, 0.08H), 3.95-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 1.08 (d, J=6.3, 3H). [Note: only the dominant signals of NH were noted]
Methyl chloroformate (0.38 ml, 4.9 mmol) was added drop-wise to a mixture of 1N NaOH (aq) (9.0 ml, 9.0 mmol), 1M NaHCO3 (aq) (9.0 ml, 9.0 mol), L-aspartic acid β-benzyl ester (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol) and Dioxane (9 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient conditions for 3 hr, and then washed with Ethyl acetate (50 ml, 3×). The aqueous layer was acidified with 12N HCl to a pH˜1-2, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford Cap-68 as a light yellow oil (1.37 g; mass is above theoretical yield, and the product was used without further purification). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 12.88 (br s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.5, 1H), 7.40-7.32 (m, 5H), 5.13 (d, J=12.8, 1H), 5.10 (d, J=12.9, 1H), 4.42-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 2.87 (dd, J=16.2, 5.5, 1H), 2.71 (dd, J=16.2, 8.3, 1H). LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.90 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. For [M+H]+ C13H16NO6: 282.10; found 282.12.
NaCNBH3 (2.416 g, 36.5 mmol) was added in batches to a chilled (˜15° C.) water (17 mL)/MeOH (10 mL) solution of alanine (1.338 g, 15.0 mmol). A few minutes later acetaldehyde (4.0 mL, 71.3 mmol) was added drop-wise over 4 min, the cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 6 hr. An additional acetaldehyde (4.0 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred for 2 hr. Concentrated HCl was added slowly to the reaction mixture until the pH reached ˜1.5, and the resulting mixture was heated for 1 hr at 40° C. Most of the volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified with a Dowex® 50WX8-100 ion-exchange resin (column was washed with water, and the compound was eluted with dilute NH4OH, prepared by mixing 18 ml of NH4OH and 282 ml of water) to afford Cap-69 (2.0 g) as an off-white soft hygroscopic solid. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 3.44 (q, J=7.1, 1H), 2.99-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.80 (m, 2H), 1.23 (d, J=7.1, 3H), 1.13 (t, J=7.3, 6H).
Cap-70 to -74 were prepared according to the procedure described for the synthesis of Cap-69 by employing appropriate starting materials.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 3.42 (q, J = 7.1, 1H), 2.68-2.60 (m, 4H), 1.53-1.44 (m, 4H), 1.19 (d, J = 7.3, 3H), 0.85 (t, J = 7.5, 6H). LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+C9H20NO2: 174.15; found 174.13.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 3.18-3.14 (m, 1H) 2.84-2.77 (m, 2H) 2.76- 2.68 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.05 (t, J = 7.2, 6H), 0.91 (t, J = 7.3, 3H). LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+C8H18NO2: 160.13; found 160.06.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 2.77-2.66 (m, 3H), 2.39-2.31 (m, 2H), 1.94- 1.85 (m, 1H), 0.98 (t, J = 7.1, 6H), 0.91 (d,J = 6.5, 3H), 0.85 (d, J = 6.5, 3H). LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+C9H20NO2: 174.15; found 174.15.
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 9.5 (br s, 1H), 3.77 (dd, J = 10.8, 4.1,1H), 3.69-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.99-2.88 (m, 4H), 1.13 (t, J = 7.2, 6H).
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ = 2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 7.54 (s, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 3.81 (t, J = 6.6, k,1H), 2.82-2.71 (m, 4H), 2.63 (dd, J = 15.6, 7.0, 1H), 2.36 (dd, J = 15.4, 6.3, 1H), 1.09 (t, J = 7.2, 6H). RT = 0.125 minutes (Cond. 2); LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+C8H17N2O3: 189.12; found 189.13.
NaBH3CN (1.6 g, 25.5 mmol) was added to a cooled (ice/water bath) water (25 ml)/methanol (15 ml) solution of H-D-Ser-OBzl HCl (2.0 g, 8.6 mmol). Acetaldehyde (1.5 ml, 12.5 mmol) was added drop-wise over 5 min, the cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 2 hr. The reaction was carefully quenched with 12N HCl and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in water and purified with a reverse phase HPLC (MeOH/H2O/TFA) to afford the TFA salt of (R)-benzyl 2-(diethylamino)-3-hydroxypropanoate as a colorless viscous oil (1.9 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 9.73 (br s, 1H), 7.52-7.36 (m, 5H), 5.32 (d, J=12.2, 1H), 5.27 (d, J=12.5, 1H), 4.54-4.32 (m, 1H), 4.05-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.21 (m, 4H), 1.23 (t, J=7.2, 6H). LC/MS (Cond. 2): RT=1.38 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C14H22NO3: 252.16; found 252.19.
NaH (0.0727 g, 1.82 mmol, 60%) was added to a cooled (ice-water) THF (3.0 mL) solution of the TFA salt (R)-benzyl 2-(diethylamino)-3-hydroxypropanoate (0.3019 g, 0.8264 mmol) prepared above, and the mixture was stirred for 15 min. Methyl iodide (56 μL, 0.90 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for 18 hr while allowing the bath to thaw to ambient condition. The reaction was quenched with water and loaded onto a MeOH pre-conditioned MCX (6 g) cartridge, and washed with methanol followed by compound elution with 2N NH3/Methanol. Removal of the volatile component in vacuo afforded Cap-75, contaminated with (R)-2-(diethylamino)-3-hydroxypropanoic acid, as a yellow semi-solid (100 mg). The product was used as is without further purification.
NaCNBH3 (1.60 g, 24.2 mmol) was added in batches to a chilled (˜15° C.) water/MeOH (12 mL each) solution of (S)-4-amino-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino) butanoic acid (2.17 g, 9.94 mmol). A few minutes later acetaldehyde (2.7 mL, 48.1 mmol) was added drop-wise over 2 min, the cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 3.5 hr. An additional acetaldehyde (2.7 mL, 48.1 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 20.5 hr. Most of the MeOH component was removed in vacuo, and the remaining mixture was treated with concentrated HCl until its pH reached ˜1.0 and then heated for 2 hr at 40° C. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was treated with 4 M HCl/dioxane (20 mL) and stirred at ambient condition for 7.5 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified with Dowex® 50WX8-100 ion-exchange resin (column was washed with water and the compound was eluted with dilute NH4OH, prepared from 18 ml of NH4OH and 282 ml of water) to afford intermediate (S)-2-amino-4-(diethylamino)butanoic acid as an off-white solid (1.73 g).
Methyl chloroformate (0.36 mL, 4.65 mmol) was added drop-wise over 11 min to a cooled (ice-water) mixture of Na2CO3 (0.243 g, 2.29 mmol), NaOH (4.6 mL of 1M/H2O, 4.6 mmol) and the above product (802.4 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred for 55 min, and then the cooling bath was removed and stirring was continued for an additional 5.25 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with equal volume of water and washed with CH2Cl2 (30 mL, 2×), and the aqueous phase was cooled with ice-water bath and acidified with concentrated HCl to a pH region of 2. The volatile component was then removed in vacuo and the crude material was free-based with MCX resin (6.0 g; column was washed with water, and sample was eluted with 2.0 M NH3/MeOH) to afford impure Cap-76 as an off-white solid (704 mg). 1H NMR (MeOH-d4, δ=3.29 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 3.99 (dd, J=7.5, 4.7, 1H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.25-3.06 (m, 6H), 2.18-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.28 (t, J=7.3, 6H).
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C10H21N2O4: 233.15; found 233.24.
The synthesis of Cap-77 was conducted according to the procedure described for Cap-7 by using 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane for the SN2 displacement step, and by effecting the enantiomeric separation of the intermediate benzyl 2-(7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-7-yl)-2-phenylacetate using the following condition: the intermediate (303.7 mg) was dissolved in ethanol, and the resulting solution was injected on a chiral HPLC column (Chiracel AD-H column, 30×250 mm, 5 um) eluting with 90% CO2-10% EtOH at 70 mL/min, and a temperature of 35° C. to provide 124.5 mg of enantiomer-1 and 133.8 mg of enantiomer-2. These benzyl esters were hydrogenolysed according to the preparation of Cap-7 to provide Cap-77:
1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 7.55 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.30 (m, 3H), 4.16 (s, 1H), 3.54 (app br s, 2H), 2.08-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.57-1.46 (m, 4H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.67 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C14H18BrNO2: 232.13; found 232.18. HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C14H18BrNO2: 232.1338; found 232.1340.
NaCNBH3 (0.5828 g, 9.27 mmol) was added to a mixture of the HCl salt of (R)-2-(ethylamino)-2-phenylacetic acid (an intermediate in the synthesis of Cap-3; 0.9923 mg, 4.60 mmol) and (1-ethoxycyclopropoxy)trimethylsilane (1.640 g, 9.40 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL), and the semi-heterogeneous mixture was heated at 50° C. with an oil bath for 20 hr. More (1-ethoxycyclopropoxy)trimethylsilane (150 mg, 0.86 mmol) and NaCNBH3 (52 mg, 0.827 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was heated for an additional 3.5 hr. It was then allowed to cool to ambient temperature and acidified to a ˜pH region of 2 with concentrated HCl, and the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was rotervaped. The resulting crude material was taken up in i-PrOH (6 mL) and heated to effect dissolution, and the non-dissolved part was filtered off and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. About ⅓ of the resultant crude material was purified with a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to afford the TFA salt of Cap-78 as a colorless viscous oil (353 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz; after D2O exchange): δ 7.56-7.49 (m, 5H), 5.35 (S, 1H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 3.06 (app br s, 1H), 2.66 (m, 1H), 1.26 (t, J=7.3, 3H), 0.92 (m, 1H), 0.83-0.44 (m, 3H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.64 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C13H18NO2: 220.13; found 220.21. HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C13H18NO2: 220.1338; found 220.1343.
Ozone was bubbled through a cooled (−78° C.) CH2Cl2 (5.0 mL) solution Cap-55 (369 mg, 2.13 mmol) for about 50 min until the reaction mixture attained a tint of blue color. Me2S (10 pipet drops) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 35 min. The −78° C. bath was replaced with a −10° C. bath and stirring continued for an additional 30 min, and then the volatile component was removed in vacuo to afford a colorless viscous oil.
NaBH3CN (149 mg, 2.25 mmol) was added to a MeOH (5.0 mL) solution of the above crude material and morpholine (500 μL, 5.72 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 4 hr. It was cooled to ice-water temperature and treated with concentrated HCl to bring its pH to ˜2.0, and then stirred for 2.5 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified with a combination of MCX resin (MeOH wash; 2.0 N NH3/MeOH elution) and a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to afford Cap-79 containing unknown amount of morpholine.
In order to consume the morpholine contaminant, the above material was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (1.5 mL) and treated with Et3N (0.27 mL, 1.94 mmol) followed by acetic anhydride (0.10 mL, 1.06 mmol) and stirred at ambient condition for 18 hr. THF (1.0 mL) and H2O (0.5 mL) were added and stirring continued for 1.5 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the resultant residue was passed through MCX resin (MeOH wash; 2.0 N NH3/MeOH elution) to afford impure Cap-79 as a brown viscous oil, which was used for the next step without further purification.
SOCl2 (6.60 mL, 90.5 mmol) was added drop-wise over 15 min to a cooled (ice-water) mixture of (S)-3-amino-4-(benzyloxy)-4-oxobutanoic acid (10.04 g, 44.98 mmol) and MeOH (300 mL), the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 29 hr. Most of the volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was carefully partitioned between EtOAc (150 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 solution. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (150 mL, 2×), and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford (S)-1-benzyl 4-methyl 2-aminosuccinate as a colorless oil (9.706 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 7.40-7.32 (m, 5H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 3.72 (app t, J=6.6, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 2.68 (dd, J=15.9, 6.3, 1H), 2.58 (dd, J=15.9, 6.8, 1H), 1.96 (s, 2H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.90 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C12H16NO4: 238.11; found 238.22.
Pb(NO3)2 (6.06 g, 18.3 mmol) was added over 1 min to a CH2Cl2 (80 mL) solution of (S)-1-benzyl 4-methyl 2-aminosuccinate (4.50 g, 19.0 mmol), 9-bromo-9-phenyl-9H-fluorene (6.44 g, 20.0 mmol) and Et3N (3.0 mL, 21.5 mmol), and the heterogeneous mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 48 hr. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was treated with MgSO4 and filtered again, and the final filtrate was concentrated. The resulting crude material was submitted to a Biotage purification (350 g silica gel, CH2Cl2 elution) to afford (S)-1-benzyl 4-methyl 2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)succinate as highly viscous colorless oil (7.93 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 7.82 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.13 (m, 16H), 4.71 (d, J=12.4, 1H), 4.51 (d, J=12.6, 1H), 3.78 (d, J=9.1, NH), 3.50 (s, 3H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.41 (m, 2H, partially overlapped with solvent). LC (Cond. 1): RT=2.16 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C31H28NO4: 478.20; found 478.19.
LiHMDS (9.2 mL of 1.0 M/THF, 9.2 mmol) was added drop-wise over 10 min to a cooled (−78° C.) THF (50 mL) solution of (S)-1-benzyl 4-methyl 2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)succinate (3.907 g, 8.18 mmol) and stirred for ˜1 hr. MeI (0.57 mL, 9.2 mmol) was added drop-wise over 8 min to the mixture, and stirring was continued for 16.5 hr while allowing the cooling bath to thaw to room temperature. After quenching with saturated NH4C1 solution (5 mL), most of the organic component was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (100 mL) and water (40 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting crude material was purified with a Biotage (350 g silica gel; 25% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 3.65 g of a 2S/3S and 2S/3R diastereomeric mixtures of 1-benzyl 4-methyl 3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)succinate in ˜1.0:0.65 ratio (1H NMR). The stereochemistry of the dominant isomer was not determined at this juncture, and the mixture was submitted to the next step without separation. Partial 1H NMR data (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): major diastereomer, δ 4.39 (d, J=12.3, 1H of CH2), 3.33 (s, 3H, overlapped with H2O signal), 3.50 (d, J=10.9, NH), 1.13 (d, J=7.1, 3H); minor diastereomer, δ 4.27 (d, J=12.3, 1H of CH2), 3.76 (d, J=10.9, NH), 3.64 (s, 3H), 0.77 (d, J=7.0, 3H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=2.19 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C32H30NO4: 492.22; found 492.15.
Diisobutylaluminum hydride (20.57 ml of 1.0 M in hexanes, 20.57 mmol) was added drop-wise over 10 min to a cooled (−78° C.) THF (120 mL) solution of (2S)-1-benzyl 4-methyl 3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)succinate (3.37 g, 6.86 mmol) prepared above, and stirred at −78° C. for 20 hr. The reaction mixture was removed from the cooling bath and rapidly poured into ˜1M H3PO4/H2O (250 mL) with stirring, and the mixture was extracted with ether (100 mL, 2×). The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. A silica gel mesh of the crude material was prepared and submitted to chromatography (25% EtOAc/hexanes; gravity elution) to afford 1.1 g of (2S,3S)-benzyl 4-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)butanoate, contaminated with benzyl alcohol, as a colorless viscous oil and (2S,3R)-benzyl 4-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)butanoate containing the (2S,3R) stereoisomer as an impurity. The later sample was resubmitted to the same column chromatography purification conditions to afford 750 mg of purified material as a white foam. [Note: the (2S, 3S) isomer elutes before the (2S,3R) isomer under the above condition]. (2S, 3S) isomer: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): 7.81 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.08 (m, 16H), 4.67 (d, J=12.3, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=12.4, 1H), 4.21 (app t, J=5.2, OH), 3.22 (d, J=10.1, NH), 3.17 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), ˜2.5 (m, 1H, overlapped with the solvent signal), 1.58 (m, 1H), 0.88 (d, J=6.8, 3H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=2.00 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C31H30NO3: 464.45; found 464.22. (2S, 3R) isomer: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): 7.81 (d, J=7.5, 2H), 7.39-7.10 (m, 16H), 4.63 (d, J=12.1, 1H), 4.50 (app t, J=4.9, 1H), 4.32 (d, J=12.1, 1H), 3.59-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.23 (m, 1H), 2.44 (dd, J=9.0, 8.3, 1H), 1.70 (m, 1H), 0.57 (d, J=6.8, 3H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.92 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C31H30NO3: 464.45; found 464.52.
The relative stereochemical assignments of the DIBAL-reduction products were made based on NOE studies conducted on lactone derivatives prepared from each isomer by employing the following protocol: LiHMDS (50 μL of 1.0 M/THF, 0.05 mmol) was added to a cooled (ice-water) THF (2.0 mL) solution of (2S,3S)-benzyl 4-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)butanoate (62.7 mg, 0.135 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at similar temperature for ˜2 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (30 mL), water (20 mL) and saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution (1 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting crude material was submitted to a Biotage purification (40 g silica gel; 10-15% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford (3S,4S)-4-methyl-3-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one as a colorless film of solid (28.1 mg). (2S,3R)-benzyl 4-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)butanoate was elaborated similarly to (3S,4R)-4-methyl-3-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one. (3S,4S)-lactone isomer: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz), 7.83 (d, J=7.5, 2H), 7.46-7.17 (m, 11H), 4.14 (app t, J=8.3, 1H), 3.60 (d, J=5.8, NH), 3.45 (app t, J=9.2, 1H), ˜2.47 (m, 1H, partially overlapped with solvent signal), 2.16 (m, 1H), 0.27 (d, J=6.6, 3H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.98 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+C24H21NNaO2: 378.15; found 378.42. (3S,4R)-lactone isomer: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz), 7.89 (d, J=7.6, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=7.3, 1H), 7.46-7.20 (m, 11H), 3.95 (dd, J=9.1, 4.8, 1H), 3.76 (d, J=8.8, 1H), 2.96 (d, J=3.0, NH), 2.92 (dd, J=6.8, 3, NCH), 1.55 (m, 1H), 0.97 (d, J=7.0, 3H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=2.03 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C24H21NNaO2: 378.15; found 378.49.
TBDMS-Cl (48 mg, 0.312 mmol) followed by imidazole (28.8 mg, 0.423 mmol) were added to a CH2Cl2 (3 ml) solution of (2S,3S)-benzyl 4-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)butanoate (119.5 mg, 0.258 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 14.25 hr. The reaction mixture was then diluted with CH2Cl2 (30 mL) and washed with water (15 mL), and the organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant crude material was purified with a Biotage (40 g silica gel; 5% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford (2S,3S)-benzyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)butanoate, contaminated with TBDMS based impurities, as a colorless viscous oil (124.4 mg). (2S,3R)-benzyl 4-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)butanoate was elaborated similarly to (2S,3R)-benzyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)butanoate. (2S,3S)-silyl ether isomer: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz), 7.82 (d, J=4.1, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=4.0, 1H), 7.38-7.07 (m, 16H), 4.70 (d, J=12.4, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=12.3, 1H), 3.28-3.19 (m, 3H), 2.56 (dd, J=10.1, 5.5, 1H), 1.61 (m, 1H), 0.90 (d, J=6.8, 3H), 0.70 (s, 9H), -0.13 (s, 3H), -0.16 (s, 3H). LC (Cond. 1, where the run time was extended to 4 min): RT=3.26 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]C37H44NO3Si: 578.31; found 578.40. (2S,3R)-silyl ether isomer: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz), 7.82 (d, J=3.0, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=3.1, 1H), 7.39-7.10 (m, 16H), 4.66 (d, J=12.4, 1H), 4.39 (d, J=12.4, 1H), 3.61 (dd, J=9.9, 5.6, 1H), 3.45 (d, J=9.5, 1H), 3.41 (dd, J=10, 6.2, 1H), 2.55 (dd, J=9.5, 7.3, 1H), 1.74 (m, 1H), 0.77 (s, 9H), 0.61 (d, J=7.1, 3H), −0.06 (s, 3H), −0.08 (s, 3H).
A balloon of hydrogen was attached to a mixture of (2S,3 S)-benzyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)butanoate (836 mg, 1.447 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (213 mg) in EtOAc (16 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for ˜21 hr, where the balloon was recharged with H2 as necessary. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth (Celite-545®), and the pad was washed with EtOAc (200 mL), EtOAc/MeOH (1:1 mixture, 200 mL) and MeOH (750 mL). The combined organic phase was concentrated, and a silica gel mesh was prepared from the resulting crude material and submitted to a flash chromatography (8:2:1 mixture of EtOAc/i-PrOH/H2O) to afford (2S,3S)-2-amino-4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-3-methylbutanoic acid as a white fluffy solid (325 mg). (2S,3R)-benzyl 4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-3-methyl-2-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-ylamino)butanoate was similarly elaborated to (2S,3R)-2-amino-4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-3-methylbutanoic acid. (2S,3S)-amino acid isomer: 1H NMR (Methanol-d4, δ=3.29 ppm, 400 MHz), 3.76 (dd, J=10.5, 5.2, 1H), 3.73 (d, J=3.0, 1H), 3.67 (dd, J=10.5, 7.0, 1H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 0.97 (d, J=7.0, 3H), 0.92 (s, 9H), 0.10 (s, 6H). LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C11H26NO3Si: 248.17; found 248.44. (2S,3R)-amino acid isomer: 1H NMR (Methanol-d4, δ=3.29 ppm, 400 MHz), 3.76-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.60 (d, J=4.1, 1H), 2.16 (m, 1H), 1.06 (d, J=7.3, 3H), 0.91 (s, 9H), 0.09 (s, 6H). Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C11H26NO3Si: 248.17; found 248.44.
Water (1 mL) and NaOH (0.18 mL of 1.0 M/H2O, 0.18 mmol) were added to a mixture of (2S,3S)-2-amino-4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-3-methylbutanoic acid (41.9 mg, 0.169 mmol) and Na2CO3 (11.9 mg, 0.112 mmol), and sonicated for about 1 min to effect dissolution of reactants. The mixture was then cooled with an ice-water bath, methyl chloroformate (0.02 mL, 0.259 mmol) was added over 30 s, and vigorous stirring was continued at similar temperature for 40 min and then at ambient temperature for 2.7 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (5 mL), cooled with ice-water bath and treated drop-wise with 1.0 N HCl aqueous solution (−0.23 mL). The mixture was further diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with CH2Cl2 (15 mL, 2×). The combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford Cap-80a as an off-white solid. (2S,3R)-2-amino-4-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-3-methylbutanoic acid was similarly elaborated to Cap-80b. Cap-80a: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz), 12.57 (br s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=8.3, 0.3H), 7.19 (d, J=8.8, 0.7H), 4.44 (dd, J=8.1, 4.6, 0.3H), 4.23 (dd, J=8.7, 4.4, 0.7H), 3.56/3.53 (two singlets, 3H), 3.48-3.40 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.10 (m, 1H), 0.85 (s, 9H), ˜0.84 (d, 0.9H, overlapped with t-Bu signal), 0.79 (d, J=7, 2.1H), 0.02/0.01/0.00 (three overlapping singlets, 6H). LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C13H27NNaO5Si: 328.16; found 328.46. Cap-80b: 1H NMR (CDCl3, δ=7.24 ppm, 400 MHz), 6.00 (br d, J=6.8, 1H), 4.36 (dd, J=7.1, 3.1, 1H), 3.87 (dd, J=10.5, 3.0, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.58 (dd, J=10.6, 4.8, 1H), 2.35 (m, 1H), 1.03 (d, J=7.1, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 6H). LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C13H27NNaO5Si: 328.16; found 328.53. The crude products were utilized without further purification.
Prepared according to the protocol described by Falb et al. Synthetic Communications 1993, 23, 2839.
Cap-82 to Cap-85 were synthesized from appropriate starting materials according to the procedure described for Cap-51. The samples exhibited similar spectral profiles as that of their enantiomers (i.e., Cap-4, Cap-13, Cap-51 and Cap-52, respectively)
To a mixture of O-methyl-L-threonine (3.0 g, 22.55 mmol), NaOH (0.902 g, 22.55 mmol) in H2O (15 mL) was added ClCO2Me (1.74 mL, 22.55 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to stir for 12 h and acidified to pH 1 using 1N HCl. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc and (2×250 mL) and 10% MeOH in CH2Cl2 (250 mL) and the combined organic phases were concentrated under in vacuo to afford a colorless oil (4.18 g, 97%) which was of sufficient purity for use in subsequent steps. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.19 (s, 1H), 3.92-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 1.17 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C7H13NO5: 191; found: 190 (M−H)−.
To a mixture of L-homoserine (2.0 g, 9.79 mmol), Na2CO3 (2.08 g, 19.59 mmol) in H2O (15 mL) was added ClCO2Me (0.76 mL, 9.79 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was allowed to stir for 48 h and acidified to pH 1 using 1N HCl. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc and (2×250 mL) and the combined organic phases were concentrated under in vacuo to afford a colorless solid (0.719 g, 28%) which was of sufficient purity for use in subsequent steps. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.23 (dd, J=4.5, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.43-3.49 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.89 (m, 1H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C7H13NO5: 191; found: 192 (M+H)+.
A mixture of L-valine (1.0 g, 8.54 mmol), 3-bromopyridine (1.8 mL, 18.7 mmol), K2CO3 (2.45 g, 17.7 mmol) and CuI (169 mg, 0.887 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, poured into H2O (ca. 150 mL) and washed with EtOAc (×2). The organic layers were extracted with a small amount of H2O and the combined aq phases were acidified to ca. pH 2 with 6N HCl. The volume was reduced to about one-third and 20 g of cation exchange resin (Strata) was added. The slurry was allowed to stand for 20 min and loaded onto a pad of cation exchange resin (Strata) (ca. 25 g). The pad was washed with H2O (200 mL), MeOH (200 mL), and then NH3 (3M in MeOH, 2×200 mL). The appropriate fractions was concentrated in vacuo and the residue (ca. 1.1 g) was dissolved in H2O, frozen and lyophyllized. The title compound was obtained as a foam (1.02 g, 62%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.00 (s, br, 1H), 7.68-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.01 (s, br, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (s, br, 1H), 3.54 (s, 1H), 2.04-2.06 (m, 1H), 0.95 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C10H14N2O2: 194; found: 195 (M+H)+.
A mixture of L-valine (1.0 g, 8.54 mmol), 5-bromopyrimidine (4.03 g, 17.0 mmol), K2CO3 (2.40 g, 17.4 mmol) and CuI (179 mg, 0.94 mmol) in DMSO (10 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, poured into H2O (ca. 150 mL) and washed with EtOAc (×2). The organic layers were extracted with a small amount of H2O and the combined aq phases were acidified to ca. pH 2 with 6N HCl. The volume was reduced to about one-third and 20 g of cation exchange resin (Strata) was added. The slurry was allowed to stand for 20 min and loaded onto a pad of cation exchange resin (Strata) (ca. 25 g). The pad was washed with H2O (200 mL), MeOH (200 mL), and then NH3 (3M in MeOH, 2×200 mL). The appropriate fractions was concentrated in vacuo and the residue (ca. 1.1 g) was dissolved in H2O, frozen and lyophyllized. The title compound was obtained as a foam (1.02 g, 62%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) showed the mixture to contain valine and the purity could not be estimated. The material was used as is in subsequent reactions. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C9H13N3O2: 195; found: 196 (M+H)+.
Cap-90 was prepared according to the method described for the preparation of Cap-1. The crude material was used as is in subsequent steps. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C11H15NO2: 193; found: 192 (M−H)−.
The following caps were prepared according to the method of example 51:
1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.88-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.60, 3.61 (s, 3H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.20 (m 1H), 1.82-1.94 (m, 3H), 1.45-1.71 (m, 2H).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.88-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.60, 3.61 (s, 3H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.20 (m 1H), 1.82-1.94 (m, 3H), 1.45-1.71 (m, 2H).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.69 and 2.44- 2.49 (m, 1H), 1.91-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.74 (m, 4H), 1.51-1.62 (m, 2H).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.35 (m, 1H, partially obscured by solvent), 2.37-2.41 and 2.16-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.94- 2.01 (m, 4H), 1.43-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.29 (m, 2H).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.16 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 4H), 2.38-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.28- 2.31 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.74 (app, ddd J = 3.5, 12.5, 15.9 Hz, 2H), 1.46 (app dt J = 4.0, 12.9 Hz, 2H), 1.26 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 6H).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.82-4.84 (m, 1H), 4.00- 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.56 (s, br, 2H)
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.13 (s, br, 1H), 4.13 (s, br, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.61 (d, J = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 1.28 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 3H).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.10 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.74-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.54-2.61 (m, 2H), 1.88 (sept, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 0.95 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H).
For the preparation of caps Cap-117 to Cap-123 the the Boc amino acids were commercially available and were deprotected by treatment with 25% TFA in CH2Cl2. After complete reaction as judged by LCMS the solvents were removed in vacuo and the corresponding TFA salt of the amino acid was carbamoylated with methyl chloroformate according to the procedure for Cap-51.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.06-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.43 (s, 1H), 2.82 and 2.66 (s, br, 1H), 1.86-2.10 (m, 3H), 1.64-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.44- 1.53 (m, 1H).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.28 and 5.12 (s, br, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 2.64-2.74 (m, 1H), 1.86- 2.12 (m, 3H), 1.67- 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.39-1.54 (m, 1H).
The hydrochloride salt of L-threonine tert-butyl ester was carbamoylated according to the procedure for Cap-51. The crude reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl to pH˜1 and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic phases were concentrated in vacuo to give a colorless which solidified on standing. The aqueous layer was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting mixture of product and inorganic salts was triturated with EtOAc-CH2Cl2—MeOH (1:1:0.1) and then the organic phase concentrated in vacuo to give a colorless oil which was shown by LCMS to be the desired product. Both crops were combined to give 0.52 g of a solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.04 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 1.49 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C5H7NO4: 145; found: 146 (M+H)+.
Cap-125 was prepared according to the procedure for the preparation of Cap-1. The crude product was used as is in subsequent reactions. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C11H22N2O4: 246; found: 247 (M+H)+.
This procedure is a modification of that used to prepare Cap-51. To a suspension of (S)-2-amino-3-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)propanoic acid (0.80 g, 4.70 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and H2O (10 mL) at 0° C. was added NaHCO3 (0.88 g, 10.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was treated with ClCO2Me (0.40 mL, 5.20 mmol) and the mixture allowed to stir at 0° C. After stirring for ca. 2 h LCMS showed no starting material remaining. The reaction was acidified to pH 2 with 6 N HCl.
The solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue was suspended in 20 mL of 20% MeOH in CH2Cl2. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to give a light yellow foam (1.21 g,). LCMS and 1H NMR showed the material to be a 9:1 mixture of the methyl ester and the desired product. This material was taken up in THF (10 mL) and H2O (10 mL), cooled to 0° C. and LiOH (249.1 mg, 10.4 mmol) was added. After stirring ca. 1 h LCMS showed no ester remaining. Therefore the mixture was acidified with 6N HCl and the solvents removed in vacuo. LCMS and 1H NMR confirm the absence of the ester. The title compound was obtained as its HCl salt contaminated with inorganic salts (1.91 g, >100%). The compound was used as is in subsequent steps without further purification.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.84, (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 4.52 (dd, J=5.0, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.35 (dd, J=4.5, 15.6 Hz, 1H, partially obscured by solvent), 3.12 (dd, J=9.0, 15.6 Hz, 1H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C17H15NO2: 392; found: 393 (M+H)+.
Cap-127 was prepared according to the method for Cap-126 above starting from (S)-2-amino-3-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoic acid (1.11 g, 6.56 mmol), NaHCO3 (1.21 g, 14.4 mmol) and ClCO2Me (0.56 mL, 7.28 mmol). The title compound was obtained as its HCl salt (1.79 g, >100%) contaminated with inorganic salts. LCMS and 1H NMR showed the presence of ca. 5% of the methyl ester. The crude mixture was used as is without further purification.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.90 (s, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 4.48 (dd, J=5.0, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C17H15NO2: 392; found: 393 (M+H)+.
To a solution of cj-27a (1.01 g, 4.74 mmol), DMAP (58 mg, 0.475 mmol) and iPr2NEt (1.7 mL, 9.8 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 mL) at 0° C. was added Cbz-Cl (0.68 mL, 4.83 mmol). The solution was allowed to stir for 4 h at 0° C., washed (1N KHSO4, brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (TLC 6:1 hex:EtOAc) to give the title compound (1.30 g, 91%) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.35 (s, 5H), 5.35 (d, br, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 4.48-4.53 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.81 (m, 2H), 2.00 (t, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 1.44 (s, 9H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C17H21NO4: 303; found: 304 (M+H)+.
To a mixture of (S)-benzyl 2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)pent-4-ynoate (0.50 g, 1.65 mmol), sodium ascorbate (0.036 g, 0.18 mmol), CuSO4-5H2O (0.022 g, 0.09 mmol) and NaN3 (0.13 g, 2.1 mmol) in DMF—H2O (5 mL, 4:1) at rt was added BnBr (0.24 mL, 2.02 mmol) and the mixture was warmed to 65° C. After 5 h LCMS indicated low conversion. A further portion of NaN3 (100 mg) was added and heating was continued for 12 h. The reaction was poured into EtOAc and H2O and shaken. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer extracted 3× with EtOAc and the combined organic phases washed (H2O ×3, brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash (Biotage, 40+M 0-5% MeOH in CH2Cl2; TLC 3% MeOH in CH2Cl2) to afford a light yellow oil which solidified on standing (748.3 mg, 104%). The NMR was consistent with the desired product but suggests the presence of DMF. The material was used as is without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.32 (m, 10H), 5.54 (s, 2H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 3.16 (dd, J=1.0, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.06 (dd, J=5.3, 14.7 Hz), 2.96 (dd, J=9.1, 14.7 Hz, 1H), 1.31 (s, 9H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C24H28N4O4: 436; found: 437 (M+H)+.
A solution of (S)-benzyl 3-(1-benzyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoate (0.52 g, 1.15 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added TFA (4 mL). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give a colorless oil which solidified on standing. This material was dissolved in THF—H2O and cooled to 0° C. Solid NaHCO3 (0.25 g, 3.00 mmol) was added followed by ClCO2Me (0.25 mL, 3.25 mmol). After stirring for 1.5 h the mixture was acidified to pH-2 with 6N HCl and then poured into H2O-EtOAc. The layers were separated and the aq phase extracted 2× with EtOAc. The combined org layers were washed (H2O, brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give a colorless oil (505.8 mg, 111%, NMR suggested the presence of an unidentified impurity) which solidified while standing on the pump. The material was used as is without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.32 (m, 10H), 5.54 (s, 2H), 5.10 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 5.06 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.37 (m, 1H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 3.09 (dd, J=5.6, 14.7 Hz, 1H), 2.98 (dd, J=9.6, 14.7 Hz, 1H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C21H22N4O4: 394; found: 395 (M+H)+.
(S)-benzyl 3-(1-benzyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)propanoate (502 mg, 1.11 mmol) was hydrogenated in the presence of Pd—C (82 mg) in MeOH (5 mL) at atmospheric pressure for 12 h. The mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and concentrated in vacuo. (S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl)propanoic acid was obtained as a colorless gum (266 mg, 111%) which was contaminated with ca. 10% of the methyl ester. The material was used as is without further purification.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.78 (s, br, 1H), 7.59 9s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 3.12 (dd, J=4.8 Hz, 14.9 Hz, 1H), 2.96 (dd, J=9.9, 15.0 Hz, 1H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C7H10N4O4: 214; found: 215 (M+H)+.
A suspension of (S)-benzyl 2-oxooxetan-3-ylcarbamate (0.67 g, 3.03 mmol), and pyrazole (0.22 g, 3.29 mmol) in CH3CN (12 mL) was heated at 50° C. for 24 h. The mixture was cooled to rt overnight and the solid filtered to afford (S)-2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-3-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanoic acid (330.1 mg). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and then triturated with a small amount of CH3CN (ca. 4 mL) to afford a second crop (43.5 mg). Total yield 370.4 mg (44%). m.p. 165.5-168° C. lit m.p. 168.5-169.5 Vederas et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1985, 107, 7105.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.51 (d, J=2.0, 1H), 7.48 (s, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.34 (m, 5H), 6.23 m, 1H), 5.05 (d, 12.7H, 1H), 5.03 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 4.59-4.66 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.49 (m, 1H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C14H15N3O4: 289; found: 290 (M+H)+.
(S)-2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-3-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)propanoic acid (0.20 g, 0.70 mmol) was hydrogenated in the presence of Pd—C (45 mg) in MeOH (5 mL) at atmospheric pressure for 2 h. The product appeared to be insoluble in MeOH, therefore the r×n mixture was diluted with 5 mL H2O and a few drops of 6N HCl. The homogeneous solution was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®), and the MeOH removed in vacuo. The remaining solution was frozen and lyophyllized to give a yellow foam (188.9 mg). This material was suspended in THF-H2O (1:1, 10 mL) and then cooled to 0° C. To the cold mixture was added NaHCO3 (146.0 mg, 1.74 mmol) carefully (evolution of CO2). After gas evolution had ceased (ca. 15 min) ClCO2Me (0.06 mL, 0.78 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was allowed to stir for 2 h and was acidified to pH-2 with 6N HCl and poured into EtOAc. The layers were separated and the aqueous phase extract with EtOAC (×5).
The combined organic layers were washed (brine), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound as a colorless solid (117.8 mg, 79%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.04 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (app t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (dd, J=3.0, 12.9 Hz, 1H), 4.29-4.41 (m, 2H), 3.48 (s, 3H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C8H11N3O4: 213; found: 214 (M+H)+.
Cap-130 was prepared by acylation of commercially available (R)-phenylglycine analgous to the procedure given in: Calmes, M.; Daunis, J.; Jacquier, R.; Verducci, J. Tetrahedron, 1987, 43(10), 2285.
The present disclosure will now be described in connection with certain embodiments which are not intended to limit its scope. On the contrary, the present disclosure covers all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents as can be included within the scope of the claims. Thus, the following examples, which include specific embodiments, will illustrate one practice of the present disclosure, it being understood that the examples are for the purposes of illustration of certain embodiments and are presented to provide what is believed to be the most useful and readily understood description of its procedures and conceptual aspects.
Solution percentages express a weight to volume relationship, and solution ratios express a volume to volume relationship, unless stated otherwise. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were recorded either on a Bruker 300, 400, or 500 MHz spectrometer; the chemical shifts (δ) are reported in parts per million. Flash chromatography was carried out on silica gel (SiO2) according to Still's flash chromatography technique (J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2923).
Purity assessment and low resolution mass analysis were conducted on a Shimadzu LC system coupled with Waters Micromass ZQ MS system. It should be noted that retention times may vary slightly between machines. The LC conditions employed in determining the retention time (RT) were:
Condition 1
Column=Phenomenex-Luna 3.0×50 mm S10
Start %B=0
Final %B=100
Gradient time=2 min
Stop time=3 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/min
Wavelength=220 nm
Solvent A=0.1% TFA in 10% methanol/90%H2O
Solvent B=0.1% TFA in 90% methanol/10% H2O
Condition 2
Column=Phenomenex-Luna 4.6×50 mm S10
Start %B=0
Final %B=100
Gradient time=2 min
Stop time=3 min
Flow Rate=5 mL/min
Wavelength=220 nm
Solvent A=0.1% TFA in 10% methanol/90%H2O
Solvent B=0.1% TFA in 90% methanol/10%H2O
Condition 3
Column=HPLC XTERRA C18 3.0×50 mm S7
Start %B=0
Final %B=100
Gradient time=3 min
Stop time=4 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/min
Wavelength=220 nm
Solvent A=0.1% TFA in 10% methanol/90%H2O
Solvent B=0.1% TFA in 90% methanol/10% H2O
Method A: LCMS—Xterra MS C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 30.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate.
Method B: HPLC—X-Terra C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA
Method C: HPLC—YMC C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.2% H3PO4, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.2% H3PO4.
Method D: HPLC—Phenomenex C-18 4.6×150 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.2% H3PO4, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.2% H3PO4
Method E: LCMS—Gemini C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate.
Method F: LCMS-Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 7.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate.
N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (18 mL, 103.3 mmol) was added dropwise, over 15 minutes, to a heterogeneous mixture of N-Boc-L-proline (7.139 g, 33.17 mmol), HATU (13.324 g, 35.04 mmol), the HCl salt of 2-amino-1-(4-bromophenyl)ethanone (8.127 g, 32.44 mmol), and DMF (105 mL), and stirred at ambient condition for 55 minutes. Most of the volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the resulting residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (300 mL) and water (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (200 mL) and brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. A silica gel mesh was prepared from the residue and submitted to flash chromatography (silica gel; 50-60% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide ketoamide la as a white solid (12.8 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 8.25-8.14 (m, 1H), 7.92 (br d, J=8.0, 2H), 7.75 (br d, J=8.6, 2H), 4.61 (dd, J=18.3, 5.7, 1H), 4.53 (dd, J=18.1, 5.6, 1H), 4.22-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.70 (m, 3H), 1.40/1.34 (two app br s, 9H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.70 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C18H23BrN2NaO4: 433.07; found 433.09.
Analogous compounds such as intermediate 1-1a to 1-5a can be prepared by incorporating the appropriately substituted amino acid and aryl bromide isomer.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.35/1.40 (two br s, 9H), 2.27-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.95 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.89 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.50 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.73 (m, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 2H), 8.31-8.49 (m, 1H). HPLC XTERRA C-18 4.6×30 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, RT=1.59 minutes, 99% homogeneity index. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C18H21BrF2N2O4: 446.06; found: 445.43 (M−H)−.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm (8.25 1H, s), 7.91 (2H, d, J=8.24Hz), 7.75 (2H, d, J=8.24 Hz), 4.98 (1H, s), 4.59-4.63 (1H, m), 4.46-4.52 (1H, m), 4.23 (1H, m), 3.37 (1H, s), 3.23-3.28 (1H, m), 2.06 (1H, m), 1.88 (1H, s), 1.38 (3H, s), 1.33 (6H, s).
LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA mobile phase, RT=3.34 minutes, Anal Calcd. for C18H23BrN2O5 427.30; found 428.08 (M+H)+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.30 (1H, s) 7.93-7.96 (2H, m) 7.76 (2H d, J=8.24 Hz) 5.13 (1H, s) 4.66-4.71 (1H, m) 4.52-4.55 (1H, m) 4.17 (1H, m) 3.51 (1H, s) 3.16-3.19 (1H, m) 2.36 (1H, m) 1.78 (1H, s) 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 6H). LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, RT=3.69 minutes, Anal Calcd. for C18H23BrN2O5 427.30; found 428.16 (M+H)+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.29-1.47 (m, 9H), 1.67-1.90 (m, 3H), 2.00-2.20 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.44 (m, 1H), 4.16 (dd, 1H), 4.57 (q, 2H), 7.51 (t, J=7.78 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J=7.93, 1.22 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.15-8.29 (m, 1H). LC/MS (M+Na)+=433.12/435.12.
LCMS conditions: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume. RT=1.93 min; LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C19H18BrN2O4 418.05; found: 419.07 (M+H)+.
A mixture of ketoamide 1a (12.8 g, 31.12 mmol) and NH4OAc (12.0 g, 155.7 mmol) in xylenes (155 mL) was heated in a sealed tube at 140° C. for 2 hours. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned carefully between ethyl acetate and water, whereby enough saturated NaHCO3 solution was added so as to make the pH of the aqueous phase slightly basic after the shaking of the biphasic system. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with an additional ethyl acetate. The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting material was recrystallized from ethyl acetate/hexanes to provide two crops of imidazole 1b as a light-yellow dense solid, weighing 5.85 g. The mother liquor was concentrated in vacuo and submitted to a flash chromatography (silica gel; 30% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide an additional 2.23 g of imidazole 1b. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.17/11.92/11.86 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.46/7.28 (m, 5H), 4.86-4.70 (m, 1H), 3.52 (app br s, 1H), 3.36 (m, 1H), 2.30-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.40/1.15 (app br s, 9H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.71 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+C18H23BrN3O2: 392.10; found 391.96; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C18H23BrN3O2: 392.0974; found 392.0959
The optical purity of the two samples of 1b were assessed using the chiral HPLC conditions noted below (ee >99% for the combined crops; ee=96.7% for the sample from flash chromatography):
Column: Chiralpak AD, 10 um, 4.6×50 mm
Solvent: 2% ethanol/heptane (isocratic)
Flow rate: 1 mL/min
Wavelength: either 220 or 254 nm
Relative retention time: 2.83 minutes (R), 5.34 minutes (5)
Analogous compounds such as intermediates 1-1b to 1-4b can be prepared by incorporating the appropriate ketoamide.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.17/1.40 (two br s, 9H), 2.50-2.74 (m, J=25.64 Hz, 1H), 2.84-3.07 (m, 1H), 3.88 (d, J=10.07 Hz, 2H), 5.03 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=8.55 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=8.55 Hz, 2H), 12.10 (s, 1H). HPLC XTERRA C-18 4.6×30 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, RT=1.59 minutes, 99% homogeneity index; LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C18H20BrF2N3O2: 428.27; found: 428.02 (M)+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 11.89-11.99 (1H, m), 7.68 (2H, d, J=8.54 Hz), 7.52-7.59 (1H, m), 7.48 (2H, d, J=8.54 Hz), 4.80 (1H, m), 4.33 (1H, s), 3.51-3.60 (1H, m), 3.34 (1H, d, J=10.99 Hz), 2.14 (1H, s), 1.97-2.05 (1H, m), 1.37 (3H, s), 1.10 (6H, s); LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, (RT=3.23 min) Anal Calcd. for C18H22BrN3O3408.30; found 409.12 (M+H)+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 12.06-12.24 (1H, m), 7.58-7.69 (5H, m), 4.84-4.95 (1H, m), 4.34 (1H, s), 3.61 (1H, s), 3.34-3.40 (1H, m), 2.52 (1H, s), 1.92-2.20 (1H, m), 1.43 (3H, s), 1.22 (6H, s); LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 40 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, (RT=3.41 min) Anal Calcd. for C18H22BrN3O3408.30; found 409.15 (M+H)+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.98-1.51 (m, 9H), 1.82-2.12 (m, 3H), 2.31-2.48 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.66 (m, 1H), 4.88-5.16 (m, 1H), 7.47 (t, J=7.93 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=28.38 Hz, 1H), 14.65 (s, 1H). LC/MS (M+H)+=391.96/393.96.
Additional imidazole analogs made following procedures similar to those described above.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Pd(Ph3P)4 (469 mg, 0.406 mmol) was added to a pressure tube containing a mixture of bromide 1b (4.008 g, 10.22 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (5.422 g, 21.35 mmol), potassium acetate (2.573 g, 26.21 mmol) and 1,4-dioxane (80 mL). The reaction flask was purged with nitrogen, capped and heated with an oil bath at 80° C. for 16.5 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was partitioned carefully between CH2Cl2 (150 mL) and an aqueous medium (50 mL water +10 mL saturated NaHCO3 solution). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting material was purified with flash chromatography (sample was loaded with eluting solvent; 20-35% ethyl acetate/CH2Cl2) to provide boronate 1c, contaminated with pinacol, as an off-white dense solid; the relative mole ratio of 1c to pinacol was about 10:1 (1H NMR). The sample weighed 3.925 g after ˜2.5 days exposure to high vacuum. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): 12.22/11.94/11.87 (m, 1H), 7.79-7.50/7.34-7.27 (m, 5H), 4.86-4.70 (m, 1H), 3.52 (app br s, 1H), 3.36 (m, 1H), 2.27-1.77 (m, 4H), 1.45-1.10 (m, 21H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.64 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+O C24H35BN3O4: 440.27; found 440.23.
Analogous compounds such as intermediates 1-1c to 1-4c can be prepared by incorporating the appropriate aryl bromide.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (s, 8H), 1.29 (s, 13H), 2.51-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.84-3.03 (m, 1H), 3.79-4.00 (m, 2H), 4.88-5.21 (m, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 2H), 12.11/12.40 (two br s, 1H). HPLC GEMINI C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=95% water, 5% acetonitrile, 0.1% NH4OAc, B=5% water, 95% acetonitrile, 0.1% NH4OAc, RT=1.62 minutes, 99% homogeneity index. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C34H32BF2N3O4: 475.34; found: 474.78 (M−H)−.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 11.97 (1H, m), 7.62-7.75 (5H, m), 5.05 (1H d, J=3.36 Hz), 4.82 (m, 1H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 3.58 (1H, m), 2.389 (1H, s), 2.17 (1H, m), 1.38 (3H, s), 1.30 (12H, s), 1.1 (6H, s); LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, RT=3.63 minutes, Anal. Calcd. for C24H34BN3O5 455.30; found 456.31 (M+H)+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 12.05-12.24 (1H, m), 7.61-7.73 (5H, m), 4.83-5.01 (1H, m), 4.33 (1H, s), 3.54-3.63 (1H, m), 3.39-3.80 (1H, m), 2.38-2.49 (1H, m), 1.98-2.01 (1H, m), 1.42 (3H, s), 1.34 (12H, s), 1.21 (6H, s); LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, RT=3.64 minutes, Anal. Calcd. for C24H34BN3O5 455.30; found 456.30 (M+H)+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.02-1.54 (m, 21H), 1.75-2.07 (m, 3H), 2.09-2.33 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s, 1H), 4.69-4.94 (m, 1H), 7.33 (t, J=7.32 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.84 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 11.62-12.07 (m, 1H).
LC/MS (M+H)+=440.32.
Additional boronic esters: Conditions for 1-5c through 1-10c
LCMS conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Pd(Ph3P)4 (59.9 mg, 0.0518 mmol) was added to a mixture of bromide 1b (576.1 mg, 1.469 mmol), boronate 1c (621.8 mg, 1.415 mmol), NaHCO3 (400.4 mg, 4.766 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (12 mL) and water (4 mL). The reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen, heated with an oil bath at 80° C. for 5.75 hours, and then the volatile component was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between 20% methanol/CHCl3 (60 mL) and water (30 mL), and the aqueous phase was extracted with 20% methanol/CHCl3 (30 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. A silica gel mesh was prepared from the resulting crude material and submitted to flash chromatography (ethyl acetate) to provide dimer 1d, contaminated with Ph3PO, as an off-white solid (563 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.21-12-16/11.95-11.78 (m, 2H), 7.85-7.48/ 7.32-7.25 (m, 10H), 4.90-4.71 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.32 (m, 4H), 2.30-1.79 (m, 8H), 1.46-1.10 (m, 18H). LC (Cond. 1b): RT=1.77 min;
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+C36H45BN6O4: 625.35; found 625.48.
Additional symmetric analogs can be prepared in similar fashion.
Example 1-1d was prepared using intermediates 1-2c and 1-2b. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 11.94-12.22 (2H, m) 7.53-7.82 (10H, m) 4.82-4.92 (2H, m) 4.34-4.43 (2H, m) 3.55-3.64 (2H, m) 3.36 (2H, d, J=11.29 Hz) 2.12-2.22 (2H, m) 2.02-2.11 (2H, m) 1.40 (6H, s) 1.14 (12H, s); LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, RT=3.32 min, Anal. Calcd. for 656.79; found 657.40 (M+H)+. Nominal/LRMS—(M+H)+−657.42, (M−H)−−655.28.
Example 1-2d was prepared using intermediates 1-3b and 1-3c. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 12.00-12.20 (2H, m) 7.56-7.76 (10H, m) 4.90 (1H, s) 4.82 (1H, s) 4.25-4.34 (2H, m) 3.56 (2H, s) 3.34-3.47 (2H, m) 1.97-2.13 (4H, m) 1.39 (9H, m) 1.20 (9H, s); LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA; RT=3.35 min, Anal. Calcd. for 656.79; found 657.30 (M+H)+.
Example 1-2d-1 was prepared using intermediates 1-4c and 1-4b. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.09-1.51 (m, 18H), 1.84-2.15 (m, 6H), 2.34-2.50 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.67 (m, 2H), 5.08 (d, J=5.49 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (t, J=7.78 Hz, 2H), 7.78-7.92 (m, 4H), 8.11-8.30 (m, 4H), 14.81 (s, 2H). LC/MS (M+H)+=625.48.
Diol 1-1d (0.15 g, 0.23 mmol) was added as a solid to a solution of bis(2-methoxyethyl)aminosulfur trifluoride (0.1 mL, 0.51 mmol) in 1.0 mL CH2Cl2 cooled to −78° C. The reaction was stirred at −78° C. for two hours and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and stirred until bubbling ceased. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted one time with CH2Cl2. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to give a yellow oil. The oil was triturated with CH2Cl2 and pentane to provide the desired product as a tan solid (0.092 g, 61%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 11.76-11.94 (2H, m), 7.77-7.85 (4H, m), 7.66-7.72 (4H, m), 7.60-7.66 (2H, m, J=11.60 Hz), 5.39 (1H, s), 5.28 (1H, s), 5.03 (2H, s), 3.66-3.79 (4H, m), 2.61-2.70 (2H, m), 2.28-2.38 (2H, m), 1.42 (10H, s), 1.24 (8H, s). LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, (tR=3.58 min) Anal Calcd. for C36H42F2N6O4 660.70; found 661.68 (M+H)+.
Prepared from 1-1b and 1-1c in the same manner as the preparation of 1d from 1b and 1c. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.18/1.40 (two br. s., 18H), 2.53-2.75 (m, J=25.94 Hz, 2H), 2.86-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.78-4.02 (m, 4H), 5.04 (br s, 2H), 7.17-8.24 (m, 10H), 12.07/12.37 (two br. s., 2H); HPLC XTERRA C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minutes hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, RT=1.31 min, 99% homogeneity index. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C36H40F4N6O4: 696.73; found: 967.64 (M+H)+.
Dissymmetric compounds such as intermediate 1-3d and 1-4d can be prepared by the same method. For example, reaction of 1-1c with 1b in the same manner as described above for the preparation of 1d provided 1-3d. Similarly, reaction of 1-4c with 1b in the same manner as described above for the preparation of 1d provideed 1-4d.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.40/1.18 (two br s, 18H), 1.90-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.02-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.68-2.87 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.82-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.92-5.11 (m, 1H), 5.28 (s, 1H), 7.79-8.00 (m, 8H), 8.03-8.25 (m, 2H), 13.77-15.16 (m, 2H); HPLC XTERRA C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, RT=1.22 minutes, 99% homogeneity index. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C36H42F2N6O4: 660.75; found: 661.98 (M+H)+.
Example 1-4d was prepared from 1-4c and 1b in similar fashion to the preparation of 1d from 1b and 1c. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.99-1.60 (m, 18H) 1.75-2.11 (m, J=73.24 Hz, 6H) 2.1-2.32 (m, 2H) 3.32-3.41 (m, 2H) 3.56 (s, 2H) 4.63-5.02 (m, 2H) 6.98-8.28 (m, 10H) 11.67-12.33 (m, 2H); LC conditions:
Phenomenex Luna 3.0×5.0 mm S10, Solvent A-0.1% TFA in 10% MeOH/90%H2O, Solvent B-0.1% TFA in 90% MeOH/10% H2O, 0 to 100% B over 2 min, Stop time=3 min, Flow rate=4 ml/min, Wavelength=220 nm, LC/MS (M+H)+=625.32. Retention time=1.438 min
Additional biphenyl analogs were prepared similarly.
LC conditions for Examples 1-5d through 1-7d: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Prepared from 1-8c and 1-6b
Prepared from 1-8c and 1b
Prepared from 1-6b and 1-5c
A mixture of carbamate 1d (560 mg) and 25% TFA/CH2Cl2 (9.0 mL) was stirred at ambient condition for 3.2 hours. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the resulting material was free based using an MCX column (methanol wash; 2.0 M NH3/methanol elution) to provide pyrrolidine 1e as a dull yellow solid (340 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 11.83 (br s, 2H), 7.80 (d, J=8.1, 4H), 7.66 (d, J=8.3, 4H), 7.46 (br s, 2H), 4.16 (app t, J=7.2, 2H), 2.99-2.69 (m, 6H), 2.09-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.66 (m, 6H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.27 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]− C26H29N6: 425.25; found 425.25; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]− C26H29N6: 425.2454; found 425.2448
Additional analogs such as 1-1e to 1-4e can be prepared in a similar fashion.
To a solution of 1-1d (3R,3′R,5S,5′S)-tert-butyl 5,5′-(5,5′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-5,2-diyl))bis(3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxylate) in 3 mL dioxane was added 0.8 mL of a 4.0M solution of HCl in dioxane. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting tan solid was dried under vacuum to give 1-1e (3R,3′R,5S,5′S)-5,5′-(5,5′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-5,2-diyl))dipyaolidin-3-oltetrahydrochloride (0.55 g, 100%yield). Used without further purification.1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 10.33 (s, 2H), 9.85 (s, 2H), 8.09 (s, 2H), 8.01 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 4H), 7.88 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 4H), 5.14 (m, 2H), 4.62 (m, 2H), 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.23 (d, J=11.29 Hz, 2H), 2.64 (m, 2H), 2.44 (dd, J=13.43, 6.71 Hz, 2H); LCMS—Waters-Sunfire C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, RT=1.35 minutes Anal. Calcd. for 456.30; found 457.25 (M+H)+; Nominal/LRMS—(M+H)+−457.35.
Example 1-2e was prepared in similar fashion to the method described for the preparation of 1-1e. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 10.32 (1H, s) 8.01 (2H, s) 7.97 (4H, d, J=8.24 Hz) 7.86 (4H, d, J=8.24 Hz) 5.01-5.10 (2H, m) 4.52-4.60 (2H, m) 3.36-3.45 (2H, m) 3.25 (2H, s) 2.60-2.68 (2H, m) 2.40-2.48 (2H, m); LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, RT=2.10 min., Anal. Calcd. for 456.30; found 457.22 (M+H)+
Example 1-2e-1 was prepared from 1-2d-1 in similar fashion described for the preparation of 1-1e. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.74-2.44 (m, 12H), 4.83 (s, 2H), 7.37-7.72 (m, 4H), 7.74-8.03 (m, 4H), 8.10 (s, 2H), 9.14 (s, 2H), 9.81 (s, 2H).
LC/MS (M+H)+=425.30.
To a solution of 1-2d-2 (0.084 g, 0.13 mmol) in 1 mL dioxane was added 0.5 mL of a 4.0M solution of HCl in dioxane. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting tan solid was dried under vacuum to give 1-2e-2 (0.077 g, 100%yield). The compound was used without further purification. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.00 (2H, s), 7.97 (4H, d, J=8.55 Hz), 7.85 (4H, d, J=8.24 Hz), 5.63 (1H, s), 5.52 (1H, s), 5.09-5.17 (2H, m), 3.67-3.74 (2H, m), 3.63-3.67 (2H, m), 3.07-3.14 (1H, m), 2.89-2.96 (1H, m), 2.81-2.87 (2H, m); LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, (tR=2.22 min) Anal Calcd. for C26H26F2N6 460.53; found 461.37 (M+H)+.
Prepared from 1-2d-3 in the same manner as the preparation of 1-1e from 1-1d. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.97-3.13 (m, 4H), 3.64-3.91 (m, 4H), 5.16 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 4H), 7.96 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 4H), 8.00 (s, 2H); HPLC XTERRA C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 minutes, 1 minutes hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, RT=1.66 min, 92% homogeneity index. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C26H24F4N6: 496.50; found: 495.53 (M−H)−.
Analogous dissymmetric compounds such as intermediates 1-3e and 1-4e can be prepared by the same method.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.87-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.13-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.92-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 1H), 3.40-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.91 (m, 2H), 4.96-5.05 (m, 1H), 5.14 (t, J=8.70 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (t, J=9.00 Hz, 4H), 7.93-8.03 (m, 5H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 10.26/9.75 (two br s., 2H); HPLC XTERRA C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, RT=0.8622 minutes, 99% homogeneity index; LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C26H26F2N6: 460.52; found: 461.45 (M+H)+.
Example 1-4e was prepared from 1-4d in similar fashion to that described for the preparation of 1-1e from 1-1d. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.90-2.13 (m, 2H) 2.12-2.31 (m, 2H) 2.36-2.60 (m, 4H) 3.29-3.55 (m, 4H) 5.00 (s, 2H) 7.35-8.50 (m, 10H) 9.76 (s, 2H) 10.12-10.45 (m, 2H). LC conditions:
Phenomenex Luna 3.0×5.0 mm S10, Solvent A-0.1% TFA in 10% MeOH/90%H2O, Solvent B-0.1% TFA in 90% MeOH/10% H2O, 0 to 100% B over 2 min, Stop time=3 min, Flow rate=4 ml/min, Wavelength=220 nm, LC/MS (M+H)+=425.28. Retention time=0.942 min
Additional analogs were nrenared similarly:
Prepared from 1-6d
Prepared from 1-7d
Prepared from 1-5d
LC Conditions for 1-5e through 1-7e: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
A 1 L, 3-neck round bottom flask, fitted with a nitrogen line, overhead stirrer and thermocouple was charged with 20 g (83.9 mmol, 1 equiv) 1,1′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)diethanone, 200 mL CH2Cl2 and 8.7 mL (27.1 g, 169.3 mmol, 2.02 quiv) bromine The mixture was allowed to stir under nitrogen for about 20 h under ambient conditions. The resulting slurry was charged with 200 mL CH2Cl2 and concentrated down to about 150 mL via vacuum distillation. The slurry was then solvent exchanged into THF to a target volume of 200 mL via vacuum distillation. The slurry was cooled to 20-25° C. over 1 h and allowed to stir at 20-25° C. for an additional hour. The off-white crystalline solids were filtered and washed with 150 mL CH2Cl2. The product was dried under vacuum at 60° C. to provide 27.4 g (69.2 mmol, 82%) of the desired product: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.95-7.85 (m, 4H), 7.60-7.50 (m, 4H), 4.26 (s, 4H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 191.0, 145.1, 133.8, 129.9, 127.9, 30.8; IR (KBr, cm-1) 3007, 2950, 1691, 1599, 1199; Anal calcd for C16H12Br2O2: C, 48.52;H, 3.05; Br, 40.34. Found: C, 48.53;H, 3.03; Br, 40.53. HRMS calcd for C16H13Br2O2 (M+H; DCI+): 394.9282. Found: 394.9292. mp 224-226° C.
A 500 mL jacketed flask, fitted with a nitrogen line, thermocouple and overhead stirrer, was charged with 20 g (50.5 mmol, 1 equiv) of Example A-1e-1, 22.8 g (105.9 moles, 2.10 equiv) 1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-proline, and 200 mL acetonitrile. The slurry was cooled to 20° C. followed by the addition of 18.2 mL (13.5 g, 104.4 mmol, 2.07 equiv) DIPEA. The slurry was warmed to 25° C. and allowed to stir for 3 h. The resulting clear, organic solution was washed with 3×100 mL 13 wt % aqueous NaCl. The rich acetonitrile solution was solvent exchanged into toluene (target volume=215 mL) by vacuum distillation until there was less than 0.5 vol % acetonitrile.
The above toluene solution of Example A-1e-2 was charged with 78 g (1.011 moles, 20 equiv) ammonium acetate and heated to 95-100° C. The mixture was allowed to stir at 95-100° C. for 15 h. After reaction completion, the mixture was cooled to 70-80° C. and charged with 7 mL acetic acid, 40 mL n-butanol, and 80 mL of 5 vol % aqueous acetic acid. The resulting biphasic solution was split while maintaining a temperature >50° C. The rich organic phase was charged with 80 mL of 5 vol % aqueous acetic acid, 30 mL acetic acid and 20 mL n-butanol while maintaining a temperature >50° C. The resulting biphasic solution was split while maintaining a temperature >50° C. and the rich organic phase was washed with an additional 80 mL of 5 vol % aqueous acetic acid. The rich organic phase was then solvent exchanged into toluene to a target volume of 215 mL by vacuum distillation. While maintaining a temperature >60° C., 64 mL MeOH was charged. The resulting slurry was heated to 70-75° C. and aged for 1 h. The slurry was cooled to 20-25° C. over 1 h and aged at that temperature for an additional hour. The slurry was filtered and the cake was washed with 200 mL 10:3 toluene:MeOH. The product was dried under vacuum at 70° C., resulting in 19.8 g (31.7 mmol, 63%) of the desired product:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.00-11.00 (s, 2H), 7.90-7.75 (m, 4H), 7.75-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.60-7.30 (s, 2H), 4.92-4.72 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.49-3.28 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.1 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.87 (m, 6H), 1.60-1.33 (s, 8H), 1.33-1.07 (s, 10H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 154.1, 153.8, 137.5, 126.6, 125.0, 78.9, 78.5, 55.6, 55.0, 47.0, 46.7, 33.7, 32.2, 28.5, 28.2, 24.2, 23.5; IR (KBr, cm-1) 2975, 2876, 1663, 1407, 1156, 1125; HRMS calcd for C36H45N6O4 (M+H; ESI+): 625.3502. Found: 625.3502. mp 190-195° C. (decomposed).
To a 250 ml reactor equipped with a nitrogen line and overhead stirrer, 25.0 g of Example A-1e-3 (40.01 mmol, 1 equiv) was charged followed by 250 mL methanol and 32.85 mL (400.1 mmol, 10 equiv) 6M aqueous hydrogen chloride. The temperature was increased to 50° C. and agitated at 50° C. for 5 h. The resulting slurry was cooled to 20-25° C. and held with agitation for ca. 18 h. Filtration of the slurry afforded a solid which was washed successively with 100 ml 90% methanol/water (V/V) and 2×100 ml of methanol. The wet cake was dried in a vacuum oven at 50° C. overnight to give 18.12 g (31.8 mmol, 79.4%) of the desired product.
To a 250 ml reactor equipped with a nitrogen line and an overhead stirrer, 17.8 g of crude Example A-1e-4 was charged followed by 72 mL methanol. The resulting slurry was agitated at 50° C. for 4 h, cooled to 20-25° C. and held with agitation at 20-25° C. for 1 h. Filtration of the slurry afforded a crystalline solid which was washed with 60 ml methanol. The resulting wet cake was dried in a vacuum oven at 50° C. for 4 days to yield 14.7 g (25.7 mmol, 82.6%) of the desired product:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.5-10.25 (br, 2H), 10.1-9.75 (br, 2H), 8.19 (s, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=8.4, 4H), 7.92 (d, J=8.5, 4H), 5.06 (m, 2H), 3.5-3.35 (m, 4H), 2.6-2.3 (m, 4H), 2.25-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.18-1.96 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 156.6, 142.5, 139.3, 128.1, 127.5, 126.1, 116.9, 53.2, 45.8, 29.8, 24.3; IR (KBr, cm−1) 3429, 2627, 1636, 1567, 1493, 1428, 1028. Anal calcd for C26H32N6Cl4: C, 54.75; H, 5.65; Cl, 24.86; Adjusted for 1.9% water: C, 53.71;H, 5.76; N, 14.46; Cl, 24.39. Found: C, 53.74;H, 5.72; N, 14.50; Cl, 24.49; KF=1.9. mp 240° C. (decomposed)
HATU (44.6 mg, 0.117 mmol) was added to a mixture of pyrrolidine 1e (22.9 mg, 0.054 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (45 μL, 0.259 mmol) and Cap-1 (28.1 mg, 0.13 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient for 90 minutes. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified first by MCX (methanol wash; 2.0 M NH3/methanol elution) and then by a reverse phase HPLC system (H2O/methanol/TFA) to provide the TFA salt of Example 1 as an off-white foam (44.1 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 10.25 (br s, 2H), 8.20-7.10 (m, 20H), 5.79-5.12 (m, 4H), 4.05-2.98 (m, 4H), 2.98-2.62 (m, 6H), 2.50-1.70 (m, 14H), [Note: the signal of the imidazole NH was too broad to assign a chemical shift]; LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.40 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C46H51N8O2: 747.41; found 747.58
Examples 2 to 24-4 h were prepared as TFA salts by substituting the respective acids for Cap-1 using the same method described for Example 1. Caps in the following table without a number are commercially available.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 12.18 (m, 0.4H), 11.96 (m, 0.4H), 11.79 (m, 1.2H), 7.84-7.70 (m, 4H), 7.69-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.53-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.09-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.87-6.85 (m, 2H), 5.51-5.48 (m, 0.5H), 5.01- 4.98 (m, 1.5H), 4.29 (m, 1.5H), 4.16 (m, 0.5H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.36 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.31 (m, 8H), 2.14-1.82 (m, 8H), 1.47-1.31 (m, 12H); LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C52H58N8O2: 826; found: 827 (M + H)+.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 12.02 (brs, 1H), 11.82 (br s, 1H), 7.90-7.79 (m, 4H), 7.79-7.65 (m, 5H), 7.55 (br s, 2H), 7.45 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.39-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.34 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 5.15-4.96 (m, 2H), 4.31-3.96 (m, 6H), 2.35-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.94 (m, 4H), 1.94-1.81 (m, 4H), 1.50-1.35 (m, 9H), 1.35-1.20 (m, 5H), 1.09 (s, 2H), 1.05 (s, 4H); LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C54H62N8O4: 886; found: 887 (M + H)+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.89-2.00 (m, J =17.09, 7.02 Hz, 4H), 2.06-2.13 (m, J = 14.95, 3.97 Hz, 3H), 2.24-2.33 (m, J = 8.70, 6.56 Hz, 2H), 2.79- 2.84 (m, 12H), 3.29 (q, 2H), 3.95-4.03 (m, 3H), 5.26 (dd, J = 8.55, 2.14 Hz, 3H), 5.52 (d, J = 5.80 Hz, 3H), 6.72 (d, J = 6.10 Hz, 3H), 7.02-7.07 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.39 (t, J = 7.17 Hz, 4H), 7.46 (d, J = 7.02 Hz, 3H), 7.92 (s, 8H), 8.12 (s, 2H); HPLC XTERRA C-18 4.6 × 30 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A = 90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, B = 10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% H3PO4, RT = 2.13 minutes, 96% homogeneity index; LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C48H53N10O4: 832.42; found: 833.43 (M + H)+; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C48H54N10O4 833.4251; found: 833.4267 (M + H)+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.97-2.43 (m, 8H), 2.64-2.91 (m, 6H), 3.45-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.62-3.76 (m, 2H), 4.14 (dd, 4H), 4.22-4.45 (m, 4H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 7.28-7.65 (m, 10H), 7.90 (s, 8H), 8.06 (s, 2H), 14.62 (s, 2H); HPLC Xterra 4.6 × 50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10 minutes, one minute hold time, A = 90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, B = 10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid. RT = 3.06 mm; LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C46H50N8O2 746.96; Found: 747.41 (M + H)+.
1LC Conditions for 24-18-1 through 24-18-6: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6 × 50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A = 90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B = 10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Example 24-19 and 24-20 were prepared as TFA salts from 1-2e-1 and the respective acids using the same method described for Example 1.
1H NMR(500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.82- 1.97(m, 2H), 1.97-2.17 (m, 4H), 2.18-2.37(m, 2H), 3.18(d, J = 9.77 Hz, 2H), 3.44-3.58(m, 6H), 3.79-4.04(m, 2H), 5.09- 5.46(m, 2H), 5.45-5.84 (m, 2H), 6.97-7.49(m, 10H), 7.61-7.74(m, 4H), 7.75-7.93(m, 4H), 8.10- 8.32(m, 4H), 14.48(qpp br s, 2H); RT = 1.34 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+ C46H47N8O6: 807.36; found 807.40
1H NMR(500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.71- 2.32(m, 8H), 3.33-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.89-4.16(m, J = 2.75 Hz, 2H), 4.96(app br s, 12H), 5.26(s, 2H), 5.45(s, 2H), 7.03-7.78 (m, 12H), 7.84(s, 4H), 8.07-8.43(m, 4H), 9.90- 10.87(m, 2H); RT = 1.10 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+ C46H51N8O2: 747.41; found 747.45
LC conditions for 24-19 and 24-20:
Column=Phenomenex-Luna 3.0×50 mm S10
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient time=2 min
Stop time=3 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/min
Wavelength=220 nm
Slovent A=0.1% TFA in 10% methanol/90% H2O
Solvent B=0.1% TFA in 90% methanol/10% H2O
Example 24-21 and 24-22 were prepared as TFA salts from 1-4e and the respective carboxylic acids using the same method described for Example 1.
1H NMR(500 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.73- 2.37(m, 8H), 3.13(s, 2H), 3.36-4.29(m, 8H), 5.26(s, 2H), 5.53(s, 2H), 6.99-8.61 (m, 22H), 14.51(s, 2H); RT = 1.33 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+ C46H47N8O6: 807.36; found 807.58
1H NMR(500 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.84-2.32(m, 8H), 2.92-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.92- 4.08(m, 2H), 4.43(app br s, 12H), 5.16- 5.37(m, 2H), 5.39-5.58(m, 2H), 7.16-8.24 (m, 20H), 9.60- 10.46(m, 2H); RT = 1.08 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M + H]+ C46H51N8O2: 747.41; found 747.45
LC conditions for 24-21 and 24-22:
Column=Phenomenex-Luna 3.0×50 mm S10
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient time=2 min
Stop time=3 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/min
Wavelength=220 nm
Slovent A=0.1% TFA in 10% methanol/90% H2O
Solvent B=0.1% TFA in 90% methanol/10% H2O
Preparation of Example 24-23 (Compound (I))
A 50 mL flask equipped with a stir bar was sequentially charged with 2.5 mL acetonitrile, 0.344 g (2.25 mmol, 2.5 equiv) hydroxy benzotriazole hydrate, 0.374 g (2.13 mmol, 2.4 equiv) N-(methoxycarbonyl)-L-valine, 0.400 g (2.09 mmol, 2.4 equiv) 1-(3-dimethyaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and an additional 2.5 mL acetonitrile. The resulting solution was agitated at 20° C. for 1 hour and charged with 0.501 g (0.88 mmol, 1 equiv) Example A-le-4. The slurry was cooled to about 0° C. and 0.45 g (3.48 mmol, 4 equiv) diisopropylethylamine was added over 30 minutes while maintaining a temperature below 10° C. The solution was slowly heated to 15° C. over 3 hours and held at 15° C. for 16 hours. The temperature was increased to 20° C. and stirred for 3.25 hours. The resulting solution was charged with 3.3 g of 13 wt % aqueous NaCl and heated to 50° C. for 1 hour. After cooling to 20° C., 2.5 mL of isopropyl acetate was added. The rich organic phase was washed with 2×6.9 g of a 0.5 N NaOH solution containing 13 wt % NaCl followed by 3.3 g of 13 wt % aqueous NaCl. The mixture was then solvent exchanged into isopropyl acetate by vacuum distillation to a target volume of 10 mL. The resulting hazy solution was cooled to 20° C. and filtered through a 0.45 μm filter. The clear solution was then solvent exchanged into ethanol by vacuum distillation with a target volume of 3 mL. 1.67 mL (2.02 mmol, 2.3 equiv) of 1.21 M HCl in ethanol was added. The mixture was then stirred at 25° C. for 15 hours. The resulting slurry was filtered and the wet cake was washed with 2.5 mL of 2:1 acetone:ethanol. The solids were dried in a vacuum oven at 50° C. to give 0.550 g (0.68 mmol, 77%) of the desired product.
A solution of Example 24-23 prepared above was prepared by dissolving 0.520 g of the above product in 3.65 mL methanol. The solution was then charged with 0.078 g of type 3 Cuno Zeta loose carbon and allowed to stir for 0.25 hours. The mixture was then filtered and washed with 6 ml of methanol. The product rich solution was concentrated down to 2.6 mL by vacuum distillation. 7.8 mL acetone was added and allowed to stir at 25° C. for 15 h. The solids were filtered, washed with 2.5 mL 2:1 acetone:ethanol and dried in a vacuum oven at 70° C. to give 0.406 g (57.0%) of the desired product as white crystals: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 80° C.): 8.02 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 4H), 7.97 (s, 2H), 7.86 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 4H), 6.75 (s, 2H), 5.27 (t, J=6.44 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (t, J=6.95 Hz, 2H), 3.97-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.57 (s, 6H), 2.32-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.31 (m, 6H), 1.91 -2.07 (m, 2 H), 0.88 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 6H), 0.79 (d, J=6.32 Hz, 6H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 170.9, 156.9, 149.3, 139.1, 131.7, 127.1, 126.5, 125.9, 115.0, 57.9, 52.8, 51.5, 47.2, 31.1, 28.9, 24.9, 19.6, 17.7; IR (neat, cm−1): 3385, 2971, 2873, 2669, 1731, 1650. Anal. Calcd for C40H52N8O6Cl2: C, 59.18; H, 6.45; N, 13.80; Cl, 8.73. Found C, 59.98; H, 6.80; N, 13.68; Cl, 8.77. mp 267° C. (decomposed). Characteristic diffraction peak positions (degrees 2θ±0.1) @RT, based on a high quality pattern collected with a diffractometer (CuKα) with a spinning capillary with 2θ calibrated with a NIST other suitable standard are as follows: 10.3, 12.4, 12.8, 13.3, 13.6, 15.5, 20.3, 21.2, 22.4, 22.7, 23.7.
A 1 L jacketed flask equipped with a nitrogen line and an overhead stirrer was sequentially charged with 100 mL acetonitrile, 13.69 g (89.4 mmol, 2.5 equiv) hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate, 15.07 g (86 mmol, 2.4 equiv) N-(methoxycarbonyl)-L-valine, 16.46 g (85.9 mmol, 2.4 equiv) 1-(3-dimethyaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride and an additional 100 mL acetonitrile. The resulting solution was agitated at 20° C. for 1 hour and charged with 20.4 g (35.8 mmol, 1 equiv) of purified Example A-le-4. The slurry was cooled to about 0° C. and 18.47 g (142 9 mmol, 4 equiv) diisopropylethylamine was added over 30 minutes while maintaining a temperature below 10° C. The solution was slowly heated to 15 ° C. over 3 hours and held at 15° C. for 12 hours. The resulting solution was charged with 120 mL 13 wt % aqueous NaCl and heated to 50° C. for 1 hour. After cooling to 20° C., 100 mL of isopropyl acetate was added. The biphasic solution was filtered through a 0.45 um filter and the mixture split. The rich organic phase was washed with 2 x 240 mL of a 0.5 N NaOH solution containing 13 wt % NaCl followed by 120 mL 13 wt % aqueous NaCl. The mixture was then solvent exchanged into isopropyl acetate by vacuum distillation with a target volume of 400 mL. The resulting hazy solution was cooled to 20° C. and filtered through a 0.45 um filter. The clear solution was then solvent exchanged into ethanol by vacuum distillation with a target volume of 140 mL. While maintaining a temperature of 50° C., 66.4 mL (82.3 mmol, 2.3 equiv) of 1.24M HCl in ethanol was added. The mixture was then charged with 33 mg (0.04 mmol, 0.001 equiv) of seed crystals of Compound (I) (see preparation below) and the resulting slurry was stirred at 50° C. for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to 20° C. over 1 hour and aged at that temperature for an additional 22 hours. The slurry was filtered and the wet cake was washed with 100 mL of 2:1 acetone:ethanol. The solids were dried in a vacuum oven at 70° C. to give 22.15 g (27.3 mmol, 76.3%) of the desired product.
A solution of Compound (I) was prepared by dissolving 3.17 g of Compound (I) from above in 22 mL methanol. The solution was passed through a 47 mm Cuno Zeta Carbon® 53SP filter at -5 psig at a flow rate of -58 mL/min. The carbon filter was rinsed with 32 mL of methanol. The solution was concentrated down to 16 mL by vacuum distillation. While maintaining a temperature of 40-50° C., 15.9 mL acetone and 5 mg of seed crystals of Compound (I) (see procedure below) were added. The resulting slurry was then charged with 32 mL acetone over 30 minutes. The slurry was held at 50° C. for 2 hours, cooled to 20° C. over about 1 hour and held at 20° C. for about 20 hours. The solids were filtered, washed with 16 mL 2:1 acetone:methanol and dried in a vacuum oven at 60° C. to give 2.14 g (67.5%) of purified Compound (I): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 80° C.): 8.02 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 4H), 7.97 (s, 2H), 7.86 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 4H), 6.75 (s, 2H), 5.27 (t, J=6.44 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (t, J=6.95 Hz, 2H), 3.97-4.11 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.57 (s, 6H), 2.32-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.31 (m, 6H), 1.91-2.07 (m, 2H), 0.88 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 6H), 0.79 (d, J=6.32 Hz, 6H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 170.9, 156.9, 149.3, 139.1, 131.7, 127.1, 126.5, 125.9, 115.0, 57.9, 52.8, 51.5, 47.2, 31.1, 28.9, 24.9, 19.6, 17.7; IR (neat, cm−1): 3385, 2971, 2873, 2669, 1731, 1650. Anal. Calcd for C40H52N8O6Cl2: C, 59.18; H, 6.45; N, 13.80; Cl, 8.73. Found C, 59.98; H, 6.80; N, 13.68; Cl, 8.77. mp 267° C. (decomposed).
A 250 mL round-bottom flask was charged with 6.0 g (10 5 mmol, 1 equiv) Example A-1e-4, 3.87 g (22.1 mmol, 2.1 equiv) N-(methoxycarbonyl)-L-valine, 4.45 g (23.2 mmol, 2.2 equiv) 1-(3-dimethyaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride, 0.289 g (2.14 mmol, 0.2 equiv) 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, and 30 mL acetonitrile. The resulting slurry was then charged with 7.33 mL (42.03 mmol, 4 equiv) diisopropylethylamine and allowed to stir at 24-30° C. for about 18 hours. The mixture was charged with 6 mL of water and heated to 50° C. for about 5 hours. The mixture was cooled and charged with 32 mL ethyl acetate and 30 mL water. The layers were separated and the rich organic layer was washed with 30 mL of 10 wt % aqueous NaHCO3, 30 mL water, and 20 mL of 10 wt % aqueous NaCl. The rich organic layer was then dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated down to a residue. The crude material was then purified via flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-10% methanol in dichloromethane) to provide the free base of Compound (I).
The free-base of Compound (I) (0.03 g) was dissolved in 1 mL isopropanol at 20° C. Anhydrous HCl (70 μL, dissolved in ethanol, approximately 1.25M concentration) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred. To the solution was added methyl tert-butyl ether (1 mL) and the resulting slurry was stirred vigorously at 40° C. to 50° C. for 12 hours. The crystal slurry was cooled to 20° C. and filtered. The wet cake was air-dried at 20° C. A white crystalline solid (Form N-2 of Compound (I)) was obtained.
HATU (96.2 mg, 0.253 mmol) was added to a mixture of pyrrolidine 1e (52.6 mg, 0.124 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (100 μL, 0.57 mmol) and Boc-D-Phg-OH (69 mg, 0.275 mmol) in DMF (3.0 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 25 minutes, and then diluted with methanol and purified by a reverse phase HPLC system (H2O/methanol/TFA). The HPLC elute was neutralized with excess 2.0 M/NH3 in CH3OH and the volatile component was removed in vacuo. The residue was carefully partitioned between CH2Cl2 and saturated NaHCO3. The aqueous phase was extracted with more CH2Cl2 (2×). The combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide 25a as a film of semisolid oil (78.8 mg). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.99 min; >98% homogeneity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C52H59N8O6: 891.46; found 891.55.
Carbamate 25a was converted to amine 25b according to the procedure described for the preparation of 1e. LC(Cond. 1): RT=1.44 min; 97% homogeneity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C42H43N8O2: 691.35; found 691.32
Acetic anhydride (20 μL, 0.21 mmol) was added to a DMF (1.5 mL) solution of amine 25b (29 mg, 0.042 mmol)and triethylamine (30 μL, 0.22 mmol) and stirred for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture was then treated with NH3/methanol (1 mL of 2 M) and stirred for an additional 1.5 hours. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by a reverse phase HPLC system (H2O/methanol/TFA) to provide the TFA salt of Example 25 as a white foam (28.1 mg). LC (Cond.1): RT=1.61 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C46H47N8O4: 775.37; found 775.40; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C46H47N8O4: 775.3720; found 775.3723
Examples 25-1 to 25-5 were prepared from 25b and the appropriate carboxylic acid using standard amide forming conditions similar to that described for the preparation of example 1 from le. Examples 25-6 to 25-8 were prepared from 25b and the appropriate carbamoyl chloride or isocyanate.
1H NMR(500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.86-2.18(m, 6H), 2.23-2.39 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.40(m, 8H), 3.40- 3.61(m, 8H), 3.90-4.19(m, 4H), 5.27(dd, J = 8.09, 3.51 Hz, 2H), 5.37-5.63(m, 2H), 6.92-7.11(m, 3H), 7.30-7.45(m, 5H), 7.44-7.56 (m, 4H), 7.83-8.04(m, 8H), 8.15 (s, 2H), 14.29(s, 2H); HPLC Xterra, 4.6 × 50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10 minutes, one minute hold time, A = 90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, B = 10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, RT = 6.01 minutes; LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C52H56N10O6 917.09; Found: 917.72(M + H)+
1H NMR(500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.79-2.17(m, 6H), 2.29(d, J = 9.77 Hz, 2H), 3.06-3.39(m, 2H), 3.72-4.14(m, 2H), 5.27(dd, J = 8.24, 2.75 Hz, 2H), 5.66(d, J = 7.02 Hz, 2H), 7.26-7.65(m, 12H), 7.82-8.11(m, 12H), 8.17 (s, 2H), 8.23-8.45(m, 2H), 8.61- 8.97(m, 2H), 9.38(s, 2H), 14.51 (s, 2H); HPLC Xterra 4.6 × 50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10 minutes, one minute hold time, A = 90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, B = 10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, RT = 4.05 minutes; LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C54H50N12O4 931.08; Found: 931.78(M + H)+.
Diamine 26a was prepared starting from pyrrolidine 1e and BOC-D-Val-OH according to the procedure described for the synthesis of diamine 25b.
Methyl chloroformate (18 μL, 0.23 mmol) was added to a THF (1.5 mL) solution of diamine 26a (30 mg, 0.048 mmol) and triethylamine (30 μL, 0.22 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 3 hours. The volatile components was removed in vacuo, and the residue was treated with NH3/methanol (2 mL of 2 M) and stirred at ambient conditions for 15 minutes. All the volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the crude product was purified by reverse phase prep-HPLC (H2O/methanol/TFA) to provide the TFA salt of Example 26 as a white solid (13.6 mg). LC (Cond.2): RT=2.00 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H51N8O6: 739.39; found 739.67; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H51N8O6: 739.3932; found 739.3966.
Diamine 26a was converted to Example 27 (TFA salt) according to a method described in the preparation of Example 25. LC (Cond.2): RT=1.93 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H51N8O4: 707.40; found 707.59; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H51N8O4: 707.4033; found 707.4054.
HATU (19.868 g, 52.25 mmol) was added to a heterogeneous mixture of N-Cbz-L-proline (12.436 g, 49.89 mmol) and the HCl salt of 2-amino-1-(4-bromophenyl) ethanone (12.157 g, 48.53 mmol) in DMF (156 mL). The mixture was lowered in an ice-water bath, and immediately afterward N,N-diisopropylethylamine (27 mL, 155 mmol) was added dropwise to it over 13 minutes. After the addition of the base was completed, the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 50 minutes. The volatile component was removed in vacuo; water (125 mL) was added to the resulting crude solid and stirred for about 1 hour. The off-white solid was filtered and washed with copious water, and dried in vacuo to provide ketoamide 28a as a white solid (20.68 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 8.30 (m, 1H), 7.91 (m, 2H), 7.75 (d, J=8.5, 2H), 7.38-7.25 (m, 5H), 5.11-5.03 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.33-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.36 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.78 (m, 3H); LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.65 min; 98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C21H22BrN2O4: 445.08; found 445.31.
Ketoamide 28a (10.723 g, 24.08 mmol) was converted to 28b according to the procedure described for the synthesis of carbamate 1b, with the exception that the crude material was purified by flash chromatography (sample was loaded with eluting solvent; 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes). Bromide 28b was retrieved as an off-white foam (7.622 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.23/12.04/11.97 (m, 1H), 7.73-6.96 (m, 10H), 5.11-4.85 (m, 3H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 2.33-184(m, 4H). LC (Cond.1): RT=1.42 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C21H21BrN3O2: 426.08; found 426.31; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C21H21BrN3O2: 426.0817; found: 426.0829. The optical purity of 28b was assessed using the following chiral HPLC methods, and an ee of 99% was observed.
Column: Chiralpak AD, 10 um, 4.6×50 mm
Solvent: 20% ethanol/heptane (isocratic)
Flow rate: 1 mL/min
Wavelength: 254 nm
Relative retention time: 1.82 minutes (R), 5.23 minutes (5)
Pd(Ph3P)4 (711.4 mg, 0.616 mmol) was added to a mixture of boronate ester 1c (7.582 g, ˜17 mmol), bromide 28b (7.62 g, 17.87 mmol), NaHCO3 (4.779 g, 56.89 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (144 mL) and water (48 mL). The reaction mixture was purged with N2 and heated with an oil bath at 80° C. for 15.5 hours, and then the volatile component was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organic phase was dried (Mg504), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting material was submitted to flash chromatography (sample was loaded as a silica gel mesh; ethyl acetate used as eluent) to provide biphenyl 28c as an off-white foam containing Ph3PO impurity (7.5 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.24-12.19 (m, 0.36H), 12.00-11.82 (m, 1.64H), 7.85-6.98 (15H), 5.12-4.74 (4H), 3.68-3.34(4H), 2.34-1.79 (8H), 1.41/1.17 (two br S, 9H); LC (Cond.1): RT=1.41 minutes; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C39H43N6O4: 659.34; found 659.52; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C39H43N6O4: 659.3346; found 659.3374.
K2CO3 (187.8 mg, 1.36 mmol) was added to a mixture of catalyst (10% Pd/C; 205.3 mg), carbamate 28c (1.018 g, ˜1.5 mmol), methanol (20 mL) and 3 pipet-drops of water. A balloon of H2 was attached and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. Then, additional catalyst (10% Pd/C, 100.8 mg) and K2CO3 (101.8 mg, 0.738 mmol) were added and stirring continued for 3.5 hours. During the hydrogenation process, the balloon of H2 was changed at intervals three times. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth (Celite® 521), and the filterate was removed in vacuo. The resulting crude material was submitted to flash chromatography using a short column (sample was loaded as a silica gel mesh; 0-20% methanol/CH2Cl2 used as eluent) to provide 28d as a light-yellow foam (605.6 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.18/11.89/11.82 (three br s, 2H), 7.83-7.29 (m, 10H), 4.89-4.73 (m, 1H), 4.19 (app t, J=7.2, 1H), 3.55 (app br s, 1H), 3.40-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.91-2.84(m, 1H), 2.30-1.69(M, 8H), 1.41/1.16 (two br s, 9H). Note: the signal of pyrrolidine NH appears to have overlapped with signals in the 3.6-3.2 ppm region; LC (Cond.1): RT=1.21 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C31H37N6O2: 525.30; found 525.40.
Step e: HATU (316.6 mg, 0.833 mmol) was added to a DMF (7.0 mL) solution of pyrrolidine 28d (427 mg, 0.813 mmol), Cap-4 (177.6 mg, 0.849 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.32 mL, 1.84 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 45 minutes. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (50 mL) and an aqueous medium (20 mL H2O+1 mL saturated NaHCO3 solution). The aqueous phase was re-extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting yellow oil was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; ethyl acetate) to provide 28e as a yellow foam (336 mg). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.68 min; 91% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H46N7O5: 716.35; found 716.53.
Step f: Carbamate 28e was elaborated to amine 28f by employing the procedure described in the conversion of 1d to le. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.49 min; >98% homogeneity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C36H38N7O3: 616.30; found 616.37; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C36H38N7O3: 616.3036; found 616.3046.
Amine 28f was converted to the TFA salt of Example 28 by employing the last step of the synthesis of Example 1. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 8.21-7.03 (m, 21H), 5.78-5.14 (3H), 3.98-3.13 (m, 9H; includes the signal for OCH3 at 3.54 & 3.53), 2.45-1.72 (m, 8H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.66 minutes, >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C44H44N7O4: 734.35; found 734.48; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]− C44H44N7O4: 734.3455; 734.3455.
Examples 28-1 through 28-4 (R groups shown in the table below) were prepared in similar fashion to example 28 via the intermediacy of intermediate 28d.
Cap-1 was appended, the Boc carbamate was removed with TFA or HCl, and Cap-14 was appended.
Tetrahydrofuroic acid was appended, the Boc carbamate was removed with TFA or HCl, and Cap-14 was appended.
Cap-40 was appended, the Boc carbamate was removed with TFA or HCl, and Cap-14 was appended.
Cap-39 was appended, the Boc carbamate was removed with TFA or HCl, and Cap-14 was appended.
Cap-38 was appended, the Boc carbamate was removed with TFA or HCl, and Cap-14 was appended.
4-Methylpiperazine-l-carbonyl chloride/HCl (11.6 mg, 0.58 mmol) was added to a mixture of 28f (30 mg, 0.049 mmol), triethylamine (15 μl, 0.11 mmol) and THF (1.0 mL), and stirred at ambient conditions for 1 hour. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/methanol/TFA) to provide the TFA salt of Example 29 as a light yellow foam (29.3 mg). LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.82 minutes, >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C42H48N9O4: 742.38; found 742.49.
Carbamate 30a was prepared from pyrrolidine 28f and Boc-Glycine by using the procedure described for the preparation of 25a from le. LC (Cond. 2): RT=2.12 minutes, >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]− C43H49N8O6: 773.38; found 773.46
Carbamate 30a was converted to Example 30 according to the procedure described for the preparation of 1e from ld. LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.81 minutes, >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C38H41N8O4: 673.33; found 673.43
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C38N41N8O4: 673.3251; found 673.3262
Example 30-1 was prepared in three steps from Example 28d. Step one: Append Cap-2 using the procedure describing the synthesis of 28e from 28d. Step two: Hydrolyze the Boc carbamate using the procedure describing the synthesis of 28f from 28e. Step three: Append Cap-52 using the procedure describing the synthesis of 28e from 28d. RT=1.70 min (Cond. 1b); >95% homogeneity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C43H51N8O4: 743.40; found, 743.50. HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C43H51N8O4: 743.4033; found, 743.4053
Substituting the appropriate acid chloride or carboxylic acid into Example 29 or 30, the following compounds (Example 31 to 84-87) were prepared as TFA salts.
1HNMR(400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.90-7.85 (m, 9H), 7.81- 7.79(m, 1H), 7.63-7.57(m, 5H), 7.45-7.32 (m, 6H), 5.51 (s, 1H), 5.33- 5.29(m, 2H), 4.06-4.01(m, 2H), 3.63(d, J = 4.04 Hz, 3H), 3.59-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.19- 3.12(m, 1H), 3.07-3.01(m, 1H), 2.93-2.76 (m, 2H), 2.57- 2.51(m, 1H), 2.40-2.31(m, 2H), 2.22-2.06 (m, 4H), 2.00- 1.90(m, 3H), 1.84-1.64(m, 4H), 1.52-1.43 (m, 2H); LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C49H52N8O4: 816; found: 817(M + H)+.
1HNMR(400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.89-7.85 (m, 8H), 7.81- 7.73(2H), 7.67-7.65(m, 1H), 7.45-7.26 (m, 7H), 7.13- 7.08(m, 1H), 6.94-6.89(m, 0.5H), 6.72- 6.67(0.5H), 6.09-6.07(m, 0.4H), 5.51(s, 1H), 5.32-5.25 (m, 1.6H), 4.08-3.95(m, 2H), 3.85-3.79 (1H), 3.64- 3.63(m, 3H), 3.56-3.49 (1H), 3.09- 3.03(m, 1H), 2.59-2.50(m, 1H), 2.42-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.21- 2.00(m, 6H), 1.82-1.74(m, 1H), 1.66(d, J = 4.55 Hz, 3H); LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C45H46FN7O3: 781; found: 782(M + H)+.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.90-7.84 (m, 9 H), 7.79-7.73 (m, 2 H), 7.67- 7.65 (m, 1 H), 7.63-7.52 (m, 5 H), 7.39-7.36 (m, 1 H), 7.30- 7.26 (m, 1 H), 7.13-7.08 (m, 1 H), 6.93-6.88 (m, 0.5 H), 6.72-6.67 (m, 0.5 H), 5.51 (s, 0.2 H), 5.46 (s, 0.8 H), 5.33- 5.30 (m, 1 H), 5.28-5.24 (m, 1 H), 4.05-3.94 (m, 2 H), 3.84- 3.73 (m, 1 H), 3.69-3.55 (m, 1 H), 3.21-3.04 (m, 2 H), 2.79 (br s, 6 H), 2.39-2.33 (m, 2 H), 2.21-1.93 (m, 5 H), 1.65 (d, J = 4.55 Hz, 3 H).; LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C45H46FN7O3: 751; found: 752 (M + H)+.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.63-7.85 (m, 8 H), 7.48-7.54 (m, 2 H), 7.26-7.46 (m, 7 H), 6.94-7.17 (m, 3 H), 6.22 and 6.18 (s, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 5.99 and 5.68 (s, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 5.61 and 5.54 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 5.20-5.23 and 5.10-5.13 (m, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 4.46 and 4.43 (s, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 3.97-4.06 (m, 1 H), 3.89-3.93 and 3.78-3.84 (m, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 3.63-3.72 and 3.46-3.60 (m, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 3.23-3.32 (m, 2 H), 2.41-2.59 (m, 4 H), 2.13-2.26 (m, 2 H), 2.11 and 2.10 (s, 3 H, rotamers, 1:1), 2.05-2.09 (m, 2 H), 1.97-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.82-1.90 (m, 1 H), 1.58 (br s, 4 H), 1.45 (br s, 2 H); LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C49H51N7O4: 801; found: 802 (M + H)+.
Examples 107-31 through 107-34 were prepared in similar fashion to example 28. Cap-38 was appended to intermediate 28d, the Boc carbamate was removed with TFA or HCl and the appropriate carboxylic acid was coupled.
Examples 107-35 through 107-38 were prepared in similar fashion to example 28. Cap-39 was appended to intermediate 28d, the Boc carbamate was removed with TFA or HCl and the appropriate carboxylic acid was coupled.
Examples 107-39 through 107-44 were prepared in similar fashion to example 28. Cap-40 was appended to intermediate 28d, the Boc carbamate was removed with TFA or HCl and the appropriate carboxylic acid was coupled.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.58-7.77 (m, 8 H), 7.42-7.55 (m, 2 H), 7.19- 7.39 (m, 4 H), 5.94 and 5.89 (s, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 5.80 and 5.61 (s, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 5.43-5.47 and 5.35-5.38 (m, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 5.20-5.24 (m, 1 H), 5.15-5.18 (m, 1 H), 4.67- 4.70 and 4.39- 4.42 (m, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1), 3.92-3.98 (m, 1 H), 3.85-3.90 (m, 1 H), 3.69- 3.84 (m, 2 H), 3.64 and 3.63 (s, 3 H, rotamers, 1:1), 3.53-3.59 (m, 1 H), 2.35- 2.46 (m, 1 H), 2.21-2.29 (m, 2 H), 2.06-2.17 (m, 3 H), 1.84- 2.01 (m, 4 H), 1.66-1.76 and 1.41-1.47 (m, 1 H, rotamers, 1:1); LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C41H42ClN7O5: 747; found: 748 (M + H)+.
Ethyl isocyanate (5 μL, 0.063 mmol) was added to a methanol (1.0 mL) solution of 28f (30 mg, 0.049 mmol) and stirred at ambient condition for 1.8 hours. The residue was treated with 2.0 M NH3/methanol (2 mL) and stirred for an additional 30 minutes, and all the volatile components were removed in vacuo. The resulting material was purified by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/methanol/TFA) to provide the TFA salt of Example 108 as a light yellow foam (16.7 mg) LC: 1.95 minutes (Cond. 2); >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C39H43N8O4: 687.34; found 687.53; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C39H43N8O4: 687.3407; found 687.3417.
The Boc-deprotection of 28c using the procedure described for the synthesis of pyrrolidine 1e from carbamate 1d provided 109a. RT=1.92 minutes (Cond 2); >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. C34H35N6O2: 559.28; found 559.44
Benzyl chloroformate (10.5 μL, 0.0736 mmol) was added to a THF (2.0 mL) solution of 109a (37.1 mg, 0.664 mmol) and triethylamine (15 μl, 0.107 mmol), and stirred under ambient conditions for 6 hours. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was treated with 2N NH3/methanol (2 mL) and stirred for 15 minutes. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue purified by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/methanol/TFA) to provide the TFA salt of Example 109 as an off-white foam (37.9 mg). LC (Cond. 2): RT=2.25 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C42H41N6O4: 693.32; found 693.59; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C42H41N6O4: 693.3189; found 693.3220.
Amine 110a was synthesized starting from 28d and (S)-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic by sequentially employing procedures described in the preparation of 28f (from 28d) and 25b (from 1e). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.13 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C39H42N7O3: 656.34; found 656.49; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C39H42N7O3: 656.3349; found 656.3377.
Example 110 (TFA salt) was prepared from Example 110a and (S)-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid using the conditions described for the synthesis Example 1 from amine 1e. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.28 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C44H48N7O5: 754.37; found 754.60; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C44H48N7O5: 754.3717; found 754.3690.
Example 111 (TFA salt) was prepared from amine 110a and morpholine 4-carbonyl chloride using the procedure described for the synthesis of Example 29 from amine 28f. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.28 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C44H49N8O5: 769.38; found 769.60.
Using similar methods described for the preparation of Example 111, the following compounds (Example 112-120) were synthesized as TFA salts.
Examples 118 to 120-9 were prepared as described in the preparation of Example 110a substituting (R)-tetrahydrofuryl carboxylic acid and the appropriate carboxylic acid, carboxylic acid chloride, carbamoyl chloride, or isocyanate.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ ppm 1.71-2.44 (m, 12H), 2.65-2.89 (m, 6H), 3.04-3.21 (m, J = 8.55 Hz, 1H), 3.46-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.64-4.07 (m, 6H), 4.64 (dd, J = 8.09, 5.34 Hz, 1H), 5.09-5.30 (m, 2H), 5.66-5.86 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.82-8.22 (m, 10H), 9.15-9.38 (m, 1H), 9.68 (s, 1H), 14.60 (s, 2H); HPLC Xterra 4.6 × 50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10 minutes, one minute hold time, A = 90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, B = 10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, RT = 3.61 min; LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C52H56N10O6 740.91; Found: 741.48 (M + H)+.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 1.64-2.40 (m, 12H), 3.11-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.80 (dd, J = 18.46, 6.87 Hz, 3H), 3.96-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.64 (dd, J = 7.78, 5.34 Hz, 1H), 5.13-5.23 (m, 1H), 5.21-5.35 (m, 1H), 5.66 (d, J = 7.02 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.57 (m, 7H), 7.82-8.07 (m, 10H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 4.58 Hz, 1H), 8.68 (s, 1H), 9.32 (s, 1H), 14.46 (s, 2H); HPLC Xterra 4.6 × 50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10 minutes, one minute hold time, A = 90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, B = 10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, RT = 3.83 min; LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C45H45N9O4 775.92; Found: 776.53 (M + H)+.
PdCl2(Ph3P)2 (257 mg, 0.367 mmol) was added to a dioxane (45 mL) solution of 1-bromo-4-iodo-2-methylbenzene (3.01 g, 10.13 mmol) and tri-n-butyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)stannane (3.826 g, 10.59 mmol) and heated at 80° C. for ˜17 hours. The reaction mixture was treated with water (15 mL), cooled to ˜0° C. (ice/water), and then NBS (1.839 g, 10.3 mmol) was added in batches over 7 minutes. After about 25 minutes of stirring, the volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was purified by a gravity chromatography (silica gel; 4% ethyl acetate/hexanes)to provide bromide 121a as a brownish-yellow solid (2.699 g); the sample is impure and contains stannane-derived impurities, among others. 1H NMR (CDCl3, δ=7.24, 400 MHz): 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H).
A CH3CN (15 mL) solution of 121a (2.69 g, <9.21 mmol) was added dropwise over 3 minutes to a CH3CN (30 mL) solution of (S)-Boc-proline (2.215 g, 10.3 mmol) and triethylamine (1.40 mL, 10.04 mmol), and stirred for 90 minutes. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2, and the organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was purified by a flash chromatography (silica gel; 15-20% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide 121b as a colorless viscous oil (2.74 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): δ 7.98 (m, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 7.72-7.69 (m, 1H), 5.61-5.41 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.40/1.36 (s, 9H); LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.91 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C19H24BrNNa)5 448.07; found 448.10.
Additional keto-esters can be prepared in analogous fashion.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume. Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220nm, 5 μL injection volume.
A mixture of ketoester 121b (1.445 g, 3.39 mmol) and NH4OAc (2.93 g, 38.0 mmol) in xylenes (18 mL) was heated with a microwave at 140° C. for 80 minutes. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was carefully partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, where enough saturated NaHCO3 solution was added to neutralize the aqueous medium. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by a flash chromatography (silica gel, 40% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide imidzaole 121c as an off-white solid (1.087 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): 12.15/11.91/11.84 (br s, 1H), 7.72-7.24 (m, 4H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 3.52 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.35(s, 3H), 2.28-1.77 (m, 4H), 1.40/1.14 (s, 9H); LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.91 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C19H25BrN3O2 405.96; found 406.11.
PdCl2dppf.CH2Cl2 (50.1 mg, 0.061 mmol) was added to a pressure tube containing a mixture of bromide 121c (538.3 mg, 1.325 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (666.6 mg, 2.625 mmol), potassium acetate (365.8 mg, 3.727 mmol) and DMF (10 mL). The reaction mixture was flushed with N2 and heated at 80° C. for 24.5 hours. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, where enough saturated NaHCO3 solution was added to make the pH of the aqueous medium neutral. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting material was purfied by a Biotage system (silica gel, 40-50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide boronate 121d as a white foam (580 mg). According to 1H NMR the sample contains residual pinacol in a product/pinacol ratio of ˜3. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): δ 12.16/11.91/11.83 (br s, 1H), 7.63-7.25 (m, 4H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.48/2.47 (s, 3H), 2.28-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.40/1.14/1.12 (br s, 9H), 1.30 (s, 12H); LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.62 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C25H37BN3O4 454.29; found 454.15
Carbamate 121e was prepared from bromide 121c and boronate 121d according to the preparation of dimer 1d; LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.43 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C38H49N6O4 653.38; found 653.65.
The deprotection of carbamate 121e, according to the preparation of pyrrolidine 1e, provided 121f as an off-white foam. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): 11.79 (br s, 2H), 7.66 (s, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=7.8, 2H), 7.41 (br s, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=7.8, 2H), 4.15 (app t, J=7.2, 2H), 3.00-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.04 (s, 6H), 1.93-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.66 (m, 4H). Note: although broad signals corresponding to the pyrrolidine NH appear in the 2.8-3.2 ppm region, the actual range for their chemical shift could not be determined LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.03 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C28H33N6 453.28; found 453.53
Example 121 (TFA salt) was synthesized from 121f according to the preparation of Example 1 from 1e; LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.14 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C48H55N8O2 775.45; 775.75; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C48H55N8O2 775.4448; found 775.4473
Example 122 (TFA salt) was prepared from pyrrolidine 121f and Cap-4 by using the procedure described for the preparation of Example 1 from pyrrolidine 1e. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.35 min; >98% homogeneity index; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C48H51N8O6 835.3932; found 835.3954
Example 123-125 were prepared starting from boronate 1c and bromide 121c by using the methods described in Example 1, step d, Example 1, step e, and in the step describing the final preparation of Example 1.
Example 126-128 were prepared starting from bromide 28b and boronate 121d by using the methods described in Example 28 starting with step c.
5
HATU (104.3 mg, 0.274 mmol) was added to a mixture of 121f, Cap-4 (58.8 mg, 0.281 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (110 μL, 0.631 mmol) in DMF (6.0 mL), and stirred for 90 minutes. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the resulting crude material was purified by reverse phase HPLC (H2O/methanol/TFA), and free-based by MCX column (methanol wash; 2.0 M NH3/methanol) to provide 129a (89.9 mg). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.22 min; 95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+1-1]+ C38H42N7O3 644.34; found 644.55.
Example 129 (TFA salt) was prepared from 129a by the method used to convert Example 1e to Example 1. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.27 min; 97% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C48H53N8O4 805.42; found 805.61.
Glyoxal (2.0 mL of 40% in water) was added dropwise over 11 minutes to a methanol solution of NH4OH (32 mL) and (S)-Boc-prolinal (8.564 g, 42.98 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperature for 19 hours. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by a flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate) followed by a recrystallization (ethyl acetate, room temperature) to provide imidazole 130a as a white fluffy solid (4.43 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): 11.68/11.59 (br s, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 4.76 (m, 1H), 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.29 (m, 1H), 2.23-1.73 (m, 4H), 1.39/1.15 (s, 9H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.87 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C12H20N3O2 238.16; found 238.22. Imidazole 130a had an ee of 98.9% when analyzed under chiral HPLC condition noted below.
Column: Chiralpak AD, 10 um, 4.6×50 mm
Solvent: 1.7% ethanol/heptane (isocratic)
Flow rate: 1 mL/min
Wavelength: either 220 or 256 nm
Relative retention time: 3.25min (R), 5.78 minutes (S)
N-Bromosuccinimide (838.4 mg, 4.71 mmol) was added in batches, over 15 minutes, to a cooled (ice/water) CH2Cl2 (20 mL) solution of imidazole 130a (1.0689 g, 4.504 mmol), and stirred at similar temperature for 75 minutes. The volatile component was removed in vacuo. The crude material was purified by a reverse phase HPLC system (H2O/methanol/TFA) to separate bromide 130b from its dibromo-analog and the non-consumed starting material. The HPLC elute was neutralized with excess NH3/methanol and the volatile component was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, and the aqueous layer was extracted with water. The combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide 130b as a white solid (374 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): 12.12 (br s, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 4.70 (m, 1H), 3.31 (m, 1H; overlapped with water signal), 2.25-1.73 (m, 4H), 1.39/1.17 (s, 3.8H+5.2H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.10 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C12H19BrN3O2 316.07; found 316.10.
Pd(Ph3P)4 (78.5 mg, 0.0679 mmol) was added to a mixture of bromide 130b (545 mg, 1.724 mmol), 2-(4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (542.8 mg, 1.771 mmol) (commercially available), NaHCO3 (477 mg, 5.678 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (12.5 mL) and water (4.2 mL). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen, heated with an oil bath at 80° C. for 27 hours, and then the volatile component was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, and the organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was purified by a Biotage system (silica gel, 40-50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) followed by a reverse phase HPLC (water/ methanol/TFA). The HPLC elute was treated with excess NH3/methanol and concentrated. The residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2, and the organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide 130c as a white foam (317.4 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): 12.36/12.09/12.03 (br s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=1.8, 0.93H), 8.09 (br s, 0.07H), 8.01 (dd, J=8.3/1.3, 0.93H), 7.93 (m, 0.07H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.3, 0.93H), 7.46 (m, 0.07H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.36 (m, 1H), 2.30-1.77 (m, 4h), 1.40/1.15 (s, 3.8H+5.2H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.52 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C19H22ClF3N3O2 416.14; found 416.17.
Pd[P(t-Bu)3]2 (48 mg, 0.094 mmol) was added to a mixture of chloride 130c (245 mg, 0.589 mmol), boronate 1c (277.1 mg, 0.631 mmol), KF (106.7 mg, 1.836 mmol) in DMF (6 mL), and heated at 110° C. for ˜30 hours. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (50 mL), water (20 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 (1 mL). The aquous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×), and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting material was purified by a Biotage system (silica gel, ethyl acetate) to provide carbamate 130d as an off-white foam (297 mg). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.44 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C37H44F3N6O4 693.34; found 693.34.
The deprotection of 130d, which was conducted according to the preparation of pyrrolidine 1e, provideed 130e as a light yellow foam. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): 11.88 (br s, 2H), 8.16 (d, J=1.5, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=7.8, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.1, 2H), 7.66 (br s, 1H), 7.48 (br s, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=8.1, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 2.99-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.67 (m, 4H). Note: although broad signals corresponding to the pyrrolidine NH appear in the 2.8-3.2 ppm region, the actual range for their chemical shift could not be determined LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.12 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C27H28F3N6 493.23; found 493.14.
Example 130 (TFA salt) was prepared from 130e and Cap-1 according to the preparation of Example 1 from pyrrolidine 1e. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.17 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C47H50F3N8O2 815.40; found 815.44; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C47HSOF3N8O2 815.4009; found 815.4013
Example 131 (TFA salt) was synthesized from 130e and Cap-5 according to the preparation of Example 130.
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.19 min; >98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C51H54F3N8O2 867.43; found 867.51
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C51H54F3N8O2 867.4322; found 867.4315
Examples 131.1-1 through 131.1-2 were prepared in similar fashion to example 28 via the intermediacy of intermediate 1-6e after appending Cap-4.
Cap-1 was appended after the CBz carbamate was removed from 1-6e with Pd/C/H2.
LCMS conditions: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220nm, 5 μL injection volume. tR=1.42 min LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C45H49N8O4765.39; found: 765.38 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C45H49N8O4 Calcd 765.3877 found: 765.3905 (M+H)+.
Cap-14 was appended after the CBz carbamate was removed from 1-6e with Pd/C/H2.
LCMS conditions: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume. tR=1.45 min (>95%)
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C48H52N8O4 805.42; found: 805.41 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. C48H52N8O4 Calcd 805.4190 found: 805.4214 (M+H)+.
Example 131. 2 was prepared in similar fashion to example 131.1-1 and example 131.1-2 via the intermediacy of intermediate 1-6e after appending Cap-1. Cap-14 was appended after the CBz carbamate was removed with Pd/C/H2.
LCMS conditions: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume. tR=1.28 min
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C48H54N8O2 775.44; found: 775.45 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. C48H54N8O2 Calcd 775.4448 found: 775.4460 (M+H)+.
A CH2Cl2 (10 mL) solution of Br2 (7.63 g, 47.74 mmol) was added-drop wise over 5 min to a cooled (ice/water) CH2Cl2 (105 mL) solution of 1-(6-bromopyridine-3-yl)ethanone (9.496 g, 47.47 mmol) and 48% HBr (0.4 mL). The cooling bath was removed 40 min later, and stirring was continued at ambient temperature for about 66 hr. The cake of solid that formed was filtered, washed with CH2Cl2 and dried in vacuo to afford impure 132a as an off-white solid (15.94 g).
Boc-L-proline (9.70 g, 45.06 mmol) was added in one batch to a heterogeneous mixture of crude 132a (15.4 g) and CH3CN (150 mL), and immediately afterward Et3N (13.0 mL, 93.2 mmol) was added drop-wise over 6 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 50 min, the volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water. The CH2Cl2 layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo, and the resultant material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; sample was loaded with eluting solvent; 25% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 132b as a highly viscous yellow oil (11.44g). 1H NMR (DMSO, δ=2.5 ppm; 400 MHz): 8.95 (m, 1H), 8.25-8.21 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 5.65-5.46 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.31 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.29 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.07 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.40 & 1.36 (two s, 9H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=2.01 min; >90% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C17H21NaBrN2O5: 435.05; found 435.15
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C17H22BrN2O5: 413.0712; found 413.0717
A mixture of ketoester 132b (1.318 g, 3.19 mmol) and NH4OAc (2.729 g, 35.4 mmol) in xylenes (18 mL) was heated with a microwave at 140° C. for 90 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, where enough saturated NaHCO3 solution was added to neutralize the aqueous medium. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was purified by a Biotage system (silica gel; 50% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford imidzaole 132c as an off-white foam (1.025 g). 1H NMR (DMSO, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): 12.33/12.09/12.02 (br m, 1H), 8.74 (d, J=2.3, 0.93H), 8.70 (app br s, 0.07H), 8.03/7.98 (dd for the first peak, J=8.3, 1H), 7.69/7.67 (br m, 1H), 7.58/7.43 (d for the first peak, J=8.3, 1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.36 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.79 (m, 3H), 1.39/1.15 (app br s, 3.9H+5.1 H).
LC (Cond.1): RT=1.52 min; >98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C17H22BrN4O2: 393.09; found 393.19
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C17H22BrN4O2: 393.0926; found 393.0909
Pd(Ph3P)4 (115.1 mg, 0.10 mmol) was added to a mixture of bromide 132c (992mg, 2.52 mmol), boronate 1c (1.207 g, 2.747 mmol), NaHCO3 (698.8 mg, 8.318 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (18 mL) and water (4 mL). The reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen, heated with an oil bath at 90° C. for 37 hr and allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The suspension that formed was filtered and washed with water followed by 1,2-dimethoxyethane, and dried in vacuo. A silica gel mesh was prepared from the crude solid and submitted to flash chromatography (silica gel; EtOAc) to afford carbamate 132d as a white solid, which yellowed slightly upon standing at ambient conditions (1.124g). 1H NMR indicated that the sample contains residual MeOH in a product/MeOH mole ratio of 1.3.
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.71 min; >98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C35H44N7O4: 626.35; found 626.64
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C35H44N7O4: 626.3455; 626.3479
Carbamate 132d (217 mg) was treated with 25% TFA/CH2Cl2 (3.6 mL) and stirred at ambient condition for 6 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the resultant material was free based by MCX column (MeOH wash; 2.0 M NH3/MeOH elution) to afford 132e as a dull yellow foam that solidified gradually upon standing (150.5 mg; mass is above theoretical yield). 1H NMR (DMSO, 6=2.5 ppm; 400 MHz): 11.89 (very broad, 2H), 9.01 (d, J=1.8, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J=8.3, 2.2, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=8.6, 2H), 7.92 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=8.5, 2H), 7.61 (br s, 1H), 7.50 (br s, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.67 (m, 4H). [Note: the exchangeable pyrrolidine hydrogens were not observed]
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.21min; >98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C25H28N7: 426.24; found 426.40
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C25H28N7: 426.2406; found 426.2425
HATU (41.4 mg, 0.109 mmol) was added to a mixture of pyrrolidine 132e (23.1 mg, 0.054 mmol), (i-Pr)2EtN (40 μL, 0.23 mmol) and Cap-1 (25.3 mg, 0.117 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at ambient for 1 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified first by MCX (MeOH wash; 2.0 M NH3/MeOH elution) and then by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to afford the TFA salt of Example 132 as a yellow foam (39.2 mg).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.37min; >98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C45H50N9O2: 748.41; found 748.53
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C45H50N9O2: 748.4087; found 748.4090
Example 133-135 were prepared as TFA salts from 132e by using the same method of preparations as Example 132 and appropriate reagents.
PdCl2(Ph3P)2 (257 mg, 0.367 mmol) was added to a dioxane (45 mL) solution of 1-bromo-4-iodo-2-methylbenzene (3.01 g, 10.13 mmol) and tri-n-butyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)stannane (3.826 g, 10.59 mmol) and heated at 80° C. for ˜17 hr. The reaction mixture was treated with water (15 mL), cooled to ˜0° C. (ice/water), and then NBS (1.839 g, 10.3 mmol) was added in batches over 7 min. About 25 min of stirring, the volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was purified by a gravity chromatography (silica gel; 4% EtOAc/hexanes)to afford bromide 136a as a brownish-yellow solid (2.699 g); the sample is impure and contains stannane-derived impurities, among others. 1H NMR (CDCl3, δ=7.24, 400 MHz): 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H).
An CH3CN (15 mL) solution of 136a (2.69 g, <9.21 mmol) was added drop wise over 3 min to a CH3CN (30 mL) solution of (S)-Boc-proline (2.215 g, 10.3 mmol) and Et3N (1.40 mL, 10.04 mmol), and stirred for 90 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2, and the organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant crude material was purified by a flash chromatography (silica gel; 15-20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 136b as a colorless viscous oil (2.74g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): 7.98 (m, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 7.72-7.69 (m, 1H), 5.61-5.41 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.30 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.40/1.36 (s, 9H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.91 min; >95% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C19H24BrNNaO5 448.07; found 448.10
A mixture of ketoester 136b (1.445 g, 3.39 mmol) and NH4OAc (2.93 g, 38.0 mmol) in xylenes (18 mL) was heated with a microwave at 140° C. for 80 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was carefully partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, where enough saturated NaHCO3 solution was added to neutralize the aqueous medium. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by a flash chromatography (silica gel, 40% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford imidzaole 136c as an off-white solid (1.087 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): 12.15/11.91/11.84 (br s, 1H), 7.72-7.24 (m, 4H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 3.52 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.28-1.77 (m, 4H), 1.40/1.14 (s, 9H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.91 min; >98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C19H25BrN3O2 405.96; found 406.11
PdCl2dppf.CH2Cl2 (50.1 mg, 0.061 mmol) was added to a pressure tube containing a mixture of bromide 136c (538.3 mg, 1.325 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (666.6 mg, 2.625 mmol), KOAc (365.8 mg, 3.727 mmol) and DMF (10 mL). The reaction mixture was flushed with N2 and heated at 80° C. for 24.5 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, where enough saturated NaHCO3 solution was added to make the pH of the aqueous medium neutral. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting material was purfied by a Biotage system (silica gel, 40-50% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford boronate 136d as a white foam (580 mg). According to 1H NMR the sample contains residual pinacol in a product/pinacol ratio of ˜3. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): 12.16/11.91/11.83 (br s, 1H), 7.63-7.25 (m, 4H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.48/2.47 (s, 3H), 2.28-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.40/1.14/1.12 (br s, 9H), 1.30 (s, 12H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.62 min
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C25H37BN3O4 454.29; found 454.15
Biaryl 136e was prepared from bromide 132c and boronate 136d according to the coupling condition described for the preparation of biaryl 132d.
LC (Cond. 1a): RT=1.32 min; >90% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C36H45N7O4 640.36; found 640.66
The deprotection of biaryl 136e was done according to the preparation of pyrrolidine 132e to afford 136f as a light yellow foam. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.50, 400 MHz): 11.88 (br s, 2H), 9.02 (d, J=2, 1H), 8.12 (dd, J=8.4, 2.3, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.64-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 7.46 (br s, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=7.8, 1H), 4.21-4.14 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.11-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.66 (m, 4H). [Note: the signal for the pyrrolidine NH appears in the region 3.22-2.80 and is too broad to make a chemical shift assignment.]
LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.84 min
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C26H30N7 440.26; found 440.50
Example 136 (TFA salt) was synthesized from 136f according to the preparation of Example 132 from 132e.
1.05 min (Cond.1); >98%
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C46H52N9O2: 762.42, found: 762.77
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C46H52N9O2: 762.4244; found 762.4243
Example 138 was prepared similarly from pyrrolidine 136f and Cap-4.
1.60 min (Cond. 1); >98%
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C46H48N9O6: 822.37; found 822.74
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C46H48N9O6: 822.3728; found 822.3760
HATU (99.8 mg, 0.262 mmol) was added to a mixture of 132e (54.1 mg, 0.127 mmol), (R)-2-(t-butoxycarbonylamino)-2-phenylacetic acid (98.5 mg, 0.392 mmol) and i-Pr2EtN (100 μL, 0.574 mol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 70 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA), where the HPLC elute was treated with excess 2.0 N NH3/MeOH before the removal of the volatile component in vacuo. The resulting material was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×). The combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Carbamate 139a was obtained as a white film of foam (82.3 mg).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.97 min; >95% homogeneity index.
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C51H58N9O6: 892.45; found 892.72
Carbamate 139a was deprotected to amine 139b by using the procedure described for the preparation of pyrrolidine 132e from 132d.
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.37 min; >95% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H42N9O2: 692.35; found 692.32
Acetic anhydride (20 μL, 0.212 mmol) was added to a DMF (1.5 mL) solution of 139b (31.2 mg, 0.045 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr. NH3/MeOH (1.0 mL of 2N) was added to the reaction mixture and stirring continued for 100 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the resulting crude material was purified by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to afford the TFA salt of Example 139 as a light yellow solid (24.1 mg). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.53 min; >98% homogeneity index LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C45H46N9O4: 776.37; found 776.38 HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C45H46N9O4: 776.3673; found 776.3680
HATU (19.868 g, 52.25 mmol) was added to a heterogeneous mixture of N-Cbz-L-proline (12.436 g, 49.89 mmol) and the HCl salt of 2-amino-1-(4-bromophenyl)ethanone (12.157 g, 48.53 mmol) in DMF (156 mL). The mixture was lowered in an ice-water bath, and immediately afterward N,N-diisopropylethylamine (27 mL, 155 mmol) was added drop wise to it over 13 min. After the addition of the base was completed, the cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 50 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo; water (125 mL) was added to the resultant crude solid and stirred for about 1 hr. The off-white solid was filtered and washed with copious water, and dried in vacuo to afford ketoamide 140a as a white solid (20.68 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): 8.30 (m, 1H), 7.91 (m, 2H), 7.75 (d, J=8.5, 2H), 7.38-7.25 (m, 5H), 5.11-5.03 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.33-4.26 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.36 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.78 (m, 3H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.65 min; 98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C21H22BrN2O4: 445.08; found 445.31
Ketoamide 140a (10.723g, 24.08 mmol) was converted to 140b according to the procedure described for the synthesis of carbamate 132c, with the exception that the crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 50% EtOAc/hexanes). Bromide 140b was retrieved as an off-white foam (7.622 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): 12.23/12.04/11.97 (m, 1H), 7.73-6.96 (m, 10H), 5.11-4.85 (m, 3H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 2.33-184(m, 4H).
LC (Cond.1): RT=1.42 min; >95% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C21H21BrN3O2: 426.08; found 426.31
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C21H21BrN3O2: 426.0817; found: 426.0829
The optical purity of 140b was assessed using the following chiral HPLC methods, and an ee of 99% was observed.
Column: Chiralpak AD, 10 um, 4.6×50 mm
Solvent: 20% ethanol/heptane (isocratic)
Flow rate: 1 ml/min
Wavelength: 254 nm
Relative retention time: 1.82 min (R), 5.23 min (S)
Pd(Ph3P)4 (208 mg, 0.180 mmol) was added to a pressure tube containing a mixture of bromide 140b (1.80 g, 4.22 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (2.146 g, 8.45 mmol), KOAc (1.8 g, 11.0 mmol) and 1,4-dioxane (34 mL). The reaction flask was purged with nitrogen, capped and heated with an oil bath at 80° C. for 23 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned carefully between CH2Cl2 (70 mL) and an aqueous medium (22 mL water +5 mL saturated NaHCO3 solution). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The oily resdue was crystallized from EtOAc/hexanes to afford two crops of boronate 140c as a yellow solid (1.52 g). The mother liquor was evaporated in vacuo and the resulting material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 20-35% EtOAc/CH2Cl2) to afford additional 140c as an off-white solid, containing residual pinacol (772 mg).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.95 min
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C27H33BN3O4: 474.26; found 474.31
Arylbromide 132c was coupled with boronate 140c to afford 140d by using the same procedure described for the synthesis of biaryl 132d. The sample contains the desbromo version of 132c as an impurity. Proceeded to the next step without further purification.
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.72 min; ˜85% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C38H42N7O4: 660.33; found 660.30
A mixture of 10% Pd/C (226 mg), biaryl 140d (1.25 g) and MeOH (15 mL) was stirred under a balloon of hydrogen for ˜160 hr, where the hydrogen supply was replenished periodically as needed. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth (Celite®), and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to afford crude 140e as a yellowish-brown foam (911 mg). Proceeded to the next step without further purification.
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.53 min
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C30H36N7O2: 526.29; found 526.23
Pyrrolidine 140g was prepared from 140e and Cap-4, via the intermediacy of carbamate 140f, by sequentially employing the amide forming and Boc-deprotection protocols used in the synthesis of Example 132.
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.09 min; ˜94% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C35H37N8O3: 617.30; found 617.38
The TFA salt of Example 140 was synthesized from pyrrolidine 140g and Cap-1 by using the procedure described for the preparation of Example 132 from intermediate 132e.
1.15 min (Cond. 1); >98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C45H40N7O4: 778.38; found 778.48
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C45H40N7O4: 778.3829; found 778.3849
The TFA salt of Example 141-143 were synthesized from intermediate 140g and appropriate reagents in a similar manner.
A DMF (1.5 mL) solution of morpholine-4-carbonyl chloride (8.5 mg, 0.057 mmol) was added to a mixture of i-Pr2EtN (20 μL, 0.115 mmol) and 140g (27.3 mg, 0.044 mmol), and stirred for 100 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to afford the TFA salt of Example 144 as a yellow foam (34.6 mg).
1.17 min (Cond. 1); >98%
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H44N9O5: 730.35; found 730.42
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H44N9O5: 730.3465; found 730.3477
Pd(Ph3P)4 (9.6 mg, 0.008 mmol) and LiCl (28 mg, 0.67 mmol) were added to a mixture of arylbromide 132c (98.7 mg, 0.251 mmol) and hexamethylditin (51.6 mg, 0.158 mmol), and heated at 80° C. for ˜3 days. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the resultant crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 0-10% MeOH/EtOAc) followed by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA). The HPLC elute was neutralized with excess 2.0 N NH3/MeOH, and the volatile component was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, and the aqueous phase was washed with CH2Cl2 (2×). The combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford carbamate 145a as a film of oil (8.7 mg).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.68 min; >98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C34H43N8O4: 627.34; found 627.47
Carbamate 145a was elaborated to pyrrolidine 145b according to the preparation of 132e from 132d. 1H NMR (DMSO, 6=2.5 ppm; 400 MHz): 12.02 (br signal, 2H), 9.04 (d, J=1.6, 2H), 8.34 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 8.20 (dd, J=8.3, 2.3, 2H), 7.67 (br s, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.85 (m, 4H), 2.12-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.68 (m, 6H), [Note: the pyrrolidine-NH signal was not observed].
LC (Cond.1): RT=1.17 min; >98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C24H27N8: 427.24; found 427.13
Example 145 (TFA salt) was synthesized from 145b according to the preparation of Example 132 from 132e.
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.63 min; 98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C44H45N10O6: 809.35; found 809.40
n-BuLi (12.0 mL of 2.5M/hexanes, 30 mmol) was added drop-wise over 15 min to a cooled (−78° C.) toluene (300 mL) semi-solution of 2,5-dibromopyridine (6.040 g, 25.5 mmol), and stirred for 2.5 hr. t-Butyl 2-(methoxy(methyl)amino)-2-oxoethylcarbamate (2.809 g, 12.87 mmol) was added in batches over 7 min, and stirring continued for 1.5 hr at −78° C. The −78° C. bath was replaced with −60° C. bath, which was allowed to warm up to −15° C. over 2.5 hr. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution (20 mL), and the mixture was allowed to thaw to ambient temperature and the organic layer was separated and evaporated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 15% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford a reddish brown semisolid, which was washed with hexanes to removed the colored residue. Pyridine 146a was retrieved as an ash colored solid (842 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO, δ=2.5 ppm; 400 MHz): 8.89 (d, J=2.3, 1H), 8.30 (dd, J=8.4, 2.4, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 7.03(br t, J=5.7; 0.88H), 6.63 (app br s, 0.12H), 4.55 (d, J=5.8, 2H), 1.40/1.28 (two app s, 7.83H+1.17H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=2.00 min; >95% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C12H15BrNaN2O3: 337.02; found 337.13.
48% HBr (1.0 mL) was added drop-wise to a dioxane (5.0 mL) solution of carbamate 146a (840 mg, 2.66 mmol) over 3 min, and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 17.5 hr. The precipitate was filtered and washed with dioxane, and dried in vacuo to afford amine the HBr salt of 146b as an off-white solid (672.4 mg; the exact mole equivalent of the HBr salt was not determined). 1H NMR (DMSO, δ=2.5 ppm; 400 MHz): 8.95 (d, J=2.3, 1H), 8.37 (dd, J=8.4, 2.3, 1H), 8.2 (br s, 3H), 8.00 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 4.61 (s, 2H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.53 min
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C7H8BrN2O: 214.98; found 215.00
i-Pr2EtN (2.3 mL, 13.2 mmol) was added drop-wise over 15 min to a heterogonous mixture of amine 146b (1.365 g), (S)-Boc-proline (0.957 g, 4.44 mmol) and HATU (1.70 g, 4.47 mmol) in DMF (13.5 mL), and stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc (40 mL) and an aqueous medium (20 mL water+1 ml saturated NaHCO3 solution). The aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (20 mL), and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 40-50% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford ketoamide 146c as a faint-yellow foam (1.465 g). 1H NMR (DMSO, δ=2.5 ppm; 400 MHz): 8.90 (d, J=2.3, 1H), 8.30 (dd, J=8.5, 2.4, 1H), 8.01-8.07 (m, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.64 (dd, J=19.1, 5.5, 1H); 4.19 (m, 1H), 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.70 (m, 3H),1.40/1.35 (two app s, 9H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.91 min
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C17H22BrN3NaO4: 434.07; found 433.96.
A mixture of ketoamide 146c (782.2 mg, 1.897 mmol) and NH4OAc (800 mg, 10.4 mmol) in xylenes was heated with a microwave (140° C.) for 90 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was carefully partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, where enough saturated NaHCO3 solution was added to neutralize it. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×), and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 50% CH2Cl2/EtOAc) to afford imidazole 146d as an off-white solid (552.8 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO, δ=2.5 ppm; 400 MHz): 12.49/12.39/12.15/12.06 (br s, 1H), 8.62 (app br s, 0.2H), 8.56 (d, J=2, 0.8H), 8.02 (br d, J=8.5, 0.2H), 7.97 (br d, J=7.8, 0.8H), 7.77 (d, J=8.6, 0.8H), 7.72 (d, J=8.6, 0.2H), 7.61-7.49 (m, 1H), 4.93-4.72 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.33-1.77 (m, 4H), 1.39/1.14 (app br s, 3.7H+5.3H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.67 min; >95% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C17H21BrN4NaO2: 415.08; found 415.12
NaH (60%; 11.6 mg, 0.29 mmol) was added in one batch to a heterogeneous mixture of imidazole 146d (80 mg, 0.203 mmol) and DMF (1.5 mL), and stirred at ambient condition for 30 min. SEM-Cl (40 μL, 0.226 mmol) was added drop-wise over 2 min to the above reaction mixture, and stirring was continued for 14 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2, and the combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by a flash chromatography (silica gel; 20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 146e as a colorless viscous oil (87.5 mg). The exact regiochemistry of 146e was not determined 1H NMR (CDCl3, δ=7.4 ppm; 400 MHz): 8.53 (d, J=2.2, 1H), 7.90-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 5.87 (m, 0.46H), 5.41 (m, 0.54H), 5.16 (d, J=10.8, 1H), 5.03-4.85 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.42 (m, 4H), 2.54-1.84 (m, 4H), 1.38/1.19 (br s, 4.3H+4.7H), 0.97-0.81 (m, 2H), −0.03 (s, 9H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=2.1 min
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C23H36BrN4O3Si: 523.17; found 523.24
Pd(Ph3P)4 (24.4 mg, 0.021 mmol) was added to a mixture of imidazole 146e (280 mg, 0.535 mmol), 1c (241.5 mg, 0.55 mmol) and NaHCO3 (148.6 mg, 1.769 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4.8 mL) and water (1.6 mL). The reaction mixture was flushed with nitrogen, heated with an oil bath at 80° C. for ˜24 hr and then the volatile component was removed in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water, and the organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by a Biotage system (silica gel; 75-100% EtOAc/hexanes) followed by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA). The HPLC elute was neutralized with 2M NH3/MeOH and evaporated in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford 146f as a white foam (162 mg).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=2.1 min
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H58N7O5Si: 756.43; found 756.55
Carbamate 146f (208 mg, 0.275 mmol) was treated with 25% TFA/CH2Cl2 (4.0 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature for 10 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was first free-based by MCX (MeOH wash; 2.0 M NH3/MeOH elution) and then purified by a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA), and the resultant material was free-based again (MCX) to afford pyrrolidine 146g as a film of oil (53.7 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO, 6=2.5 ppm; 400 MHz): 1.88 (app br s, 2H), 8.83 (d, J=2.1, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J=8.3/2.3, 1HO, 7.87 (d, J=8.5, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 7.71 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.50 (br s, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.67 (m, 4H).
LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.95 min; >98% homogeneity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C25H28N7: 426.24; found 426.27
Example 146 (TFA salt) was synthesized from pyrrolidine 146g according to the preparation of Example 132 from intermediate 132e.
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.42 min; 96.5% homogenity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C45H50N9O2: 748.41; found 748.57
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C45H50N9O2: 748.4087; found 748.4100
The TFA salt of Example 147 was prepared similarly from intermediate 146g by using Cap-4.
LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.66 min; 95% homogenity index
LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C45H46N9O6: 808.36; found 808.55
A solution of bromine (1.3 mL, 25.0 mmol) in 15 mL glacial acetic acid was added drop-wise to a solution of 4-4′-diacetylbiphenyl (3.0 g, 12.5 mmol) in 40 mL acetic acid at 50° C. Upon completion of addition the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The precipitated product was filtered off and re-crystallized from chloroform to give 1,1′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(2-bromoethanone) (3.84 g, 77.5%) as a white solid.
1H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) δ ppm 8.09 (4H, d, J=7.93 Hz) 7.75 (4H, d, J=8.24 Hz) 4.47 (4H, s)
Nominal/LRMS—Anal. Calcd. for 369.07 found; (M+H)+−397.33, (M−H)−−395.14
Sodium diformylamide (3.66 g, 38.5 mmol) was added to a suspension of 1,1′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(2-bromoethanone) (6.1 g, 15.4 mmol) in 85 mL acetonitrile. The mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hours and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in 300 mL 5% HCl in ethanol and heated at reflux for 3.5 hours. Reaction was cooled to room temperature and placed in the freezer for 1 hour. Precipitated solid was collected, washed with 200 mL 1:1 ethanol/ether followed by 200mL pentane, and dried under vacuum to give 1,1′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(2-aminoethanone) dihydrochloride (4.85 g, 92%). Carried on without further purification.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.47-8.55 (4H, m) 8.11-8.17 (4H, m) 8.00 (4H, d, J=8.42 Hz) 4.59-4.67 (4H, m).
LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, tR=0.44 minutes, Anal. Calcd. for C16H16N2O2 268.31 found; 269.09 (M+H)+.
To a stirred solution of 1,1′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(2-aminoethanone) dihydrochloride (0.7 g, 2.1 mmol), N-(tert-butoxy carbonyl)-L-thioproline (0.96 g, 4.2 mmol), and HATU(1.68 g, 4.4 mmol) in 14 mL DMF was added diisopropylethyl amine (1.5 mL, 8.4 mmol) drop-wise over 5 minutes. The resulting clear yellow solution was stirred at room temperature overnight (14 hours) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between 20% methanol/chloroform and water. The aqueous phase was washed once with 20% methanol/chloroform. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed on silica gel by gradient elution with 10-50% ethyl acetate/CH2Cl2 to give (4S,4′S)-tert-butyl 4,4′-(2,2′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(2-oxoethane-2,1-diyl))bis(azanediyl)bis(oxomethylene)dithiazolidine-3-carboxylate (0.39 g, 27%) as an orange foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.38 (2 H, s) 8.12 (4 H, d, J=8.56 Hz) 7.94 (4H, d, J=8.56 Hz) 4.60-4.68 (4H, m) 4.33-4.38 (2H, m) 3.58-3.68 (2H, m) 3.38 (2H, s) 3.08-3.18 (2H, m) 1.40 (18H, s)
LCMS—Water-Sunfire C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, tR=3.69 min., Anal. Calcd. for C34H42N4O8S2 698.85 found; 699.12 (M+H)+.
(4S,4′S)-tert-butyl 4,4′-(5,5′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-5,2-diyl))dithiazolidine-3-carboxylate (0.39 g, 0.56 mmol) and ammonium acetate (0.43 g, 5.6 mmol) were suspended in 8 mL o-xylene in a microwave reaction vessel. The mixture was heated under standard microwave conditions at 140° C. for 70 minutes and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in 30 mL 20% methanol/chloroform and washed with 10% NaHCO3(aq). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed on silica gel by gradient elution with 1-6% methanol/CH2Cl2 to give (4S,4′S)-tert-butyl 4,4′-(5,5′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-5,2- diyl))dithiazolidine-3-carboxylate (0.15 g, 41%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 12.02 (2H, s) 7.70-7.88 (10H, m) 5.28-5.37 (2H, m) 4.68 (2H, d, J=9.16 Hz) 4.47-4.55 (2H, m) 3.46 (2H, s) 3.23 (2H, s) 1.26-1.43 (18H, m)
LCMS—Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, tR=1.96 min., Anal. Calcd. for C34H40N6O4S2 660.85 found; 661.30 (M+H)+, 659.34 (M−H)−
To a solution of (4S,4′S)-tert-butyl 4,4′-(5,5′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-5,2- diyl))dithiazolidine-3-carboxylate in lmL dioxane was added 0.3 mL of a 4.0M solution of HCl in dioxane. The reaction was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting tan solid was dried under vacuum to give 4,4′-bis(2-((S)-thiazolidin-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl tetrahydrochloride (0.12 g, 100%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 8.09 (2H, s) 8.01 (4H, d, J=8.55 Hz) 7.90 (4H, d, J=8.55 Hz) 5.08 (2H, t, J=6.10 Hz) 4.38 (2H, d, J=9.16 Hz) 4.23 (2H, d, J=9.46 Hz) 3.48-3.54 (2H, m,) 3.35-3.41 (2H, m)
LCMS—Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, tR=1.70 min., Anal. Calcd. for C24H24N6S2 460.62 found; 461.16 (M+H)+, 459.31 (M−H)−
To a stirred solution of (4,4′-bis(2-((S)-thiazolidin-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl tetrahydrochloride (0.028 g, 0.046 mmol), (R)-2-(dimethylamino)-2-phenylacetic acid (Cap-1, 0.017 g, 0.0.10 mmol), and HATU (0.039 g, 0.10 mmol) in 2 mL DMF was added diisopropylethyl amine (0.05 mL, 0.28 mmol).The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight (16 hours) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC to provide (2R,2′R)-1,1′-((4S,4′S)-4,4′-(5,5′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-5,2-diyl))bis(thiazolidine-4,3-diyl))bis(2-(dimethylamino)-2-phenylethanone), TFA salt (0.012 g, 21%)
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.59-7.91 (20H, m) 5.62 (2H, dd, J=6.56, 2.59 Hz) 4.99 (2H, d, J=8.85 Hz) 4.82/4.35 (2H, s) 4.22 (2H, s) 3.42 (2H, s) 3.25 (2H, s) 2.35-2.61 (12H, m)
LCMS—Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 7.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate mobile phase tR=3.128 min.
Nominal/LRMS—Calcd. for C44H46N8O2S2 783.03; found 783.28 (M+H)+
Accurate/HRMS—Calcd. for C44H47N8O2S2 783.3263; 783.3246 (M+H)+
Examples 149 and 150 were prepared in similar fashion as described for the preparation of example 148.
To a stirred solution of 1d, (2S,2′S)-tert-butyl 2,2′-(4,4′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-4,2-diyl))dipyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (100 mg, 0.16 mmole) and iodomethane (40 μL, 0.16 mmole) in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added sodium hydride (40%) (21.2 mg, 0.352 mmole). After five hours at ambient temperature, it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude reaction product 151a, (2S,2′S)-tert-butyl 2,2′-(4,4′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4,2-diyl))dipyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (˜90 mg) was moved onto next step without further purification (purity ˜85%) LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C38H48N6O4 652.83; Found: 653.51 (M+H)+. It should be recognized that multiple methylation isomers are possible in this reaction and no attempt to assign these was made.
151a, (2S,2′S)-tert-butyl 2,2′-(4,4′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4,2-diyl))dipyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (100 mg, 0.153 mmole) treated with 4 M HCl/dioxane (20 mL). After three hours at ambient temperature, it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude reaction product, 4,4′-bis(1-methyl-2-((S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl)biphenyl(˜110 mg, HCl salt) was moved onto the next step without further purification (purity ˜85%) LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C28H32N6 452.59; Found: 453.38 (M+H)+. Multiple imidazole isomers were present and carried forward.
HATU (58.9 mg, 0.150 mmol) was added to a mixture of 151b, 4,4′-bis(1-methyl-2-((S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl)biphenyl (45.0 mg, 0.075 mmol), (1-Pr)2EtN (78 μL, 0.451 mmol) and Cap-1, (R)-2-(dimethylamino)-2-phenylacetic acid (0.026 mg 0.150 mmol) in DMF (1.0 mL). The resultant mixture was stirred at ambient temperature until the coupling was complete as determined by LC/MS analysis. Purification was accomplished by reverse-phase preparative HPLC (Waters-Sunfire 30×100 mm S5, detection at 220 nm, flow rate 30 mL/min, 0 to 90% B over 14 min; A=90% water, 10% ACN, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% ACN, 0.1% TFA) to provide two isomer of 151, (2R,2′R)-1,1′-((2S,2′S)-2,2′-(4,4-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4,2-diyl))bis(pyrrolidine-2,1-diyl))bis(2-(dimethylamino)-2-phenylethanone), TFA salts.
(8 mg, 8.6%) as a colorless wax.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.84-2.25 (m, 8 H) 2.32-2.90 (m, 12H) 3.67-3.92 (m, 8H) 4.07 (s, 2H) 5.23 (s, 2H) 5.51 (s, 2H) 7.51-7.91 (m, 20H)
HPLC Xterra 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10 minutes, one minutes hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, RT=2.74 min, 98%.
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C48H54N8O2 775.02; Found: 775.50 (M+H)+.
(10.2 mg, 11%) as a colorless wax.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.83-2.26 (m, 8H) 2.30-2.92 (m, 12H) 3.68-3.94 (m, 8H) 4.06 (s, 2 H) 5.25 (d, J=2.14 Hz, 2H) 5.50 (s, 2H) 7.5-7.91 (m, 20H). HPLC Xterra 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10 minutes, one minutes hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.2% phosphoric acid, RT=2.75 min, 90%.
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for: C48H54N8O2 775.02; Found: 775.52 (M+H)+.
To a solution of 5-bromo-2-chloropyrimidine (12.5 g, 64.62 mmol) in dry DMF (175 mL) under N2 was added tributyl(1-ethoxyvinyl)tin (21.8 mL, 64.62 mmol) and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (II) (2.27 g, 3.23 mmol). The mixture was heated at 100° C. for 3 h before being allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 hr. The mixture was then diluted with ether (200 mL) and treated with aqueous KF soln (55 g of potassium fluoride in 33 mL of water). The two phase mixture was stirred vigorously for lh at room temperature before being filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®). The Titrate was washed with sat'd NaHCO3 soln and brine prior to drying (Na2SO4). The original aqueous phase was extracted with ether (2×) and the organic phase was treated as above. Repetition on 13.5 g of 5-bromo-2-chloropyrimidine and combined purification by Biotage™ flash chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution on a 65M column using 3% ethyl acetate in hexanes to 25% ethyl acetate in hexanes with 3.0 L) afforded the title compound as a white, crystalline solid (18.2 g, 73%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.97 (s, 2H), 5.08 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (d, J=3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 1.35 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H).
LCMS Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=2.53 min, 98.8% homogeneity index.
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C8H10ClN2O 185.05; found: 185.04 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C8H10ClN2O 185.0482; found: 185.0490 (M+H)+.
The same method was used for the preparation of Examples 152a-2 & 152a-3:
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220nm, 5 μL injection volume.
NBS (16.1 g, 90.7 mmol) was added in one portion to a stirred solution of 2-chloro-5-(1-ethoxyvinyl)pyrimidine (152a-1, 18.2 g, 98 6 mmol) in THF (267 mL) and H2O (88 mL) at 0° C. under N2. The mixture was stirred for lh at 0° C. before it was diluted with more H2O and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×). The combined extracts were washed with sat'd NaHCO3 soln and brine prior to drying (Na2SO4), filtration, and solvent evaporation. LCMS Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=1.52 min (unsymmetrical peak).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C6H14BrClN2O 235.92; found: 236.85 (M+H)+.
Half of the crude residue (2-bromo-1-(2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)ethanone, ˜14.5 g) was dissolved into anhydrous acetonitrile (150 mL) and treated directly with N-Boc-L-proline (9.76 g, 45.35 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (7.9 mL, 45.35 mmol). After being stirred for 3 h, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned into ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was washed with 0.1N hydrochloric acid, sat'd NaHCO3 soln and brine prior to drying (Na2SO4), filtration, and concentration. LCMS Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=2.66 min.
The same method was used to prepare Examples 152c through 152c-6.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
This residue ((S)-1-tert-butyl 2-(2-(2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)-2-oxoethyl)pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate) was taken up in xylenes (200 mL) and treated to NH4OAc (17.5 g, 0.23 mol). The mixture was heated at 140° C. for 2 hr in a thick-walled, screw-top flask before it was cooled to ambient temperature and suction-filtered. The filtrate was then concentrated, partitioned into ethyl acetate and sat'd NaHCO3 soln and washed with brine prior to drying (Na2SO4), filtration, and concentration The original precipitate was partitioned into aqueous NaHCO3 soln and ethyl acetate and sonicated for 2 min before being suction-filtered. The filtrate was washed with brine, dried over (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to dryness. Purification of the combined residues by Biotage™ flash chromatography on silica gel (65M column, preequilibration with 2% B for 900mL followed by gradient elution with 2% B to 2% B for 450 ml followed by 2% B to 40% B for 3000 mL where B=methanol and A=dichloromethane) afforded the title compound (7.0 g, 44% yield, 2 steps, pure fraction) as an yellowish orange foam. The mixed fractions were subjected to a second Biotage™ chromatography on silica gel (40M column, preequilibration with 1% B for 600 mL followed by gradient elution with 1% B to 1% B for 150 ml followed by 1% B to 10% B for 1500 mL where B=MeOH and A=CH2Cl2) afforded additional title compound (2.8 g, 18%) as a brownish-orange foam. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.24-12.16 (m, 1H), 9.05 (s, 2H), 7.84-7.73 (m, 1H), 4.90-4.73 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.31 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.03-1.77 (m, 3H), 1.39 and 1.15 (2s, 9H).
LCMS Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=1.92 min, 94.7% homogeneity index.
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C16H21ClN5O2 350.14; found: 350.23 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C16H21ClN5O2 350.1384; found: 350.1398 (M+H)+.
The same method was used to prepare Examples 152d-2 through 152d-6.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume. Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.23 g, 5.72 mmol) was added in one portion to a stirred solution of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (152d-1, 2.0 g, 5.72 mmol) in dry DMF (45 mL) at ambient temperature under N2. The mixture was stirred for 5 min. before SEM chloride (1.01 mL, 5.72 mmol) was added in approx. 0.1 mL increments. The mixture was stirred for 3 h before being quenched with sat'd NH4Cl soln and diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with sat'd NaHCO3 soln and brine, dried over (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. The original aqueous phase was extracted twice more and the combined residue was purified by Biotage™ flash chromatography (40M column, 50 mL/min, preequilibration with 5% B for 750 mL, followed by step gradient elution with 5% B to 5% B for 150 mL, 5% B to 75% B for 1500 mL, then 75% B to 100% B for 750 mL where solvent B is ethyl acetate and solvent A is hexanes). Concentration of the eluant furnished the title compound as a pale yellow foam (2.35 g, 85%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.04 (s, 2H), 7.98-7.95 (m, 1H), 5.70-5.31 (3m, 2H), 5.02-4.91 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.49 (m, 3H), 3.45-3.35 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.36 and 1.12 (2s, 9H), 0.93-0.82 (m, 2H), −0.02 (s, 9H).
LCMS Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 2 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=2.38 min, 95% homogeneity index.
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C22H35ClN5O3Si 480.22; found: 480.23 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C22H35ClN5O3Si 480.2198; found: 480.2194 (M+H)+.
The same method was used to prepare 152e-2 through 152e-4
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Cold (0° C.) 4 N HCl in dioxanes (5 mL) was added via syringe to (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (152d-1, 0.50 g, 1.43 mmol) in a 100 mL pear-shaped flask followed by MeOH (1.0 mL). The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 4 h before it was concentrated down to dryness and placed under high vacuum for 1 h. There was isolated intermediate (S)-2-chloro-5-(2-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)pyrimidine trihydrochloride as a pale yellow solid (with an orange tint) which was used without further purification.
HATU (0.60 g, 1.57 mmol) was added in one portion to a stirred solution of intermediate (S)-2-chloro-5-(2-(pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)pyrimidine trihydrochloride (0.46 g, 1.43 mmol, theoretical amount), 2-(pyridin-3-yl)acetic acid (0.25 g, 1.43 mmol) and DIEA (1.0 mL, 5.72 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) at ambient temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h before the DMF was removed in vacuo. The residue was taken up in CH2Cl2 and subjected to BiotageTM flash chromatography on silica gel (40M column, preequilibration with 0% B for 600 mL followed by step gradient elution with 0% B to 0% B for 150 mL followed by 0% B to 15% B for 1500 mL followed by 15% B to 25% B for 999 mL where B=MeOH and A=CH2Cl2). There was isolated the title compound (0.131 g, 25%, 2 steps) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.10-9.08 (2s, 2H), 8.72-8.55 (series of m, 2H), 8.21-8.20 and 8.11-8.10 (2m, 1H), 8.00 and 7.93 (2s, 1H), 7.84-7.77 (series of m, 1H), 5.43-5.41 and 5.17-5.15 (2m, 1H), 4.02-3.94 (3m, 2H), 3.90-3.58 (3m, 2H), 2.37-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.16-1.85 (2m, 3H).
LCRMS Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=0.92 min, 95.1% homogeneity index.
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C18H18ClN6O 369.12; found: 369.11 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C18H18ClN6O 369.1231; found: 369.1246 (M+H)+.
Example 152f-2 LCMS conditions: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Pd (Ph3)4 (0.12 g, 0.103 mmol) was added in one portion to a stirred suspension of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1c, 1.00 g, 2.27 mmol), (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)-1-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (152c-1, 0.99 g, 2.06 mmol) and NaHCO3 (0.87 g, 10.3 mmol) in a solution of DME (20 mL) and H2O (6 mL) at room temperature under N2. The vessel was sealed and the mixture was placed into a preheated (80° C.) oil bath and stirred at 80° C. for 16 h before additional catalyst (0.12 g) was added. After heating the mixture for an additional 12 h at 80° C., the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with sat'd NaHCO3 soln and brine prior to drying over anhydrous sodium sulfate and solvent concentration. Purification of the residue by Biotage™ flash chromatography on silica gel using a 40M column (preequilibrated with 40% B followed by step gradient elution with 40% B to 40% B for 150 mL, 40% B to 100% B for 1500 mL, 100% B to 100% B for 1000 mL where B=ethyl acetate and A=hexanes) furnished the title compound as a yellow foam (1.533 g, 98%). A small amount of the yellow foam was further purified for characterization purposes by pHPLC (Phenomenex GEMINI, 30×100 mm, S10, 10 to 100% B over 13 minutes, 3 minute hold time, 40 mL/min, A=95% water, 5% acetonitrile, 10 mM NH4OAc, B=10% water, 90% acetonitrile, 10 mM NH4OAc) to yield 95% pure title compound as a white solid.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.30-11.88 (3m, 1H), 9.17-9.16 (m, 2H), 8.43-8.31 (m, 2H), 7.99-7.35 (series of m, 4H), 5.72-5.30 (3m, 2H), 5.03-4.76 (2m, 2H), 3.64-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.48-3.31 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.46-1.08 (2m, 18H), 0.95-0.84 (m, 2H), −0.01 (s, 9H).
HPLC Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=2.91 min, 95% homogeneity index.
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C40H57N8O5Si 757.42; found: 757.42 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C40H57N8O5Si 757.4221; found: 757.4191 (M+H)+.
The same procedure was used to prepare Examples 152g-2 through 152g-17:
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
TFA (8 mL) was added in one portion to a stirred solution of (S)-2-[5-(2-{4-[2-((S)-1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-pyrimidin-5-yl)-1-(2-trimethylsilanyl-ethoxymethyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1.50 g, 1.98 mmol) in dry CH2Cl2 (30 mL) at room temperature. The flask was sealed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h before the solvent(s) were removed in vacuo. The residue was taken up in methanol, filtered through a PVDF syringe filter (13 mm×0.45 μm), distributed to 8 pHPLC vials and chromatographed by HPLC (gradient elution from 10% B to 100% B over 13 min on a Phenomenex C18 column, 30×100 mm, 10 μm, where A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA). After concentration of the selected test tubes by speed vacuum evaporation, the product was dissolved in methanol and neutralized by passing the solution through an UCT CHQAX 110M75 anion exchange cartridge. There was isolated the title compound as a yellow mustard-colored solid (306.7 mg, 36% yield) upon concentration of the eluant.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) μ 12.50-11.80 (br m, 2H), 9.18 (s, 2H), 8.36 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.89 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 4.34-4.24 (m, 2H), 3.09-2.89 (m, 4H), 2.18-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.72 (m, 4H).
LCMS Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=1.33 min, >95% homogeneity index.
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C24H27N8 427.24; found: 427.01 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C24H27N8 427.2359; found: 427.2363 (M+H)+.
The same conditions were used to prepare Examples 152h-2 through 152h-14.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B=over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
A solution of (S)-2-[5-(2-{4-[2-((S)-1-Benzyloxycarbonyl-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-phenyl}-pyrimidin-5-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl]-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (317.1 mg, 0.48 mmol) in MeOH (1 mL) was added to a stirred suspension of 10% palladium on carbon (60 mg) and K2CO3 (70 mg) in a solution of MeOH (5 mL) and H2O (0.1 mL) at room temperature under N2. The flask was charged and evacuated three times with H2 and stirred for 3 h at atmosphere pressure. Additional catalyst (20 mg) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred further for 3 h before it was suction-filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and concentrated. The residue was diluted with MeOH, filtered through a PVDF syringe filter (13 mm×0.45 μm), distributed into 4 pHPLC vials and chromatographed (gradient elution from 20% B to 100% B over 10 min on a Phenomenex-Gemini C18 column (30×100 mm, 10 μm) where A=95% water, 5% acetonitrile, 10 mM NH4OAc, B=10% water, 90% acetonitrile, 10 mM NH4OAc). After concentration of the selected test tubes by speed vacuum evaporation, there was isolated the title compound as a yellow solid (142.5 mg, 56% yield).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.35-12.09 (br m, 1H), 9.17 (s, 2H), 8.35 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.80-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 4.92-4.77 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.05 (2m, 4H), 3.02-2.80 (2m, 2H), 2.37-1.67 (series of m, 6H), 1.41 and 1.17 (2s, 9H).
LCMS Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=1.77 min, >95% homogeneity index.
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C29H35N8O2 527.29; found: 527.34 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C29H35N8O2 527.2883; found: 527.2874 (M+H)+.
The same procedure was used to prepare Examples 152i-2 through 152i-3.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Examples 152j were isolated as TFA or AcOH salts prepared using the procedure to convert Example 148e to 148.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Cold (0° C.) 4 N HCl in dioxanes (4 mL) was added via syringe to (S)-2-{5-[2-(4-{2-[(S)-1-((R)-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-phenyl-acetyl)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]-3H-imidazol-4-yl}-phenyl)-pyrimidin-5-yl]-1H-imidazol-2-yl}-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (104.6 mg, 0.146 mmol) in a 100 mL pear-shaped flask followed by MeOH (0.5 mL). The homogeneous mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min before a precipitate was observed. After stirring further for 1.75 h, the suspension was diluted with ether and hexanes. Suction-filtration of a small portion of the suspension yielded the title compound as a yellow solid which was used for characterization purposes. The balance of the suspension was concentrated down to dryness and placed under high vacuum for 16 h. There was isolated the rest of the title compound also as a yellow solid (137.7 mg, 123%) which was used without further purification.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 15.20 and 14.66 (2m, 1H), 10.29 (br s, 0.7H), 9.38-9.36 (m, 2H), 8.55-8.00 (series of m, 4H), 7.42-7.28 (2m, 3H), 5.53-4.00 (series of m, 7H), 3.99-3.13 (series of m, 4H), 3.57 and 3.52 (2s, 3H), 2.50-1.84 (series of m, 8H).
LCMS Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=1.79 min, >95% homogeneity index.
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C34H36N9O3 618.29; found: 618.42 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C34H36N9O3 618.2921; found: 618.2958 (M+H)+.
The same procedure was used to prepare Examples 152k-2 through 152k-3.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Examples 152l-1 to 152l-
Examples 152l-1 through 152l-3 were isolated as TFA or AcOH salts prepared using the same procedure to convert Example 148e to 148.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
To a stirred solution of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)-1-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1.0 g, 2.08 mmol) and dichlorobis(benzonitrile) palladium (40 mg, 0.104 mmol) in dry DMF (10 mL) at room temperature under argon was added neat tetrakis(dimethylamino)ethylene (1.0 mL, 4.16 mmol). The mixture was heated to 60° C. for 15 h before it was diluted with ethyl acetate and suction-filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®). The filtrate was washed with sat'd NaHCO3 soln and brine prior to drying over Na2SO4 and solvent evaporation. Purification of the residue by Biotage™ flash chromatography on silica gel (step gradient elution with 15% B to 15% B for 150 mL, 15% B to 75% B for 1500 mL, 75% B to 100% B for 1000 mL, 100% B to 100% B for 1000 mL where B=ethyl acetate and A=hexane followed by a second gradient elution with 10% B to 100% B for 700 mL where B=methanol and A=ethyl acetate) furnished the title compound as a caramel-colored, viscous oil (487.8 mg, 26% yield).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.27 (s, 4H), 8.09-8.06 (m, 2H), 5.73-5.66 and 5.50-5.44 (2m, 2H), 5.06-4.93 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.39 (2m, 8H), 2.32-2.08 (3m, 4H), 2.00-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.37 and 1.14 (2s, 18H), 0.95-0.84 (m, 4H), −0.01 (s, 18H).
LCMS Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=3.37 min, >95% homogeneity index.
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C44H69N10O6Si2 889.49; found: 889.57 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C44H69N10O6Si2 889.4940; found: 889.4920 (M+H)+.
The same procedure was used to prepare Examples 153a-2 through 153a-4.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
The hydrolysis reactions was performed as above for Example 152h.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Examples 153c-1 through 153c-7 were isolated as TFA or AcOH salts using the procedure used to convert Example 148e to 148.
LC conditions: Condition 1: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Condition 2: Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 2 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, 220 nm, 5 μL injection volume.
Section LS LC Conditions:
Condition 1: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex-Luna 3.0×50 mm S10; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 4 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 2: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex 10u C18 3.0×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 4 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 3: Solvent A: 5% acetonitrile/95% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Solvent B: 95% acetonitrile/5% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Column: Phenomenex 10u C18 4.6×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 4 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 4: Solvent A: 5% acetonitrile/95% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Solvent B: 95% acetonitrile/5% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Column: Luna 4.6×50 mm S10; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 3 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 5: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex 10u C18 3.0×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 3 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 6: Solvent A: 5% acetonitrile/95% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Solvent B: 95% acetonitrile/5% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Column: Phenomenex-Luna 3.0×50 mm S10; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 8 min with a 2 min hold time
Condition 7: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex-Luna 3.0×50 mm S10; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 3 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 8: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.2% H3PO4; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.2% H3PO4; Column. YMC ODS-A 4.6×50 mm S5; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 4 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 9: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.2% H3PO4; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.2% H3PO4; Column. YMC ODS-A 4.6×50 mm S5; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 2.5 mL/min; 0% B to 50% B over 8 min with a 3 min hold time
Condition 10: Xbridge C18, 150×4.6 mm I.D. S-3.5 um; Mobile Phase A: 95% Water-5% Acetonitrile with 10 mM ammonium acetate (pH=5); Mobile phase B: 95% Acetonitrile-5% Water with 10 mM ammonium acetate (pH=5); Isocratic 30% B for 20 min; Flow rate: 1 mL/min; UV detection: 220 nm
Condition 11: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex 10u C18 3.0×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; 30% B to 100% B over 4 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 12: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex 10u C18 3.0×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 mL/min; 20% B to 100% B over 4 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 13: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.2% H3PO4; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.2% H3PO4; Column: YMC ODS-A 4.6×50 mm S5; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 2.5 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 8 min with a 3 min hold time
Section LS Preparative HPLC Conditions:
Condition 1: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex-Luna 30×100 mm S10; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 30 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 10 min with a 2 min hold time
Condition 2: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Xterra Prep MS C18 30×50 mm 5u; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 30 mL/min; 0% B to 100% B over 8 min with a 3 min hold time
Condition 3: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Xterra Prep MS C18 30×50 mm 5u; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 25 mL/min; 10% B to 100% B over 8 min with a 2 min hold time
Condition 4: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Xterra 19×100 mm S5; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 20 mL/min; 30% B to 100% B over 5 min with a 3 min hold time
Condition 5: Solvent A: 10% methanol/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% methanol/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex-Luna 30×100 mm S10; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 30 mL/min; 10% B to 100% B over 8 min with a 2 min hold time
Condition 6: Solvent A: 10% Acetonitrile/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% Acetonitrile/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex-Luna 21×100 mm S10; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 25 mL/min; 0% B to 60% B over 10 min with a 5 min hold time
Experimentals:
Step a: To 1 d (1.4 g; 2.24 mmol) was added 30 mL 4N HCl in dioxane. After 3 h, 60 mL ether was added and the precipitate was filtered and dried under high vacuum providing 1.02 g (80%) intermediate LS1 as a pale yellow powder. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 500 MHz): δ 10.41 (s, 2H), 9.98 (s, 2H), 8.22 (s, 2H), 8.06 (d, J=8.54 Hz, 4H), 7.92 (d, J=8.55 Hz, 4H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 3.43-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.43 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.59 (m, 4H), 2.16-2.28 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.09 (m, 2H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.28 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C26H28N6: 425.24; found 425.56.
Step b: To intermediate LS1 (200 mg; 0.35 mmol) in 2 mL DMF was added DIPEA (0.30 mL; 1.75 mmol), (S)-2-cyclohexyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid (61 mg; 0.39 mmol), followed by HATU (147 mg; 0.38 mmol). After stirring at ambient temperature for 18 h, the reaction mixture was split into two portions and purified via preparative HPLC (Cond'n 1). Fractions containing desired product were pooled and passed through an MCX cartridge (Oasis; 6 g; preconditioned with two column lengths of methanol). The cartridge was washed with two column lengths of methanol and product was eluted with ammonia/methanol. Concentration provided 65 mg of LS2 (26%) as a colorless powder. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.87-1.30 (m, 12H) 1.38-1.53 (m, J=24.72, 11.90 Hz, 4H) 1.54-1.75 (m, 8H) 1.95-2.21 (m, 6H) 3.72-3.86 (m, 6H) 5.13 (t, J=6.56 Hz, 2H) 7.87 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 4H) 7.96 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 4H) 8.13 (s, 2H) (imidazole NH and hydroxyl protons unaccounted for). LC (Cond'n 2): RT=3.07 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C42H52N6O4: 705.9; found 705.6.
The following analogs were prepared in similar fashion to the preparation of LS2 from intermediate LS1 employing the appropriate carboxylic acid:
1H NMR (500 MHz, CH3OD) δ ppm 0.81-1.10 (m, 12H) 1.90- 2.15 (m, 4H) 2.15-2.51 (m, 8H) 3.82-3.96 (m, 2H) 3.97- 4.05 (m, 2H) 4.05-4.19 (m, 4H) 4.25 (d, J = 7.02 Hz, 2H) 4.62 (s, 2H) 5.00-5.17 (m, 4H) 5.20 (t, J = 5.65 Hz, 2H) 5.79- 5.93 (m, 2H) 7.20-7.47 (m, 2H) 7.59-7.90 (m, 8H)
Step a: To intermediate LS1 (64 mg; 0.11 mmol) in 1 mL DMF was added (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino)propanoic acid (48 mg; 0.24 mmol), Hunig's base (0.12 mL; 0.67 mmol) and HATU (90 mg; 0.24 mmol). After 3 h, the reaction was purified via preparative HPLC (Cond'n 2). Fractions containing intermediate LS5 were pooled and concentrated providing intermediate LS5 as a colorless powder (43 mg; 48%) after drying under high vacuum. LC (Cond'n 4): RT=2.12 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C44H58N8O6: 795.4; found 795.5.
Step b: Intermediate LS5 was allowed to stir in 2 mL HCl/Dioxane (4N) for 18 h at which time 10 mL ether was added and the resultant precipitate was filtered and dried under high vacuum providing LS6 (45 mg; 155%) as a colorless solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.00-2.11 (m, 2H) 2.12-2.27 (m, 4H) 2.38-2.47 (m, 2H) 2.39-2.48 (m, 2H) 2.58 (t, J=5.19 Hz, 2H) 3.78-3.85 (m, 2H) 3.91-4.02 (m, 2H) 4.21-4.32 (m, 2H) 5.26 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 2H) 7.93 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 4H) 8.02 (d, J=7.94 Hz, 4H) 8.12-8.21 (m, 2H) 8.69-8.81 (m, 2H) 9.09-9.17 (m, 2H); N-Me protons obscured by DMSO peak with 2 other protons unaccounted for. LC (Cond'n 5): RT=1.71 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C34H42N8O2: 595.3; found 595.6.
Step a: To intermediate LS1 (65 mg; 0.11 mmol) in 1 mL DMF was added HATU (91 mg; 0.24 mmol), (S)-2-oxo-1,3-oxazinane-4-carboxylic acid (intermediate LS10; 35 mg; 0.24 mmol), followed by DIPEA (0.12 mL; 0.68 mmol After 3 h, the reaction mixture was twice purified via preparative HPLC (Cond'n 3). Appropriate fractions were pooled and concentrated under high vacuum providing 8 mg (10%) bis TFA LS11 as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CH3OD) δ ppm 1H NMR (500 MHz, CH3OD) δ ppm 1.99-2.43 (m, 10H) 2.48-2.66 (m, 1.98 Hz, 2H) 3.82-3.95 (m, 4H), 4.17-4.40 (m, 4H) 4.57 (t, J=5.80 Hz, 2H) 5.23-5.41 (m, 2H) 7.73-7.97 (m, 10H); imidazole and carbamate NH protons are unaccounted for. LC (Cond'n 6): RT=2.28 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C34H42N8O2: 679.3; found 679.4.
Step b: Performed as in Baldwin et al, Tetrahedron 1988, 44, 637
Step c: Performed as in Sakaitani and Ohfune, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1990, 112, 1150 for the conversion of compound 1 to 5. Purification via Biotage (40M cartridge; 1:1 ether/ethyl acetate) then preparative HPLC (Cond'n 4) provided 77 mg (8%) intermediate LS9 as a viscous oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 2.02-2.21 (m, 1H) 2.23-2.41 (m, 1H) 4.11-4.38 (m, 3H) 5.11-5.31 (m, 2H) 6.15 (s, 1H) 7.27-7.46 (m, 5H). LC (Cond'n 7): RT=1.24 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C34H42N8O2: 236.1; found 236.4.
Step d: Intermediate LS9 was hydrogenated under 1 atm H2 in 3 mL methanol with 10 mg Pd/C (10%) for 18 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and concentrated to provide intermediate LS10 (40 mg; 83%) as a colorless powder. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CH3OD) δ ppm 2.08-2.18 (m, 1H) 2.26-2.38 (m, 1H) 4.19 (t, J=5.95 Hz, 1H) 4.25-4.40 (m, 2H).
Step a: To 28 (1.5 g; 2.86 mmol) in 25 mL DMF was added sequentially Cap-2 (697 mg; 2.86 mmol), HATU (1.2 g; 3.14 mmol), and Hunig's base (1.5 mL; 8.57 mmol). After 3 h, the solution was concentrated to 10 mL and partitioned between chloroform and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to an amber oil which was subjected to silica gel chromatography (Biotage; loaded on 40 samplet with dichloromethane; eluted on 40M cartridge with 0 to 12% dichloromethane/methanol over 1200 mL). Fractions containing intermediate LS12 were pooled and concentrated to provide material which contained residual DMF. This material was redissolved in dichloromethane and washed with water (3×50 mL) and then brine. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to 761 mg powder which was repurified via silica gel chromatography (Biotage; loaded on 40 samplet with dichloromethane; eluted on 40M cartridge with 0 to 80% 4:1 chloroform:methanol/ethyl acetate over 1500 mL) to provide intermediate LS12 (501 mg; 25%) as a colorless powder. LC (Cond'n 8): RT=1.24 min.
Step b: To intermediate LS12 (490 mg; 0.69 mmol) was added 6 mL HCl/Dioxane followed by 25 mL dichloromethane. After 24 h, 75 mL ether was added, the reaction mixture was filtered and the precipitate was dried under vacuum providing intermediate LS13 4HCl (434 mg; quant) as a tan solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CH3OD) δ ppm 1.16-1.29 (m, 3H) 1.37 (t, J=6.95 Hz, 3H) 1.89-2.06 (m, 6.95 Hz, 1H) 2.12-2.51 (m, 5H) 2.52-2.85 (m, 4H) 3.02-3.24 (m, 2H) 3.42-3.55 (m, 7.32 Hz, 1H) 3.58-3.71 (m, 2H) 4.26-4.41 (m, 1H) 5.18-5.37 (m, 2H) 5.65 (s, 1H) 7.57-7.66 (m, 3H) 7.67-7.75 (m, 1H) 7.86-8.04 (m, 10H) 8.14 (s, 1H). LC (Cond'n 8): RT=1.92 min.
Step c: To intermediate LS13 4HCl (75 mg; 0.099 mmol) in 0.7 mL DMF was added sequentially intermediate LS16 (26 mg; 0.118 mmol), HATU (45 mg; 0.118 mmol), and Hunig's base (0.10 mL; 0.591 mmol). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) the pad washed with 0.3 mL methanol and the resultant filtrate was purified via preparative HPLC (Cond'n 5) in two separate injections. The fractions containing desired product were passed through an MCX cartridge (Oasis; 1 g; preconditioned with two column lengths of methanol). The cartridge was washed with two column lengths of methanol and product was eluted with ammonia/methanol. Concentration provided 36 mg of LS14 as a colorless powder which was assayed to be of 82% diastereomeric purity (most likely epimeric at the stereogenic carbon in intermediate 16). Resubjected to preparative HPLC purification (2×) providing LS14 (13 mg; 16%) as a colorless solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CH3OD) δ ppm 0.99 (q, J=6.92 Hz, 6H) 1.25-1.72 (m, 5H) 1.80-2.42 (m, 10H) 2.47-2.61 (m, 3H) 2.66-2.78 (m, 2H) 3.35-3.43 (m, 2H) 3.65-3.71 (m, 3H) 3.89-4.01 (m, 4H) 4.01-4.10 (m, 1H) 4.32 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 1H) 5.11-5.22 (m, 1H) 6.95-7.17 (m, 3H) 7.30-7.44 (m, 3H) 7.53 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 1H) 7.62-7.89 (m, 8H). LC (Cond'n 9): RT=5.31 min.
Step d: Intermediate LS16 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure describing the synthesis of Cap-51 substituting (S)-2-amino-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)acetic acid (available from Astatech) for L-Valine. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.15-1.63 (m, 5H) 1.75-2.03 (m, 1H) 3.54 (s, 3H) 3.76-3.98 (m, 4H) 7.45 (d, J=8.42 Hz, 1H); one proton obscured by water peak.
Step a & b: Intermediate LS18 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure describing the synthesis of intermediate LS13 substituting Cap-51 for Cap-2.
Step c: To intermediate LS18 (100 mg; 0.14 mmol) in 1.4 mL DMF was added sequentially N-Boc Sarcosine (30 mg; 0.16 mmol), Hunig's base (0.13 mL; 0.72 mmol) and HATU (60 mg; 0.16 mmol). After 2 h the reaction mixture was partitioned into dichloromethane, washed with NaHCO3 (aq), brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to crude intermediate LS19 which was used directly in the next step. LC (Cond'n 5): RT=2.42 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H52N8O6: 753.4; found 753.9.
Step d: Crude intermediate LS19 was dissolved in 0.5 mL methanol and 5 mL 4N HCl/Dioxane. After stirring for 1 h, the reaction was concentrated and purified via preparative HPLC (Cond'n 6) and the fractions containing desired product were passed through an MCX cartridge (Oasis; 1 g; preconditioned with two column lengths of methanol). The cartridge was washed with two column lengths of methanol and product was eluted with ammonia/methanol. Concentration provided LS20 (32 mg; 34%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.74-0.98 (m, 6H) 1.79-2.24 (m, 9H) 2.29-2.38 (m, 2H) 3.19-3.51 (m, 8H) 3.50-3.56 (m, 3H) 3.59-3.71 (m, 1H) 3.81 (s, 1H) 3.97-4.17 (m, 1H) 5.01-5.16 (m, 2H) 7.30 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H) 7.51 (s, 1H) 7.59-7.74 (m, 4H) 7.79 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 4H) 11.78 (s, 1H). LC (Cond'n 5): RT=2.00 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C36H44N8O4: 653.4; found 653.7.
The following analogs were prepared in similar fashion to the preparation of LS20 from LS18 substituting the appropriate carboxylic acid for N-Boc Sarcosine :
Step a: Compound LS26 was prepared in a similar fashion to the preparation of intermediate LS19 employing 2-(diisopropylamino)acetic acid as the carboxylic acid coupling partner. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.74-1.04 (m, 18H) 1.74-2.21 (m, 13H) 2.86-3.09 (m, 3H) 3.54 (s, 3H) 3.71-3.89 (m, 3H) 4.06 (t, J=8.55 Hz, 1H) 4.98-5.13 (m, 2H) 5.56 (d, J=8.55 Hz, 1H) 7.21-7.34 (m, 1H) 7.42-7.54 (m, 1H) 7.61-7.87 (m, 8H). LC (Cond'n 5): RT=1.98 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H54N8O4: 723.4; found 723.4.
Step a: Compound LS27 was prepared in a similar fashion to the preparation of intermediate LS19 employing 2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-2-(oxetan-3-yl)acetic acid (intermediate LS29) as the carboxylic acid coupling partner. The two diastereomers of LS27 were separated via preparative HPLC (Xbridge C18, 100×19 mm I.D. 5-5 μm; Mobile Phase A: 95% Water-5% Acetonitrile with 10 mM ammonium acetate (pH=5); Mobile phase B: 95% Acetonitrile-5% Water with 10 mM ammonium acetate (pH=5); Isocratic 30% B for 7 min; Flow rate: 25 mL/min; UV detection: 220 nm; Sample amount: ˜5 mg/each injection, 300 μl sample solution in methanol (˜17 mg/mL)). Diastereomer 1: 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.80-0.96 (m, 6H) 1.91-2.06 (m, 6H) 2.09-2.21 (m, 3H) 3.54 (s, 3H) 3.59 (s, 3H) 3.77-3.83 (m, 2H) 3.87 (t, J=7.63 Hz, 1H) 4.06 (t, J=8.24 Hz, 1H) 4.31 (t, J=6.41 Hz, 1H) 4.43 (t, J=6.10 Hz, 1H) 4.49 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 1H) 4.51-4.57 (m, 1H) 4.80 (t, J=8.55 Hz, 1H) 5.00-5.05 (m, 1H) 5.06-5.11 (m, 1H) 7.30 (d, J=8.55 Hz, 1H) 7.50 (s, 1H) 7.58-7.89 (m, 8H) 11.77 (s, 2H). LC (Cond'n 10): RT=7.14 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H48N8O7: 753.4; found 753.9. Diastereomer 2: 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.79-0.98 (m, 6H) 1.91-2.06 (m, 4H) 2.07-2.23 (m, 4H) 3.51-3.69 (m, 8H) 3.74-3.90 (m, 2H) 4.06 (t, J=7.48 Hz, 1H) 4.20-4.33 (m, 1H) 4.36-4.49 (m, 2H) 4.55 (s, 2H) 4.71 (s, 1H) 4.97-5.05 (m, 1H) 5.08 (s, 1H) 5.53 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 1H) 7.51 (s, 1H) 7.58-7.91 (m, 8H) 11.53 (s, 1H) 11.78 (s, 1H). LC (Cond'n 10): RT=8.79 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H48N8O7: 753.4; found 753.9.
Step b: A solution of methyl 2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-2-(oxetan-3-ylidene)acetate (intermediate LS28; Source: Moldes et al, Il Farmaco, 2001, 56, 609 and Wuitschik et al, Ang. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl, 2006, 45, 7736; 200 mg, 0.721 mmol) in ethyl acetate (7 mL) and CH2Cl2 (4.00 mL) was degassed by bubbling nitrogen for 10 min. Dimethyl dicarbonate (0.116 mL, 1.082 mmol) and Pd/C (20 mg, 0.019 mmol) were then added, the reaction mixture was fitted with a hydrogen balloon and allowed to stir at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and concentrated. The residue was purified via Biotage (load with dichloromethane on 25 samplet; elute on 25S column with dichloromethane for 3CV then 0 to 5% methanol/dichloromethane over 250 mL then hold at 5% methanol/dichloromethane for 250 mL; 9 mL fractions). Fractions containing the desired product were concentrated to provide 167 mg methyl 2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-2-(oxetan-3-yl)acetate as a colorless oil which solidified on standing. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-D) δ ppm 3.29-3.40 (m, 1H) 3.70 (s, 3H) 3.74 (s, 3H) 4.55 (t, J=6.41 Hz, 1H) 4.58-4.68 (m, 2H) 4.67-4.78 (m, 2H) 5.31 (br s, 1H). MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C8H13NO5: 204.1; found 204.0. To methyl 2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-2-(oxetan-3-yl)acetate (50 mg, 0.246 mmol) in THF (2 mL) and Water (0.5 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (10.33 mg, 0.246 mmol). The resultant solution was allowed to stir overnite at ambient temperature then concentrated to dryness to provide intermediate LS29 as a colorless powder. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CH3OD) δ ppm 3.38-3.50 (m, 1H) 3.67 (s, 3H) 4.28 (d, J=7.63 Hz, 1H) 4.57-4.79 (m, 4H).
Step a: To (S)-1-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (intermediate LS30; 1.5 g; 4.3 mmol) in 50 mL DMF was added sequentially 2-amino-1-(4-bromophenyl)ethanone hydrochloride (1.2 g; 4.7 mmol), HOAT (290 mg; 2.1 mmol), Hunig's base (0.7 mL; 4.3 mmol) and EDCI (1.2 g; 6.4 mmol). After 1 h, the reaction mixture was poured into 150 mL water and allowed to stir for 15 min before filtering the resultant precipitate which was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over magnesium sulfate. The dichloromethane mixture was filtered and applied to a Biotage 40 samplet. Chromatography on a 40M column (25 to 60% ethyl acetate/hexane over 1200 mL) provided (S)-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl 2-(2-(4-bromophenyl)-2-oxoethylcarbamoyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (intermediate LS31; 2.4 g; quant) as a yellow foam. LC (Cond'n 11): RT=3.75 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C29H27BrN2O4: 547.1; found 547.0.
Step b: A mixture of ammonium acetate (844 mg; 10.97 mmol) and (S)-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl 2-(2-(4-bromophenyl)-2-oxoethylcarbamoyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (intermediate LS31; 1.00 g; 1.83 mmol) was heated to 140° C. in 25 mL xylene for 2.5 h at which time the reaction mixture was concentrated and loaded with dichloromethane onto a Biotage 40 samplet. Purification via Biotage (5 to 60% ethyl acetate/hexane over 1000 mL with 400 mL hold time) provided (S)-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl 2-(5-(4-bromophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (intermediate LS32; 469 mg; 49%) as an amber liquid. LC (Cond'n 12): RT=3.09 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C29H26BrN3O2: 528.1; found 528.5.
Step c: To (S)-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl 2-(5-(4-bromophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (intermediate LS32; 329 mg; 0.62 mmol) in 3 mL DMF was added 1.5 mL piperidine. The reaction mixture was concentrated via a nitrogen stream overnite. The resultant residue was washed with hexane and passed through an MCX cartridge (Oasis; 6 g; preconditioned with two column lengths of methanol). The cartridge was washed with two column lengths of methanol and product was eluted with ammonia/methanol. Concentration provided 193 mg of (S)-5-(4-bromophenyl)-2-(2-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole which was dissolved in 6 mL dichloromethane and combined with di-t-butyldicarbonate (413 mg; 1.89 mmol), DMAP (15 mg; 0.13 mmol) and TEA (0.17 mL; 1.30 mmol). After 48 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified via chromatography on a Biotage system providing (S)-tert-butyl 5-(4-bromophenyl)-2-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-1-carboxylate (intermediate LS33; 150 mg; 48%) as an off white solid. LC (Cond'n 5): RT=3.75 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C24H32BrN3O4: 506.2; found 506.4
Step d: (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (intermediate LS34) was prepared in a similar fashion to the preparation of 1d employing intermediate LS33 in place of 1b. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6; 100° C.) δ ppm 1.18-1.29 (m, 9H) 1.29-1.40 (m, 9H) 1.75-1.82 (m, 3H) 1.81-2.39 (m, 8H) 3.35-3.75 (m, 4H) 4.81-4.92 (m, 1H) 7.36-7.45 (m, 1H) 7.57-7.74 (m, 5H) 7.76-7.89 (m, 4H) 11.29-11.63 (m, 2H). LC (Cond'n 5): RT=2.49 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C37H46N6O4: 639.4; found 639.9.
Step e: 2-((S)-2-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)-5-(4′-(2-((S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazole (intermediate LS35) was prepared in a similar fashion to the preparation of 1e employing intermediate LS34 in place of 1d. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.76-1.83 (m, 3H) 1.92-2.23 (m, 6H) 3.31-3.49 (m, 4H) 4.88-4.97 (m, 1H) 7.76-7.88 (m, 5H) 7.90-8.04 (m, 5H) 9.72-9.82 (m, 1H) 10.04-10.16 (m, 1H); imidazole and pyrrolidine NH protons unaccounted for. LC (Cond'n 5): RT=1.79 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C27H30N6: 439.2; found 439.5.
Step f: Compound LS36 was prepared in a similar fashion to the preparation of example 1 employing intermediate LS35 in place of 1e and Cap-51 in place of Cap-1. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.72-0.97 (m, 12H) 1.77 (s, 3H) 1.86-2.08 (m, 8H) 2.09-2.19 (m, 2H) 2.25-2.39 (m, 2H) 3.49-3.59 (m, 6H) 3.81 (d, J=6.71 Hz, 4H) 4.06 (q, J=7.83 Hz, 2H) 5.08 (dd, J=7.02, 3.05 Hz, 1H) 7.12 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1H) 7.27-7.34 (m, 1H) 7.46-7.55 (m, 1H) 7.59-7.73 (m, 4H) 7.75-7.86 (m, 3H) 11.66 (s, 1H) 11.77 (s, 1H). LC (Cond'n 5): RT=2.25 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H52N8O6: 753.4; found 754.0.
Compound LS37 was prepared in a similar fashion to the preparation of LS36 from intermediate LS30 using Cap-86 in place of Cap-51. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.99-1.17 (m, 6H) 1.76 (s, 3H) 1.87-2.09 (m, 4H) 2.10-2.23 (m, 2H) 2.34-2.38 (m, 2H) 2.56-2.60 (m, 1H) 2.63 (d, J=1.83 Hz, 1H) 3.17 (s, 3H) 3.19 (s, 3H) 3.37-3.51 (m, 2H) 3.54 (s, 6H) 3.75-3.96 (m, 4H) 4.13-4.36 (m, 2H) 5.07 (dd, J=7.48, 3.20 Hz, 1H) 7.20 (d, J=8.54 Hz, 1H) 7.24-7.34 (m, 1H) 7.50 (dd, J=7.17, 1.98 Hz, 1H) 7.59-7.73 (m, 4H) 7.76-7.86 (m, 3H) 11.65 (s, 1H) 11.77 (s, 1H). LC (Cond'n 13): RT=4.30 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H52N8O8: 785.4; found 785.4.
Section F LC Conditions for determining retention time
Condition 1
Column: Phenomenex-Luna 4.6×50 mm S10
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=4 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=10% methanol-90% H2O-0.1% TFA
Solvent B=90% methanol-10% H2O-0.1% TFA
Condition 2
Column: Waters-Sunfire 4.6×50 mm S5
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=2 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=10% methanol-90% H2O-0.1% TFA
Solvent B=90% methanol-10% H2O-0.1% TFA
Condition 3
Column: Phenomenex 10u 3.0×50 mm
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=2 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=10% methanol-90% H2O-0.1% TFA
Solvent B=90% methanol-10% H2O-0.1% TFA
Condition 4
Column: Phenomenex-Luna 3.0×50 mm S10
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=3 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=10% methanol-90% H2O-0.1% TFA
Solvent B=90% methanol-10% H2O-0.1% TFA
Condition 5
Column: Phenomenex-Luna 4.6×50 mm S10
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=3 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=10% methanol-90% H2O-0.1% TFA
Solvent B=90% methanol-10% H2O-0.1% TFA
Condition 6
Column: Xbridge C18 4.6×50 mm S5
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=3 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=H2O:ACN 95%:5% 10 mm Ammonium Acetate
Solvent B=H2O:ACN 5%:95% 10 mm Ammonium Acetate
Condition 7
Column: Phenomenex C18 10u 4.6×30 mm
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=3 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=10% methanol-90% H2O-0.1% TFA
Solvent B=90% methanol-10% H2O-0.1% TFA
Condition 8
Column: Phenomenex LunaC18 10u 4.6×30 mm
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=2 min
Flow Rate=5 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=10% methanol-90% H2O-0.1% TFA
Solvent B=90% methanol-10% H2O-0.1% TFA
Condition 9
Column: Phenomenex C18 10u 4.6×30 mm
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=10 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=H2O:ACN 95%:5% 10 mm Ammonium Acetate
Solvent B=H2O:ACN 5%:95% 10 mm Ammonium Acetate
Condition 10
Column: Phenomenex 10u 3.0×50 mm
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=3 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=10% methanol-90% H2O-0.1% TFA
Solvent B=90% methanol-10% H2O-0.1% TFA
Condition 11
Column: Xterra 4.6×30 mm S5
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient Time=2 min
Flow Rate=5 mL/Min
Wavelength=220
Solvent A=H2O:ACN 95%:5% 10 mm Ammonium Acetate
Solvent B=H2O:ACN 5%:95% 10 mm Ammonium Acetate
Compound F1 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to synthesize 1a with following modification: (2S,5R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-5-phenylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid was used in place of N-Boc-L-proline.
Compound F2 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize 1b.
Compound F3 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize 1d.
Compound F4 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize 1e.
Compound F5, F6 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize example 1 from Compound F4.
Compound F7, F8 was prepared in analogous fashsion to the procedure used to sythesize F5 with following modification: (2S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)octahydro-1H-indole-2-carboxylic acid was used in place of (2S,5R)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-5-phenylpyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid.
Compound F9, F10, and F11 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize Cap-3 first half procedure using acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, and butyraldehyde respectively.
(Boc)2O (2.295 g, 10.20 mmol) was added to a mixture of compound F9 (1.0 g, 4.636 mmol), hunig's base (1.78 mL, 10.20 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (12 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred over night. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified by a reverse phase HPLC system (H2O/methanol/TFA) to provide compound F12 as a clear wax (0.993 g). LC (Cond.3): RT=1.663 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C15H21NO4: 279.33; found [M+Na]+ 302.30
Compound F13 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesized example 1 from Compound 1e and F12.
Compound F14 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesized 132e.
Compound F15, F16, and F17 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize F14.
Compound F18 and F23 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize examplel with following modification: N-Boc-L-alanine and N-Boc-L-valine was used in place of N-Boc-L-proline respectively.
Compound F22 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize example lfrom Compound F19.
Compound F19, F24 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize 132e.
To a solution of F24 (0.06 g, 0.074 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added Hunig's base (0.105 mL, 0.593 mmol) and ethyl carbonochloridate (0.016 mL, 0.163 mmol) then stirred it at room temperature. Two hours later, checked it by LCMS. There were three major peaks which indicated desired compound, tri-coupled, and tetra-coupled compound. Stopped reaction and concentrated it by reduced pressure to get light brown oil which was treated with 10 mL of 2 M NH3 in methanol for 20 minutes then concentrated it again to a yellow solid which was purified by preparative LC to provide compound F25 as a white TFA salt (57.6 mg). LC (Cond.6): RT=1.932 min, LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C42H54N8O6: 766.42; found 767.55.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.69-0.94 (m, 12H) 1.16 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 6H) 1.90-2.26 (m, 8H) 2.40 (d, J=4.88 Hz, 2H) 3.73-3.92 (m, 4H) 3.94-4.08 (m, 4H), 4.12 (t, J=7.78 Hz, 2H) 5.15 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 2H) 7.26 (d, J=8.54 Hz, 2H) 7.85-7.93 (m, 4H) 7.93-8.01 (m, 4H) 8.13 (s, 2H) 14.68 (s, 2H)
Compound F20, F21, and F26 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize example 1.
Compound F27 to F31 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize example 1.
Compound F32 to F35 was prepared in analogous fashsion to the procedure used to synthesize 1e.
Compound F36 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize Cap-52.
Compound F37, F38, and F39 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to synthesize example 1 from Compound F36 and LS16 respectively.
1H NMR (500 MHz,
Compound F41 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize example 1.
Compound F42 was prepared in analogous fashsion to the procedure used to sythesize 1e.
Compound F42 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize example 28f employing Cap-2 in place of Cap-4.
Compound F43 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize 2 from Compound F42.
Compound F44 was prepared following below paper with following modification: glycine was used in place of leucine.
A simple method for preparation of N-mono- and N,N-di-alkylated α-amino acids Yuntao Song et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 41, October 2000, Pages 8225-8230.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.37-1.62 (m, 2H) 1.86 (dd, J=12.36, 1.98 Hz, 2H) 3.01-3.12 (m, 1H) 3.15 (s, 2H) 3.25 (t, J=11.75 Hz, 2H) 3.86 (dd, J=11.44, 4.12 Hz, 2H) 7.67-8.48 (m, 1H).
Compound F45
2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-ylamino)acetic acid (0.2 g, 1.256 mmol) F44 was dissolved in DMF (22.5 mL) and Et3N (2.5 mL, 17.94 mmol) .After 5 minutes BOC2O (0.583 mL, 2.51 mmol) was added and the reaction solution was heated to 60° C. for 1 h. The reaction was concentrated by reduced pressure providing a light yellow oil to which was added 20 mL HCl/H2O which was adjusted to PH3 at 0° C. and stirred for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was extracted by ethyl acetate 3×20 mL, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to dryness. Ether was added and the mixture was sonicated and filtered providing a white solid F45 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)amino)acetic acid (0.14 g, 0.540 mmol, 43.0% yield).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.27-1.44 (m, 9H) 1.43-1.69 (m, 4H) 3.19-3.39 (m, 2H) 3.74 (s, 2H) 3.79-3.92 (m, 2H) 3.97-4.16 (m, 1H) 12.46 (s, 1H).
Compound F46 was prepared following the below referenced procedure with following modification: (S)-tert-butyl 2-amino-3-methylbutanoate was used in place of (S)-methyl 2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonylamino)-3-methylbutanoate.
Hans-Joachim Knölker, et al. Synlett 1997; 925-928
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.77-0.97 (m, 6H) 1.32-1.45 (m, 9H) 1.45-1.56 (m, 2H) 1.74-1.91 (m, 2H) 1.94-2.11 (m, 1H) 3.36-3.53 (m, 2H) 3.76 (dd, J=8.09, 6.26 Hz, 1H) 3.77-3.90 (m, 2H) 4.69 (dd, J=9.00, 4.73 Hz, 1H) 7.35 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 1H)
Compound F47
To a Compound 46 (S)-tert-butyl 3-methyl-2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yloxy)carbonylamino)butanoate (0.21 g, 0.697 mmol) was added HCl in dioxane (15 mL, 60.0 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for three hours. The reaction was done and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide F47(S)-3-methyl-2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yloxy)carbonylamino)butanoic acid (0.1694 g, 0.691 mmol, 100% yield) as a clear wax.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.88 (t, J=6.71 Hz, 6H) 1.41-1.60 (m, 2H) 1.85 (d, J=12.21 Hz, 2H) 1.97-2.08 (m, 1H) 3.41 (t, J=10.68 Hz, 1H) 3.45-3.52 (m, 1H) 3.64-3.74 (m, 1H) 3.77-3.89 (m, 2H) 4.63-4.72 (m, 1H) 7.32 (d, J=8.55 Hz, 1H) 12.52 (s, 1H)
Compound F48 to F58 except F51 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize example 1 from LS18.
Compound F51 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize 1e from F50.
Compound F59
Compound F59 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize 26a with following modification: Boc-L-val-OH was used in place of Boc-D-val-OH.
Compound F60 to F62 were prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize example 29 from F59.
Compound F63 and F64 were prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesized Cap45.
Compound F65
To a solution of F59 (0.06 g, 0.074 mmol in DMF (1 mL) was added dimethylsulfamoyl chloride (0.016 mL, 0.148 mmol) and Hunig'sBase (0.078 mL, 0.445 mmol) then stirred it at room temperature for 3 h. Solvent was removed by reduced pressure to get light brown oil which was purified by PreHPLC providing F65 N-((S)-1-((S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-((S)-2-(N,N-dimethylsulfamoylamino)-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl)propane-2-sulfonamide (19.0 mg, 0.018 mmol, 24.08% yield)
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.65-1.03 (m, 12H) 1.87-2.08 (m, 4H) 2.06-2.27 (m, 4H) 2.37-2.46 (m, 2H) 2.56-2.69 (m, 12H) 3.66-3.92 (m, 6H) 5.14 (t, J=7.63 Hz, 2H) 7.49 (d, J=9.16 Hz, 2H) 7.89 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 4H) 7.96 (s, 4H) 8.14 (s, 2H) 14.72 (s, 2H)
RT=2.047 minutes (condition 10, 98%); LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C40HSON8O4 706.38; found: 707.77 (M+H)+.
1b Fret (EC50, uM)=0.21
Compound F66 to F69 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize F65 from Compound F59.
Compound F70 was prepared following the procedure described in Anna Helms et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1992 114(15) pp 6227-6238.
Compound F71 was prepared in analogous fashion to the procedure used to sythesize Example 1.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.69-0.95 (m, 12H) 1.92 (s, 12H) 1.97-2.27 (m, 8H) 2.40 (s, 2H) 3.55 (s, 6H) 3.73-3.97 (m, 4H) 4.12 (t, J=7.78 Hz, 2H) 5.14 (t, J=7.02 Hz, 2H) 7.34 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 2H) 7.49-7.70 (m, 4H) 8.04 (s, 2H) 14.59 (s, 2H) RT=2.523 minutes (condition 7, 96%); LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C44H58N8O6 794.45; found: 795.48 (M+H)+.
To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (cj-1) (1.00 g, 1.91 mmol), iPr2NEt (1.60 mL, 9.19 mmol) and N-Z-valine (0.62 g, 2.47 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added HATU (0.92 g, 2.42 mmol). The solution was allowed to stir at rt for 1 h and then it was poured into ice water (ca. 250 mL) and allowed to stand for 20 min. The mixture was filtered and the solid washed with water and then dried in vacuo overnight to afford a colorless solid (1.78 g) which was used as such in the next step. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C44H51N2O5: 757; found: 758 (M+H)+. A mixture of this material (1.70 g) and 10% Pd-C (0.37 g) in MeOH (100 mL) was hydrogenated (balloon pressure) for 12 h. The mixture was then filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (Biotage system/0-10% MeOH-CH2Cl2) to afford the title compound as a light yellow foam (0.90 g, 76%).
IHNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.18 (s, 0.35H), 11.73 (s, 0.65H), 11.89 (s, 0.65H), 11.82 (s, 0.35H), 7.77-7.81 (m, 3H), 7.57-7.71 (m, 5H), 7.50-7.52 (m, 2H), 5.17 (dd, J=3.6, 6.5 Hz, 0.3H), 5.08 (dd, J=3.6, 6.5 Hz, 0.7H), 4.84 (m, 0.3H), 4.76 (m, 0.7H), 3.67-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.47 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.74-2.05 (m, 6H), 1.40 (s, 4H), 1.15 (s, 5H), 0.85-0.91 (m, 4H), 0.79 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C36H45N7O3: 623; found: 624 (M+H)+.
(S)-tert-Butyl 2-(5 -(4′-(2-((S)-1-((R)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (cj -3) was prepared using the same method used to prepare cj-2 to give a colorless foam (1.15 g, 76%). 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.17 (s, 0.35H), 12.04 (s, 0.65H), 11.89 (s, 0.65H), 11.81 (s, 0.35H), 7.78-7.83 (m, 3H), 7.60-7.71 (m, 5H), 7.43-7.52 (m, 2H), 5.22-5.25 (m, 0.4H), 5.05-5.07 (m, 0.6H), 4.83-4.86 (m, 0.5H), 4.72-4.78 (m, 0.5H), 3.78-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.43 (m, 2H), 2.19 -2.32 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.17 (m, 3H), 1.95-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.40 (s, 4H), 1.15 (s, 5H), 0.85-0.91 (m, 4H), 0.67 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H), 0.35 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 1H). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C36H45N7O3: 623; found: 624 (M+H)+.
A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-((S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (cj-2) (0.45 g, 0.72 mmol), 2-bromopyrimidine (0.37 g, 2.34 mmol) and iPr2NEt (0.20 mL, 1.18 mmol) in toluene-DMSO (4:1, 5 mL) was heated at 90° C. overnight. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (YMC Pack C-18, 30×100 mm/MeCN-H2O-TFA). The title compound (0.56 g, 74%), as its TFA salt, was obtained as a yellow-orange glass.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 14.56 (br s, 2H), 8.28 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 8.12-8.20 (m, 2H), 7.94-7.97 (m, 3H), 7.83-7.91 (m, 5H), 7.06 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (app t, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.99-5.10 (m, 2H), 4.50 (app t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 4.07-4.12 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.47 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.41 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.22 (m, 6H), 1.40 (s, 4H), 1.17 (s, 5H), 0.88 (app t, J=6.5 Hz, 6H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C40H47N9O3: 701; found: 702 (M+H)+.
The TFA salt of the title compound was prepared following the same method method used to prepare cj-4 to give a light yellow solid (0.375 g, 59%).
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 14.67 (br s, 2H), 8.30 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 8.04-8.19 (m, 2H), 7.84-7.96 (m, 8H), 6.88 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (app t, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 5.17 (dd, J=4.4, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.00-5.07 (m, 1H), 4.67 (dd, J=7.3, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.91-3.96 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.43 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.16 (m, 5H), 1.94-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.40 (s, 4H), 1.17 (s, 5H), 0.95 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2.5H), 0.91 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2.5H), 0.86 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 0.5H), 0.81 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 0.5H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C40H47N9O3: 701; found: 702 (M+H)+.
The title compound was prepared according to: Kister, J.; Assef, G.; Dou, H. J.-M.; Metzger, J. Tetrahedron 1976, 32, 1395. Thus, a solution of N-methylethylenediamine (10.8 g, 146 mmol) in EtOH-H2O (1:1, 90 mL) was preheated to 60° C. and CS2 (9.0 mL, 150 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was heated at 60° C. for 3 h and then conc. HCl (4.7 mL) was slowly added. The temperature was raised to 90° C. and stirring was continued for 6 h. After the cooled mixture had been stored at −20° C., it was filtered and the resulting solid dried in vacuo to afford 1-methylimidazolidine-2-thione (8.43 g, 50%) as a beige solid.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.15 (s, br, 1H), 3.67-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.53-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.11 (s, 3H).
To a suspension of 1-methylimidazolidine-2-thione (5.17 g, 44 5 mmol) in acetone (50 mL) was added MeI (2.9 mL, 46.6 mmol). The solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for 4 h and the resulting solid was quickly filtered and then dried in vacuo to give 1-methyl-2-(methylthio)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole hydroiodide (8.79 g, 77%) as beige solid.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.83 (s, br, 1H), 3.99-4.12 (m, 4H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.99 (s, 3H).
A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-((S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (cj-2) (0.280 g, 0.448 mmol) and 1-methyl-2-(methylthio)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole hydroiodide (cj-3a) (0.121 g, 0.468 mmol) in CH3CN (5 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 12 h. Another 0.030 g of 1-methyl-2-(methylthio)-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole hydroiodide (cj-3a) was added and heating continued for a further 12 h. The crude reaction mixture was directly purified by prep HPLC (Luna C-18/MeCN-H2O-TFA) to give the TFA salt of the title compound (0.089 g) as a light yellow solid which was used as such in the subsequent steps.
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C40H51N9O3: 705; found: 706 (M+H)+.
The title compound was prepared from cj-3 according to the method described for the synthesis of cj-6, except that the reaction mixture was initially purified by prep HPLC (YMC-Pack 25×250 mm/MeCN-H2O-NH4OAc) and then repurified by prep HPLC (Luna Phenyl-hexyl//MeCN-H2O-NH4OAc). This gave the desired product (0.005 g) as a foam which was used as such in the subsequent steps.
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C40H51N9O3: 705; found: 706 (M+H)+.
A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-((S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (cj-2) (0.298 g, 0.480 mmol), 4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole-2-sulfonic acid (AstaTech) (0.090 g, 0.60 mmol) and iPr2NEt (0.083 mL, 0.48 mmol) in EtOH (4 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 12 h. The cooled mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was purified by prep HPLC (Luna 5 u C18/MeCN-H2O-TFA, ×2) to afford the TFA salt of the title compound (0.390 g, 73%) as a light yellow solid.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 14.66 (br s, 2H), 8.51 (br s, 1H), 8.20 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 2H), 8.10 (br s, 1H), 7.82-7.91 (m, 7H), 7.30 (br s, 1H), 5.12 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.97-5.05 (m, 2H), 4.37 (dd, J=4.3, 10.1 Hz, 2H), 3.82-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.59 (s, 4H), 3.39-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.93-2.07 (m, 5H), 1.40 (s, 4H), 1.17 (s, 5H), 0.93 (d, J =6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.69 (br s, 3H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C39H49N9O3: 691; found: 692 (M+H)+.
The title compound was prepared from cj-3 according to the same method used to prepare cj-8 to afford the TFA salt (0.199 g, 57%) as a yellow glass.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 14.58 (br s, 4H), 8.23 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.87-7.89 (m, 6H), 7.25 (br s, 1H), 5.17-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.96-5.04 (m, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J=5.5, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.91-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.46 (m, partially obscured by H2O, 4H), 2.39-2.42 (m, partially obscured by solvent, 2H), 2.01-2.09 (m, 4H), 1.94-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 6H), 0.95 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2.5H), 0.85 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2.5H), 0.66 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 0.5H), 0.54 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 0.5H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C39H49N9O3: 691; found: 692 (M+H)+.
Step 1: A solution of the TFA salt of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-((S)-3-methyl-2-(pyrimidin-2-ylamino)butanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (cj-4) (0.208 g, 0.199 mmol) in a mixture CH2Cl2 (4 mL) and TFA (3 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The solvents were then removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by prep HPLC (Luna 5 u C18/MeCN-H2O-TFA) to give the TFA salt of the title compound (0.391 g) as an orange gum.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 14.53 (br s, 3H), 9.52-9.57 (m, 2H), 8.98-9.04 (m, 2H), 8.28 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 2H), 8.13 (br s, 1H), 7.79-7.91 (m, 7H), 7.07 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (app t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.78 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.51 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.12 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.36 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.42 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.22 (m, 6H), 0.88 (app t, J=4.5 Hz, 6H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C35H39N9O: 601; found: 602 (M+H)+.
Similarly, the following examples were prepared according to the representative method above;
Step 2: To a solution of the TFA salt of (S)-3-methyl-2-(pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-1-((S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-1-one (cj-10) (0.208 g, 0.197 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added iPr2NEt (0.20 mL, 1.15 mmol), (S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanoic acid (0.049 g, 0.28 mmol) and HATU (0.105 g, 0.276 mmol). The solution was stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature, diluted with MeOH (2 mL) and purified directly by prep HPLC (Luna 5 u C18/MeCN-H2O-NH4OAc). This material was repurified by flash chromatography (SiO2/2-10% MeOH—CH2Cl2) to give a solid which was lyophilized from CH3CN—H2O to give the title compound (48.6 mg, 32%) as a colourless solid.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.78 (br s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.79 (m, 4H), 7.66-7.69 (m, 4H), 7.48-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (app t, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 5.03-5.09 (m, 2H), 4.48 (t. J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.99-4.08 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.85 (m, 2H) 3.53 (s, 3H), 2.12-2.21 (m, 4H), 1.87-2.05 (m, 7H), 0.83-0.97 (m, 12H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C42H50N10O4: 758; found: 759 (M+H)+.
Similarly, the following examples were prepared according to the representative method above;
To a solution of methyl (S)-3-methyl-1-oxo-1-((S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-ylcarbamate (cj-12) (1.16 g, 1.99 mmol), Z-Val-OH (0.712 g, 2.83 mmol) and iPr2NEt (0.70 mL, 5.42 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) was added HATU (1.10 g, 2.89 mmol) portionwise. The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 1 h and was then poured into ice-water (400 mL) and allowed to stand for 20 min. The mixture was filtered and the solid washed with cold water and allowed to air dry overnight to give the Z-protected intermediate. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C46H54N8O6: 814; found: 815 (M+H)+.
The obtained solid was dissolved in MeOH (80 mL), 10% Pd-C (1.0 g) was added and the mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature and atmospheric pressure for 3 h. The mixture was then filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2/5-20% MeOH—CH2Cl2) to afford the title compound (1.05 g, 77%) as a colorless foam. 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.75 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.61-7.67 (m, 5H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.26-7.28 (m, 1H), 5.05-5.09 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.09 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.47 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.17 (m, 3H), 1.81-2.02 (m, 6H), 0.77-0.92 (m, 12H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C38H48N8O4: 680; found: 681 (M+H)+.
A mixture of methyl (S)-1-((S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-((S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (cj-13) (0.329 g, 0.527 mmol) and diphenyl cyanocarbonimidate (0.128 g, 0.537 mmol) in iPrOH (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The resulting solid was filtered and air-dried to give the title compound (0.187 g, 43%) as a cream-colored solid. This material was used as such in the next step without further purification.
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C46H52N10O5: 824; found: 825 (M+H)+.
A solution of methyl (S)-1-((S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-((S)-2-((Z/E)-(cyanoimino)(phenoxy)methylamino)-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (cj-14) (0.074 g, 0.090 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (0.05 mL, 0.88 mmol) in iPrOH (2 mL) was heated at 75° C. for 7 h. The solvent was then removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by prep HPLC (Luna 5 u C18/MeCN—H2O-NH4OAc) to give foam which was lyophilized from CH3CN—H2O to give the title compound (0.032 g, 46%) as a colorless solid.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.17 (s, 1H), 11.75 (m, 2H), 10.66-10.84 (m, 2H), 7.76-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.62-7.74 (m, 4H), 7.49-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 2H), 5.28-5.32 (m, 1H), 5.05-5.08 (m, 2H), 4.04-4.09 (m, 3H), 3.87-3.94 (m, 2H), 3.72-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 2.09-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.90-2.02 (m, 6H), 0.81-0.99 (m, 12H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C40H50N12O4: 762; found: 763 (M+H)+.
A solution of methyl (S)-1-((S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-((S)-2-((Z/E)-(cyanoimino)(phenoxy)methylamino)-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (cj-14) (0.105 g, 0.128 mmol) and N-methylhydrazine (0.010 mL, 0.188 mmol) in iPrOH (2 mL) was heated at 75° C. for 3 h. A second portion of N-methylhydrazine (0.010 mL, 0.188 mmol) was added and heating was continued for 7 h. The volatiles were then removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by prep HPLC (Luna 5 u C18/MeCN—H2O—NH4OAc) to give a foam which was further purified by flash chromatography (SiO2/0-20% MeOH—CH2Cl2). The resulting material was lyophilized from CH3CN—H2O to give the title compound (0.029 g, 29%) as a colorless solid.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.79 (s, 0.4H), 12.19 (s, 1H), 11.76 (m, 1.6H), 7.77-7.85 (m, 4H), 7.62-7.71 (m, 4H), 7.49-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1H), 6.31 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 0.5H), 6.09 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1.5H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 5.34-5.36 (m, 1H), 5.04-5.08 (m, 2H), 4.89 (s, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.17 (s, 3H), 1.94-2.02 (m, 6H), 0.81-0.98 (m, 12H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C41H52N12O4: 776; found: 777 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C41H52N12O4: 776.4234; found: 777.4305 (M+H)+.
Example cj-15c was prepared by the condensation of Intermediate cj-13 with 2-(methylthio)-4,5-dihydrothiazole (Aldrich) using conditions analgous to those in the preparation of Intermediate cj-4. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C41H51N9O4S: 765; found: 766 (M+H)+.
Example cj-15d was prepared by the condensation of Intermediate cj-13 with 4,6-dichloropyrimidine (Aldrich) using conditions analgous to those in the preparation of Intermediate cj-4, followed by hydrogenation with 10% Pd-C. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C42H50N10O4: 758; found: 759 (M+H)+.
A solution of methyl (S)-1-((S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-((S)-2-((Z/E)-(cyanoimino)(phenoxy)methylamino)-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (cj-14) (0.120 g, 0.205 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.0213 g, 0.307 mmol) in iPrOH (5 mL) was heated at 75° C. for 3 h. A second portion of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.0213 g, 0.307 mmol) was added and heating continued for 7 h. The volatiles were then removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by prep HPLC (Luna 5 u C18/MeCN—H2O—NH4OAc) to give a foam which was further purified by flash chromatography (SiO2/5% MeOH—CH2Cl2). The resulting colorless wax was lyophilized from CH3CN—H2O to give the title compound (0.0344 g, 22%) as a colorless solid.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.18-12.22 (m, 1H), 11.80 (s, 1H), 11.75 (s, 1 h), 8.03-8.06 (m, 1H), 7.77 (app d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.62-7.73 (m, 4H), 7.50 (dd, J=2.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 2H), 5.69 (s, 1H), 5.06-5.11 (m, 2H), 4.14 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (unresolved dd, J=8.0, 8.6Hz, 1H), 3.78-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.01 (br s, 2H), 2.10-2.19 (m, 3H), 1.90-2.04 (m, 5H), 0.81-0.96 (m, 12H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C40H49N11O5: 763; found: 764 (M+H)+.
A solution of methyl (S)-1-((S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-1-((S)-2-((Z/E)-(cyanoimino)(phenoxy)methylamino)-3-methylbutanoyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (cj-14) (0.115 g, 0.198 mmol) and dimethylamine hydrochloride (0.0257 g, 0.315 mmol) in iPrOH (5 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 12 h. A second portion of dimethylamine hydrochloride (0.0257 g, 0.315 mmol) was added and heating was continued for 48 h. The volatiles were then removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by prep HPLC (Luna 5 u C18/MeCN—H2O—NH4OAc) and then repurified by flash chromatography (SiO2/5% MeOH—CH2Cl2). The resulting colorless wax was lyophilized from CH3CN—H2O to give the title compound (0.0318 g, 21%) as a colorless solid.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.22 (m, 0.6H), 11.81 (s, 1H), 11.75 (s, 1H), 12.17-12.22 (m, 0.5H), 11.99-12.04 (m, 0.5H), 11.75-11.81 (m, 1H), 7.76-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.62-7.73 (m, 5H), 7.50 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.29 (m, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.06-5.08 (m, 2H), 4.47 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (unresolved dd, J=8.0, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 6H), 2.11-2.20 (m, 3H), 1.90-2.04 (m, 5H), 0.97 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 0.89-0.91 (m, 6H), 0.84 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C42H53N11O4: 775; found: 776 (M+H)+
To a solution of methyl (S)-3-methyl-1-oxo-1-((S)-2-(5-(4′-(2-((S)-pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-ylcarbamate (cj-13) (0.060 g, 0.103 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added iPr2NEt (0.18 mL, 1.02 mmol), (S)-3-methyl-2-(pyridin-3-ylamino)butanoic acid (Cap-88) (0.040 g, 0.206 mmol) and HATU (0.078 g, 0.205 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature and then it was directly purified by prep HPLC (Luna 5 u C18/MeCN—H2O—NH4OAc). The resulting solid was repurified by flash chromatography (SiO2/0-10% MeOH—CH2Cl2) and the obtained product was lyophilized from CH3CN—H2O to give the title compound (0.044 g, 56%) as a solid.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.19 (s, 1H), 11.76 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.85 (m, 8H), 7.49-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.06 (m, 2H), 6.46-6.49 (m, 0.5H), 5.97-5.99 (m, 0.5H), 5.71 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 5.55 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H), 5.22-5.44 (m, 1H), 5.03-5.09 (m, 2H), 4.04-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.90 (m, 3H), 3.66-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.84-2.01 (m, 4H), 0.81-1.01 (m, 12H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C43H51N9O4: 757; found: 758 (M+H)+.
Similarly, the following examples were prepared according to the representative method above.
Synthesized from Intermediate-28d and Cap-51 as in Example 28e, followed by Boc removal with TFA/CH2Cl2 and free base formation with MCX resin.
1HNMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.79-7.82 (m, 3H), 7.65-7.75 (m, 5H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 5.19 (dd, J=5.5, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.88-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.51 (m, 3H), 2.43-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.02-2.38 (m, 7H), 0.97 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 0.92 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C33H39N7O3: 581; found: 582 (M+H)+.
Synthesized from Intermediate-28d and Cap-52 as in Example 28e, followed by Boc removal with TFA/CH2Cl2 and free base formation with MCX resin.
1HNMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.68-7.79 (m, 4H), 7.59-7.65 (m, 4H), 7.44 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, 0.3H), 7.27 (s, 0.7H), 5.18 (dd, J=4.0, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.74 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (dd, J=6.8, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (unresolved dd, J=6.1, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.54 (s, 1H), 3.32-3.46 (m, 3H), 2.40-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.12 (m, 2H), 0.32 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C31H35N7O3: 553; found: 554 (M+H)+.
Synthesized from Intermediate-28d and Cap-86 as in Example 28e, followed by Boc removal with TFA/CH2Cl2 and free base formation with MCX resin.
1HNMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.72 (m, 4H), 7.64-7.69 (m, 4H), 7.48 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (s, 0.3H), 7.33 (s, 0.7H), 5.51-5.54 (m, 0.2H), 5.22 (dd, J=4.9, 7.6 Hz, 0.8H), 4.76 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 0.8H), 4.35-4.36 (m, 0.2H), 3.90-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.54 (s, 1H), 3.35-3.48 (m, 4H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.42-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.19 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 3H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C33H39N7O4: 597; found: 598 (M+H)+.
Synthesized from Intermediate-28d and Cap-2 as in Example 28e, followed by Boc removal with TFA/CH2Cl2 and free base formation with MCX resin.
1HNMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ 7.59-7.82 (m, 10H), 7.36-7.51 (m, 4H), 7.01-7.15 (m, 1H), 5.09-5.13 (m, 2H), 4.77 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.03-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.91-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.84 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.60 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.24 (m, 5H), 1.07-1.17 (m, 6H).
LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C38H43N7O: 613; found: 614 (M+H)+.
The following were prepared according to the procedure in example 28 starting with 28d. The caps are given in the table in the order they were appended to 28d. Where a cap number is not given the corresponding carboxylic acid is commercially available.
For Examples cj-111 to cj-113 the compounds of Examples cj-105 to cj-107 were hydrogenated under conditions analogous to those used in Example 28, step d (with the exception that K2CO3 was not employed).
Intermediate cj-124 was prepared by coupling of intermediate cj-12 and Cap-122, as described in Example 28, step e. LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C60H63N9O8 1037; found: 520 (1/2M+H)+. This corresponds to the doubly charged molecular ion.
Intermediate cj-124 (83.0 mg, 0.08 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) and piperidine (1 mL) was added at room temperature. After 2h the volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by preparative HPLC (YMC-Pack C-18, 30×100 mm, CH3CN—H2O-TFA) to give the TFA salt of the amine (87.0 mg, 94%). LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C45H53N9O6 815; found: 816 (M+H)+.
The product from Example cj-103 was acylated with either acetic anhydride or ethyl isocyanate as shown in scheme under conditions analogous to those in Example 25. Example cj-114, LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C47H55N9O7 857; found: 858 (M+H)+. Example cj-115, LCMS: Anal. Calcd. for C48H58N10O7 886; found: 887 (M+H)+.
The following examples were prepared from intermediate 1e using a procedure analogous to Example 1. The appended cap is indicated in the Table and where no cap number is give the carboxylic acid was commercially available.
Example cj-142 was prepared from the product obtained in Example cj-140 by treatment with 40% TFA in CH2Cl2. The mixture was allowed to stir for 3 h at room temperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by prep HPLC (YMC-Pack, C18 30×100 mm, CH3CN—H2O-TFA).
The compound of Example-cj-156 was prepared by carbamoylation of the compound prepared in Example-cj-142 according to the method shown for Cap-51.
Section JG
Method A: LCMS—Xterra MS C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 30.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate.
Method B: HPLC—X-Terra C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA
Method C: HPLC—YMC C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.2% H3PO4, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.2% H3PO4.
Method D: HPLC—Phenomenex C-18 4.6×150 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.2% H3PO4, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.2% H3PO4
Method E: LCMS—Gemini C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 10.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate.
Method F: LCMS-Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 7 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate.
Method G: HPLC—Phenomenex Gemini C-18 4.6×150 mm, 10 to 80% B over 35 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate
Method H: HPLC—Phenomenex Gemini C-18 4.6×150 mm, 10 to 80% B over 25 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate
Method I: HPLC—Waters-X-Bridge C-18 4.6×150 mm, 10 to 70% B over 30 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate
Step a:
(3S,3′S,5S,5′S)-tert-butyl 5,5′-(5,5′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-5,2-diyl))bis(3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxylate) (1.40 g, 2.13 mmol) was added as a solid to a solution of bis(2-methoxyethyl) aminosulfur trifluoride (0.87 mL, 4.69 mmol) in 14.0 mL CH2Cl2 cooled to −78° C. Reaction was stirred at −78° C. for two hours and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. Reaction was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and stirred until bubbling ceased. Layers were separated and aqueous layer washed one time with CH2Cl2. Combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to give a yellow oil. The oil was triturated with CH2Cl2 and pentane to yield (3R,3′R,5S,5′S)-tert-butyl 5,5′-(5,5′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-5,2-diyl))bis(3-fluoropyrrolidine-1-carboxylate) JG-1 as a tan solid (0.98 g, 71%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 12.10 (2H, m) 7.60-7.82 (8H, m) 7.35 (2H, m) 5.45 (1H, s) 5.35 (1H, s) 4.85-4.90 (2H, m) 3.69-3.79 (4H, m) 2.53-2.61 (2H, m) 2.28-2.37 (2H, m) 1.40 (8H, s) 1.12 (10H, s)
LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, (tR=3.04 min) Anal Calcd. for C36H42F2N6O4 660.70; found 661.68 (M+H)+
Step b:
To a solution of (3R,3′R,5S,5′S)-tert-butyl 5,5′-(5,5′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-5,2-diyl))bis(3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxylate) (0.098 g, 1.48 mmol) in 4 mL dioxane was added 2.0 mL of a 4.0M solution of HCl in dioxane. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting tan solid was dried under vacuum to give 4,4′-bis(2-((2S,4S)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyl tetrahydrochloride JG-2 (0.89 g, 100% yield). No further purification.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 9.05 (2H, s), 8.18 (2H, s), 8.00-8.09 (4H, m) 7.89 (4H, d, J=7.63 Hz) 5.71 (1H, s) 5.61 (1H, s) 5.24-5.33 (2H, m) 3.92 (2H, d, J=10.68 Hz) 3.63-3.71 (2H, m) 2.79-2.89 (2H, m)
LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4 0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA, (tR=2.12 min) Anal Calcd. for C26H26F2N6 460.53; found 461.37 (M+H)+
Step c:
To a stirred solution of 4,4′-bis(2-((2S,4R)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)biphenyltetrahydrochloride (0.060 g, 0.10 mmol), (S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid (0.031 g, 0.21 mmol), and HATU (0.081 g, 0.21 mmol) in 3 mL DMF was added diisopropylethyl amine (0.11 mL, 0.61 mmol).The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight (16 hours) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC and secondly by passing it through a Waters MCX extraction cartridge to provide Dimethyl (2S,2′S)-1,1′-(3R,3′R,5S,5′S)-5,5′-(5,5′-(biphenyl-4,4′-diyl)bis(1H-imidazole-5,2-diyl))bis(3-fluoropyrrolidine-5,1-diyl))bis(1-oxopropane-2,1-diyl)dicarbamate JG-3 , free base (0.0097 g, 7.5%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 11.91 (2H, m), 7.76-7.84 (3H, m), 7.64-7.84 (5H, m), 7.48-7.58 (2H, m), 5.55 (1H, s), 5.11 (1H, s), 4.29-4.38 (2H, m), 4.13 (2H, d, J=12.51 Hz), 3.89-3.98 (2H, m), 3.53 (6H, s), 2.54-2.64 4H, m), 1.21 (6H, s)
LCMS—Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 7.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, (tR=2.40 min)
Nominal/LRMS—Calcd. for C36H40F2N8O6 718.30; found 719.24(M+H)+
Accurate/HRMS—Calcd. for C36H41F2N8O6 719.3117; found 719.3114(M+H)+
From 1-1e and Cap-12
From 1-1e and Cap-51
From 1-1e and Cap-54b
From 1-2e and Cap-2
From 1-2e and Cap-52
From 1-2e and Cap-51
From 1-2e2 and Cap-51
From (S)-2- (methoxycarbonylamino)-4-methylpentanoic acid and JG-2
From 1-2e2 and Cap-52
From JG-25 and Cap-52
From JG-25 and Cap-51
From JG-2 and Cap-51
From JG-2 and Cap-2
Synthesis of JG-18 as in Example 28 step a using hydroxyproline in place of proline.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.89(2H, t, J=8.39 Hz) 7.74 (2H, t, J=8.24 Hz) 7.28-7.37 (5H, m) 5.01-5.08 (3H, m) 4.27-4.57 (4H, m) 3.44-3.53 (1H, m) 3.37(1H, d, J=10.99 Hz) 2.12 (1H, d, J=11.60 Hz) 1.93 (1H, dd, J=12.05 Hz, 6.56 Hz)
LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA mobile phase, tR=3.62 min, Anal Calcd. for C21H21BrN2O5 461.32; found 462.64 (M+H)+.
Synthesis of JG-19 from JG-18 as in Example 28 step b.
LCMS—Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, tR=1.88 min, Anal. Calcd. for C21H20BN3O3 441.07; found 442.22 (M+H)+
(2S,4R)-benzyl 2-(5-(4-bromophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (1.5 g, 3.4mmol) was added as a solid to a solution of bis(2-methoxyethyl)aminosulfur trifluoride (0.98 mL, 5.1 mmol) in 15 mL CH2Cl2 cooled to −78° C. Reaction was stirred at −78° C. for two hours and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. Reaction was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and stirred until bubbling ceased. Layers were separated and aqueous layer washed one time with CH2Cl2. Combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to give a yellow oil. The oil was triturated with CH2Cl2 and pentane to yield (2S,4S)-benzyl 2-(5-(4-bromophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-carboxylate JG-20 as a yellow solid (0.96 g, 62%).
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 7.70 (2H, d, J=7.02 Hz) 7.48-7.55 (3H, m) 7.41-7.35 (3H, m) 7.19-7.11 (2H, m) 5.15-5.02 (3H, m) 3.84-3.78 (2H, m) 3.33 (2H, s) 2.53-2.61 (1H, m) 2.33-2.42 (1H, m)
LCMS—Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, tR=2.10 min, Anal. Calcd. for C21H19Br1F1N3O2 443.06; found 444.05 (M+H)+
(2S,4R)-tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-2-(5-(4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate, 1-2c (1.5 g, 3.3 mmol) was added as a solid to a solution of bis(2-methoxyethyl)aminosulfur trifluoride (0.91 mL, 5.0 mmol) in 15 mL CH2Cl2 cooled to −78° C. Reaction was stirred at −78° C. for two hours and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. Reaction was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and stirred until bubbling ceased. Layers were separated and aqueous layer washed one time with CH2Cl2. Combined organics were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to give a brown oil. The oil was chromatographed on silica gel with with 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2 to yield 4-(2-((2S,4S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-fluoropyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazol-5-yl)phenylboronic acid as a tan solid (0.46 g, 37%).
LCMS—Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, tR=1.46 min, Anal. Calcd. for C18H23B1F1N3O4 375.18; found 376.12 (M+H)+
JG-22 is synthesized from JG-20 and JG-21 as described in Example 28 step c.
LCMS—Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, tR=2.27 min, Anal. Calcd. for C39H40F2N6O4 694.31; found 695.35 (M+H)−
JG-23 is synthesized from JG-22 as described in Example 28 step d.
LCMS—Phenomenex C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=10% methanol 90% water 0.1% TFA, B=90% methanol 10% water 0.1% TFA mobile phase, tR=2.62 min, Anal Calcd. for C31H34F2N6O2 560.27; found 561.52 (M+H)+.
JG-24 is synthesized from JG-22 and Cap-2 as in Example 28 step e.
LCMS—Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, tR=2.30 min, Anal. Calcd. for C41H45F2N7O3 721.36; found 722.42 (M+H)−
JG-25 is synthesized from JG-24 via reaction with methanolic HCl as described in Example LS14 step b.
LCMS—Luna C-18 3.0×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 4.0 minute gradient, 1 minute hold time, A=5% acetonitrile, 95% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, B=95% acetonitrile, 5% water, 10 mm ammonium acetate, tR=1.98 min, Anal. Calcd. for C36H37F2N7O1 621.30; found 622.48 (M+H)−
Section OL LC Conditions:
Condition 1: Solvent A: 5% acetonitrile/95% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Solvent B: 95% acetonitrile/5% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Column: Phenomenex GEMINI 5 u C18 4.6×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 ml/min; 0% B to 100% B over 3 min with a 1 min hold time.
Condition 2: Solvent A: 5% acetonitrile/95% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Solvent B: 95% acetonitrile/5% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Column: Phenomenex GEMINI 5 u C18 4.6×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 ml/min; 0% B to 100% B over 2 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 3: Solvent A: 5% acetonitrile/95% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Solvent B: 95% acetonitrile/5% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Column: Phenomenex GEMINI 5 u C18 4.6×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 ml/min; 0% B to 100% B over 4 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 4: Solvent A: 10% MeOH/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% MeOH/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex 10 u C18 3.0×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 ml/min; 0% B to 100% B over 4 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 5: Solvent A: 5% acetonitrile/95% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Solvent B: 95% acetonitrile/5% water/10 mmol ammonium acetate; Column: Phenomenex GEMINI 5 u C18 4.6×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 ml/min; 0% B to 100% B over 9 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 6: Solvent A: 10% MeOH/90% water/0.2% H3PO4; Solvent B: 90% MeOH/10% water/0.2% H3PO4; Column: Phenomenex 5 u C-18 4.6×50 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 1.5ml/min; 0% B to 100% B over 14 min with a 3 min hold time
Condition 7: Solvent A: 10% MeOH/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% MeOH/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex 10 u C18 3.0×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 ml/min; 0% B to 100% B over 3 min with a 1 min hold time
Condition 8: Solvent A: 10% MeOH/90% water/0.1% TFA; Solvent B: 90% MeOH/10% water/0.1% TFA; Column: Phenomenex 10 u C18 3.0×5.0 mm; Wavelength: 220 nM; Flow rate: 4 ml/min; 0% B to 100% B over 2 min with a 1 min hold time
Experimentals Caps:
Step a: Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride (0.92 mL, 10 mmol) was added slowly to a solution of (S)-benzyl 2-amino-3-methylbutanoate hydrochloride (2.44 g; 10 mmol) and Hunig's base (3.67 mL, 21 mmol) in THF (50 mL). The resulting white suspension was stirred at room temperature overnight (16 hours) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting yellow oil was purified by flash chromatography, eluting with ethyl acetate:hexanes (1:1). Collected fractions were concentrated under vacuum providing 2.35 g (85%) of Intermediate Cap OL-1 as a clear oil. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.84 (d, J=6.95 Hz, 3H) 0.89 (d, J=6.59 Hz, 3H) 1.98-2.15 (m, 1H) 2.80 (s, 6H) 5.01-5.09 (m, J=12.44 Hz, 1H) 5.13 (d, J=12.44 Hz, 1H) 6.22 (d, J=8.05 Hz, 1H) 7.26-7.42 (m, 5H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.76 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C16H22N2O3: 279.17; found 279.03.
Step b: To Intermediate Cap OL-1 (2.35 g; 8.45 mmol) in 50 ml MeOH was added Pd/C (10%; 200 mg) and the resulting black suspension was flushed with N2 (3×) and placed under 1 atm of H2. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and filtered though a microfiber filter to remove the catalyst. The resulting clear solution was then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 1.43 g (89%) of Cap OL-2 as a white foam, which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.87 (d, J=4.27 Hz, 3H) 0.88 (d, J=3.97 Hz, 3H) 1.93-2.11 (m, 1H) 2.80 (s, 6H) 3.90 (dd, J=8.39, 6.87 Hz, 1H) 5.93 (d, J=8.54 Hz, 1H) 12.36 (s, 1H).). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.33 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C8H17N2O3: 1898.12; found 189.04.
Cap OL-3 was prepared from (S)-benzyl 2-aminopropanoate hydrochloride according to the method described for Cap OL-2. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.27 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 3H) 2.80 (s, 6H) 4.06 (qt, 1H) 6.36 (d, J=7.32 Hz, 1H) 12.27 (s, 1H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.15 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C6H13N2O3: 161.09; found 161.00.
Cap OL-4 was prepared from (S)-tert-butyl 2-amino-3-methylbutanoate hydrochloride and 2-fluoroethyl chloroformate according to the method described for Cap-47. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.87 (t, J=6.71 Hz, 6H) 1.97-2.10 (m, 1H) 3.83 (dd, J=8.39, 5.95 Hz, 1H) 4.14-4.18 (m, 1H) 4.20-4.25 (m, 1H) 4.50-4.54 (m, 1H) 4.59-4.65 (m, 1H) 7.51 (d, J=8.54 Hz, 1H) 12.54 (s, 1H)
Cap OL-5 was prepared from (S)-diethyl alanine and methyl chloroformate according to the method described for Cap-51. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.72-0.89 (m, 6H) 1.15-1.38 (m, 4H) 1.54-1.66 (m, 1H) 3.46-3.63 (m, 3H) 4.09 (dd, J=8.85, 5.19 Hz, 1H) 7.24 (d, J=8.85 Hz, 1H) 12.55 (s, 1H). LC (Cond. 2): RT=0.66 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C9H18NO4: 204.12; found 204.02.
The following analogs were prepared from 1e in similar fashion to the preparation of Example 1 and employing the appropriate Cap.
From 1e and Cap OL-2
From 1e and Cap OL-3
From 1e and Cap OL-4
From 1e and Cap OL-5
From 1e and (S)-3-methyl-2-(2-oxotetrahydropyrimidin- 1(2H)-yl)butanoic acid
From 1e and (S)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-4- methylpentanoic acid which was prepared from L-Isoleucine and methylchloroformate in similar fashion to the preparation of Cap-51
Example OL-7 was prepared from 1-2e-3 in similar fashion to the preparation of Example 1, using Cap-51 as the coupling partner. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.80 (dd, J=6.41, 2.44 Hz, 12H) 1.87-1.98 (m, 2H) 2.79-2.91 (m, 2H) 3.01-3.13 (m, 2H) 3.54 (s, 6H) 3.98 (t, J=7.93 Hz, 2H) 4.22-4.37 (m, 2H) 4.52 (t, J=14.19 Hz, 2H) 5.31 (t, J=8.39 Hz, 2H) 7.50 (d, J=7.93 Hz, 2H) 7.82-7.87 (m, 4H) 7.88-7.97 (m, 6H) 8.08 (s, 2H). LC (Cond'n 6): 7.64 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H47F4N8O6: 811.35; found 811.46. HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for (M+H)− C40H47F4N8O6 811.3549 found 811.3553.
The following analogs were prepared from 1-2e-3 in similar fashion to the preparation of Example 1 and employing the appropriate Cap.
From 1-2e-3 and Cap-1
From 1-2e-3 and Cap-2
From 1-2e-3 and Cap-86
From 1-2e-3 and Cap-52
The following analogs were prepared from 1-3e in similar fashion to the preparation of Example 1 and employing the appropriate Cap.
From 1-3e and Cap-51
From 1-3e and Cap-2
Step a: Intermediate OL-15 was prepared in similar fashion as intermediate 1a, where N-Boc-L-proline was substituted for N-Boc-trans-3-hydroxy-L-proline. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.34/1.4) (2 br. s., 9H) 1.65-1.77 (m, 1H) 1.83-1.95 (m, 1H) 3.33-3.42 (m, 1H) 3.43-3.51 (m, 1H) 3.96-4.07 (m, 1H) 4.16 (s, 1H) 4.44-4.65 (m, 2H) 5.22-5.28 (m, 1H) 7.74 (d, J=8.54 Hz, 2H) 7.86-7.94 (m, 2H) 8.15-8.32 (m, 1H). LC (Cond. 4): RT=3.33 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [2M+Na]+ C36H46Br2N4NaO10: 877.57; found 877.11.
Step b: Intermediate OL-16 was prepared from intermediate OL-15 in similar fashion as intermediate 1b. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16/1.39 (2 br. s., 9H) 1.71-1.81 (m, J=6.10 Hz, 1H) 2.01-2.17 (m, 1H) 3.37-3.50 (m, 1H) 3.50-3.62 (m, 1H) 4.15 (s, 1H) 4.49-4.70 (m, 1H) 5.36 (dd, J=6.71, 3.66 Hz, 1H) 7.44-7.62 (m, 3H) 7.68 (d, J=7.02 Hz, 2H) 11.96/11.99/12.26/12.30 (m, 1H). LC (Cond. 8): RT=1.87 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C18H23BrN3O3: 408.08; found 408.09.
Step c: Intermediate OL-17 was prepared by coupling intermediate OL-16 with 1c in similar fashion to the preparation of 1d. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.09-1.49 (m, 18H) 1.71-2.04 (m, 4H) 2.06-2.28 (m, 2H) 3.33-3.40 (m, 1H) 3.41-3.65 (m, 3H) 4.18 (s, 1H) 4.52-4.69 (m, 1H) 4.70-4.88 (m, 1H) 5.38 (s, 1H) 6.64-7.35 (m, 1H) 7.39-7.96 (m, 9H) 11.71-12.0/12.10-12.36 (m, 2H). LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.36 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C36H45N6O5: 641.77; found 641.39.
Step d: Intermediate OL-18 was prepared by deprotection of intermediate OL-17 with HCl in similar fashion to the preparation of 1-1e. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.92-2.07 (m, 2H) 2.14-2.25 (m, 1H) 2.35-2.44 (m, 1H) 3.15 (s, 4H) 3.32-3.41 (m, J=7.02, 7.02, 7.02 Hz, 1H) 3.41-3.51 (m, J=7.32 Hz, 2H) 3.54-3.66 (m, 1H) 4.68 (d, J=4.27 Hz, 1H) 4.78-4.89 (m, J=4.88 Hz, 1H) 5.04 (s, 1H) 6.89/7.73 (2d, J=8.70 Hz, 1H) 7.89 (dd, J=8.24, 4.58 Hz, 4H) 7.96-8.07 (m, 4H) 8.15 (d, J=23.19 Hz, 2H) 9.62-10.12 (m, 2H) 10.21-10.74 (m, 2H).). LC (Cond. 8): RT=1.30 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C26H29N6O: 441.24; found 441.18.
Step e: Example OL-19 was prepared by coupling of intermediate OL-18 with Cap-51 in similar fashion to the preparation of Example 1. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.78 (d, J=6.41 Hz, 6H) 0.83 (d, J=6.71 Hz, 6H) 1.92-2.12 (m, 5H) 2.12-2.21 (m, 1H) 2.31 (dd, J=12.21, 5.80 Hz, 1H) 2.35-2.43 (m, 1H) 3.54 (d, J=4.27 Hz, 6H) 3.78-3.89 (m, 3H) 3.91-4.02 (m, 1H) 4.07-4.19 (m, 2H) 4.36-4.50 (m, 1H) 4.81 (d, J=3.66 Hz, 1H) 5.13 (t, J=7.17 Hz, 1H) 5.79 (s, 1H) 7.34 (dd, J=11.29, 8.85 Hz, 2H) 7.83-7.90 (m, 4H) 7.90-8.01 (m, 4H) 8.12 (s, 2H) [Note: the signal for the imidazole NH was too broad to assign a chemical shift].). LC (Cond. 4): RT=2.76 min; MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H51N8O7: 755.39; found 755.38. HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for (M+H)+ C40H51N8O7 755.3881 found 755.3873.
The following analog was prepared from intermediate OL-18 in similar fashion to the preparation of Example 1 and employing Cap-52.
From OL-18 and Cap-52
The following analog was prepared in similar fashion to the preparation of OL-19 but using N-Boc-cis-3-hydroxy-L-proline as starting material.
From N-Boc-cis-3-hydroxy-L-proline and Cap-51
Prepared form 152i-1 (in lieu of 148e) and Cap-2 using experimental conditions outlined in Example 148
Prepared from entry 71 (in lieu of 152j-27) using experimental conditions outlined in Example 152k-1.
Prepared from 152h-1 (in lieu of 148e) and Cap-52 using experimental conditions outlined in Example 148
Prepared from 152h-1 (in lieu of 148e) and Cap-51 using experimental conditions outlined in Example 148
Prepared from 152h-1 (in lieu of 148e) and Cap-54b using experimental conditions outlined in Example 148
Prepared from entry D72 (in lieu of 148e) and Cap-51 using experimental conditions outlined in Example 148
Prepared from entry D72 (in lieu of 148e) and Cap-52 using experimental conditions outlined in Example 148
Cond 1: LCMS conditions: Phenomenex-Luna 4.6×50 mm S10, 0 to 100% B over 3 min, 4 min stop time, 4 mL/min, 220 nm, A: 10% MeOH-90% H2O-0.1% TFA; B: 90% MeOH-10% H2O-0.1% TFA
Cond 2: LCMS conditions: Phenomenex-Luna 4.6×50 mm S10, 0 to 100% B over 2 min, 3 min stop time, 4 mL/min, 220 nm, A: 10% MeOH-90% H2O-0.1% TFA; B: 90% MeOH-10% H2O-0.1% TFA
The ethyl 3-(4-bromophenyl)-3-oxopropanoate (15 g, 55 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (600 mL) and freshly recrystallized NBS (9.8 g, 55 mmol) was added and the solution stirred 18 hr. The reaction mixture was washed with NaHCO3 solution, brine, and dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to give a residue which was not purified. Ethyl 2-bromo-3-(4-bromophenyl)-3-oxopropanoate (16.5 g, 48 mmol) and N-Boc-L-proline (10 g, 48 mmol) were taken up in acetonitrile (450 mL) and Hunig's base (16 mL, 95 mmol) was added and the solution stirred 18 hr. The solvent was removed by rotorary evaporation and the residue taken up in ethyl acetate, washed with 0.1 N HCl, and brine. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.95 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.68-6.65 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.12 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.0-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.39 (s, 2H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.11 (t, J=7.3Hz, 3H).
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C21H26BrNO7 484.09; found: 410.08 (M+H)+.
A 1 L pressure bottle was charged with (2S)-2-(1-(4-bromophenyl)-3-ethoxy-1,3-dioxopropan-2-yl) 1-tert-butyl pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxylate J2 (7 g, 35 mmol) and 11 g of NH4OAc in 125 mL of Xylene, and the reaction was heated at 140° C. for 3.5 hr. After being cooled, the solution was partition between ethyl actate and water. The organic layer was concentrated and the resultant residue applied to a Biotage 40 m silica gel cartridge and eluted by 20-100% gradient, ethyl acetate/Hex to give 3 g (45%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 12.75 (br. s, 7.82), (br. s, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.96-4.92 (m, 1H), 4.23 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.68-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.48/1.13 (s, 9H), 1.23 (t, J=7.3Hz, 3H). LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C2M26BrN3O4 464.12; found: 464.15 and 466.15 (M+H)+.
(S)-ethyl 5-(4-bromophenyl)-2-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylate (1 g, 2.1 mmol) was dissolved in 2M methylamine in MeOH (35 mL) and heated in a pressure vessel at 70° C. for 48 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue applied to a Biotage 25 m silica gel cartridge and eluted by 10-100% gradient, ethyl acetate/Hex to give 556 mg (57%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.5 (br.s, 1H), 7.86-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 4.83-4.70 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.52 (br.s, 1H), 3.42-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.71 (d, 4.8 Hz, 3H), 2.30-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.19-1.14 (m, 9H).
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C20H26BrN4O3 449.12; found: 449.15 and 451.14 (M+H)+.
Entry J9 (1.1 g, 1.58 mmol) was taken up in ethanol (60 mL), 28% concentrated ammonium hydroxide soln (10 mL) was added, and the reaction heated in a pressure vessel at 75° C. for 48 h. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the residue taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with water, brine. Concentration and application to a 25 M Biotage cartridge, gradient elution with 10%-100% ethyl acetate/CH2Cl2, gave J11.a 90 mg (8.5%) and recovered starting material J9 696 mg (63%).
3-(4-bromophenyl)-3-(2,2-dimethylhydrazono)-1,1,1-trifluoropropan-2-one (2.0 g, 6.2 mmol) was suspended in 5N sulfuric acid (60 mL) and heated at 45° C. for 6 h. The temperature was raised to 85° C. for 2 h, and upon cooling a precipitate formed. This material which was isolated by filtration to give 1-(4-bromophenyl)-3,3,3-trifluoropropane-1,2-dione 1.6 g (92%) as a yellow solid. The dione (1.6 g, 5.7 mmol) was taken up in methanol (30 mL), N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-prolinal (1 g, 5.0 mmol) was added, followed by addition of 28% ammonium hydroxide solution (10 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, poured onto dichloromethane (200 mL), washed with water and dried with MgSO4. Filtration, concentration and application to a 40 M Biotage cartridge, gradient elution with 5%-30% ethyl acetate/Hexanes, gave J32.a 1.3 g (50%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.88 (br.s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.84-4.70 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.29 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.39/1.13 (m, 9H). LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C19H20BrF3N3O2 458.07; found: 458.06 and 460.06 (M−H)−. HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C19H22BrF3N3O2 460.0847; found: 460.0866 and 462.0840 (M+H)+.
Bromine (0.54 mL, 10.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a cold (0° C.) solution of 4-bromo-2-fluoroacetophenone (2.30 g, 10.6 mmol) in dioxane (80 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (80 mL). The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0° C. and warmed to RT for 15 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution, 5% sodium thiosulfate solution and brine prior to drying (Na2SO4). 2-Bromo-1-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)ethanone (D1) was isolated as a colorless film which solidified upon further concentration under high vacuum. This solid was dissolved into anhydrous acetonitrile (50 mL) and treated with N-Boc-L-proline (2.28 g, 10.6 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (1.85 mL, 10.6 mmol). After being stirred for 3 h at RT, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned into ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was washed with 0.1N hydrochloric acid, saturated NaHCO3 solution and brine prior to drying (Na2SO4), filtration, and concentration. This residue was taken up in xylenes (50 mL) and treated to solid NH4OAc (4.1 g, 53.0 mmol). The mixture was heated at 140° C. for 2 hr in a thick-walled, screw-top flask before it was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution and brine prior to drying (Na2SO4) and concentration. Purification of the residue by Biotage™ flash chromatography on silica gel (65M column, preequilibration with 16% B for 1800 mL followed by gradient elution with 16% B to 16% B for 450 mL, 16% B to 50% B for 2199 ml and finally 50% B to 100% B for 2199 mL) afforded title compound (D5) (3.61 g, 83%) as a brownish/caramel-colored oil. A small portion (40 mg) of the title compound was further purified by preparative HPLC (20% B to 100% B over 14 min where B is 10 mM NH4OAc in 10:90 H2O/ACN and A is 10 mM NH4OAc in 95:5 H2O/CAN using a Phenomenex-Gemini 30×100 mm S10 column flowing at 40 mL/min) to afford pure title compound (31.8 mg) as a white solid.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.13-11.95 (m, 1H), 7.94 (br s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=10.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.34 (m, 1H), 4.86-4.77 (2m, 1H), 3.54 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.14 (2m, 1H), 2.05-1.78 (2m, 3H), 1.39 and 1.14 (2s, 9H).
HPLC Phenomenex LUNA C-18 4.6×50 mm, 0 to 100% B over 3 minutes, 1 minute hold time, A=90% water, 10% methanol, 0.1% TFA, B=10% water, 90% methanol, 0.1% TFA, RT=2.27 min, 95% homogeneity index.
LRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C18H22BrFN3O2 410.09 and 412.09; found: 410.08 and 412.08 (M+H)+.
HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for C18H22BrFN3O2 410.0879; found: 410.0893 (M+H)+.
Example M1-M27 were prepared from 1e and the respective acids using the method described for Example 1. The products were prepared as TFA salts, unless noted otherwise. LC Conditions were as follows:
Condition 1
Column=Phenomenex-Luna 3.0×50 mm S10
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient time=2 min
Stop time=3 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/min
Wavelength=220 nm
Solvent A=0.1% TFA in 10% methanol/90% H2O
Solvent B=0.1% TFA in 90% methanol/10% H2O
Condition 2
Column=Phenomenex-Luna 4.6×50 mm S10
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient time=2 min
Stop time=3 min
Flow Rate=5 mL/min
Wavelength=220 nm
Solvent A=0.1% TFA in 10% methanol/90% H2O
Solvent B=0.1% TFA in 90% methanol/10% H2O
Condition 3
Column=HPLC XTERRA C18 3.0×50 mm S7
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient time=3 min
Stop time=4 min
Flow Rate=4 mL/min
Wavelength=220 nm
Solvent A=0.1% TFA in 10% methanol/90% H2O
Solvent B=0.1% TFA in 90% methanol/10% H2O
Condition M1
Column: Luna 4.6×50 mm S10
Start % B=0
Final % B=100
Gradient time=3 min
Stop time=4 min
Flow rate=4 mL/min
Solvent A:=95% H20: 5% CH3CN, 10 mm Ammonium acetate
Solvent B:=5% H2O: 95% CH3CN; 10 mm Ammonium acetate
Bromide M28a was prepared from D-Proline according to the procedure described for its enantiomer 28b.
Boronate ester M28b was prepared from bromide M28a according to the procedure described for intermediate 1c. LC: RT=1.57 min (Cond. 1); LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C27H33BN3O4: 474.26; found 474.24.
Biphenyl M28c was prepared from bromide M28a and boronate M28b according to the procedure described for intermediate 1d. LC: RT=1.43 min (Cond. 1); LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C42H41N6O4: 693.32; found 693.38.
Pyrrolidine M28d was prepared from carbamate M28c according to the procedure described for intermediate 28d. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 11.83 (br s, 2H), 7.80 (d, J=8.3, 4H), 7.66 (d, J=8.3, 4H), 7.46 (br s, 2H), 4.16 (app t, J=7.2, 2H), 3.00-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.66 (m, 4H). [Note: in the region between 3.2-2.6 ppm there is a broad base-line signal that is believed to be that of the pyrrolidine NH]. LC: RT=1.02 min (Cond. 1); LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C26H29N6: 425.25; found 425.27.
Example M28 was prepared as TFA salt from intermediate M28d and Cap-51 according to the procedure described for Example 1. LC: RT=1.33 min (Cond. 1); 96% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H51N8O6: 739.32; found 739.43; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]− C40H51N8O6: 739.3932; found 739.3907.
The TFA salt of Example M28-1 was prepared as a mixture of three stereoisomers from intermediate M28d and racemic version of Cap-51 according to the procedure described for Example 1. Three peaks with a retention time of 21.74 min, 22.62 min, and 23.40 min, and exhibiting the correct molecular weight, were observed when the sample was analyzed under the following condition:
Waters Acquity HPLC with Micromass ZQ MS (electrospray probe) and Waters 2996 PDA detection. (UV detection @ 315 nm)
Column: Acquity UPLC; BEH C18; 1.7 um; 100×2.1 mm ID; (at approx. 30 C)
Mobile phase A: water, 25 mM ammonium acetate at pH=5
Mobile phase B: acetonitrile
Flow rate: 0.50 ml/min
Carbamate M28-2a was prepared from boronate ester M28b and bromide 28b according to the procedure described for intermediate 1d. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.25/12.01/11.93 (three br s, 2H), 7.86-6.98 (m, 20H), 5.13-4.88 (m, 6H), 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 2.35-1.84 (M, 8H). LC: RT=1.46 min (Cond. 1); LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C42H41N6O4: 693.32; found 693.34.
Pyrrolidine M28-2b was prepared from carbamate M28-2a according to the procedure described for intermediate 28d. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 11.84 (br s, 2H), 7.80 (d, J=8.3, 4H), 7.66 (d, J=8.3, 4H), 7.46 (br s, 2H), 4.87 (m, 0.05H), 4.16 (app t, J=7.2, 1.95H), 3.00-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.66 (m, 4H). [Note: in the region between ˜3.1-2.6 ppm there is a broad base-line signal that is believed to be that of the pyrrolidine NH]. LC: RT=0.96 min (Cond. 1); LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C26H29N6: 425.25; found 425.28.
Example M28-2 was prepared as TFA salt from intermediate M28-2b and Cap-51 according to the procedure described for Example 1. LC: RT=1.96 minutes (Cond. 2); 98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H51N8O6 739.39; found 739.47.
The TFA salt of Example M28-3 was prepared as a mixture of four stereoisomers from intermediate M28-2b and racemic version of Cap-51 according to the procedure described for Example 1. Three peaks with a retention time of 21.28 min, 22.19 min, and 23.01 min, and exhibiting the correct molecular weight, were observed when the sample was analyzed under the LC/MS condition described for Example M28-1.
Example M29 was prepared as TFA salt from intermediate M28d and Cap-54a according to the procedure described for Example 1. LC: RT=1.21 min (Cond. 1); >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H47N8O6: 735.36; found 735.42; HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H47N8O6: 735.3619; found 735.3598.
Example M30-M62 were prepared as TFA salts from CJ-24 and the respective caps using the same method described for Example 28.
Example M63-M66x were prepared from 28f and the respective acids using the method described for Example 28. Products were prepared as TFA salts unless noted otherwise.
Example M67-M91y were prepared from 28d and the respective acids using the method described for Example 28. Final products were prepared as TFA salts, unless noted otherwise.
Example M92-M103 were prepared from 28d and the respective acids using the method described for Example 28. Final products were prepared as TFA salts, unless noted otherwise.
Pyrrolidine M104a was prepared from intermediate 28d and Cap-51 according to the procedure described for the synthesis of pyrrolidine 28f.
HATU (96.3 mg, 0.253 mmol) was added to a DMF (5.0 mL) solution of pyrrolidine M104a (150 mg, 0.217 mmol), (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-3-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoic acid (65.8 mg, 0.282 mmol) and i-Pr2EtN (180 uL, 1.03 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 35 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified with a reverse phase HPLC (MeOH/H2O/TFA), and the fractions were concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was treated with 25% TFA/CH2Cl2 (6.0 mL) and stirred for 3.25 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was free-based (MCX; MeOH wash; 2.0 M NH3/MeOH elution) to afford Example M104 as an off-white foam (107 mg). LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.03 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C38H49N8O5=697.38; found 697.28.
Methyl chloroformate (20 μL, 0.258 mmol) was added to a THF (2.0 mL) solution of Example M104 (82.9 mg, 0.119 mmol) and i-Pr2EtN (50 uL, 0.287 mmol) and stirred for 65 min. The mixture was then treated with 2.0 M NH3/MeOH (3 mL), stirred for 2.75 hr, and the volatile component was removed in vacuo. The resultant residue was purified with a reverse phase HPLC (MeOH/H2O/TFA) to afford the TFA salt of Example M105 as a white foam (64.1 mg). LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.17 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H51N8O7=755.39; found 755.25.
HATU (69 mg, 0.181 mmol) was added to a DMF (3.0 mL) solution of pyrrolidine M104a (101 mg, 0.173 mmol), Cap-80b (55.9 mg, ˜0.183 mmol) and i-Pr2EtN (90 μL, 0.515 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 70 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified with a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to retrieve the dominant signal. The collected fraction was allowed to stand at ambient condition for a few hours and then the volatile component was removed in vacuo, at which time total desilylation of the coupled product was achieved. The resultant product was submitted to a reverse phase HPLC purification (ACN/H2O/NH4OAc) to afford Example M106 as an off-white foam (32.2 mg). LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.19 min; >95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H51N8O7=755.39; found 755.85.
Example M107 was prepared from pyrrolidine M104a and Cap-80a according to the procedure described for the synthesis of Example M106. LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.20 min; ˜95% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H51N8O7=755.39; found 755.78.
HATU (70.1 mg, 0.184 mmol) was added to a DMF (3.0 mL) solution of pyrrolidine M104a (100.7 mg, 0.173 mmol), (L)-Boc-Valine (49.6 mg, 0.228 mmol) and i-Pr2EtN (70 uL, 0.40 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 65 min. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified with a Biotage (60-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford 116.6 mg of the coupled product.
The above product (112 mg) was treated with 25% TFA/CH2Cl2 (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 6 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the crude material was purified with a combination of MCX resin (MeOH wash; 2.0 M NH3/MeOH elution) and reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to afford the TFA salt of Example M108 as a white foam (98.5 mg). LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.14 min; >98% homogeneity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C38H49N8O4=681.39; found 681.36. HRMS Calcd. for [M+H]+ C38H49N8O4: 681.3877; found 681.3865.
HATU (109 mg, 0.287 mmol) was added to DMF (1.5 ml) solution of pyrrolidine M104a (151 mg, 0.260 mmol), Cap-68 (109 mg, 387 mmol), and i-Pr2EtN (100 μl, 0.574 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 3 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and crude material was purified with a combination of MCX resin (MeOH wash; 2.0 M NH3/MeOH elution) and reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to afford the TFA salt Example M109 (88.0 mg) and Example M110 (90.2 mg). Example M109: LC (Cond. 2): RT=2.16; 97% homogenity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C46H53N8O8: 845.40; found 845.51. HRMS Calcd. for [M+H]+ C46H53H8O8: 845.3986; found 845.3983. Example M110: LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.92; 97% homogenity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H49N8O4: 769.47; found 769.46. HRMS Calcd. for [M+H]+ C40H49N8O4: 769.3673; found 769.3682.
A mixture of Example M109 (69.7 mg, 0.082 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (10 mg) in methanol (5 ml) was stirred at room temperature under a balloon of H2 for 1.5 h. The reaction was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®) and concentrated in vacuo, and the resultant material was purified with a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to afford the TFA salt of Example M111 as an off-white foam (54.0 mg). LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.18; 99% homogenity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C39H47H8O8: 755.35; found 755.32. HRMS Calcd. for [M+H]+ C39H47N8O8: 755.3517; found 755.3525.
HATU (30.6 mg, 0.080 mmol) was added to a DMF (1.5 ml) solution of Example M111 (55.3 mg, 0.0733 mmol), N-methyl piperazine (11.0 mg, 0.11 mmol) and i-Pr2EtN (25 μl, 0.14 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 1.5 h. All volatile components were removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified with a combination of MCX resin and a reverse phase HPLC (H2O/MeOH/TFA) to afford the TFA salt of Example M112 as an off-white foam (51.4 mg). LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.75; 91% homogenity index; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C44H57N10O2: 837.44; found 837.59. HRMS Calcd. for [M+H]+ C44H57N10O2: 837.4412; found 837.4453.
Example M118 was prepared from Example M111 and Me2N.HCl according to the procedure described for Example M112. LC (Cond. 2): RT=1.89; 99% homogenity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H52N9O7: 782.40; found 782.47. HRMS Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H52N9O7: 782.3990; found 782.4008.
DMF (20 mL) was added to mixture of KHCO3 (1.84g, 18.4 mmol) and 2-bromo-5-iodobenzoic acid (4.99 g, 15.3 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 15 min. Benzyl bromide (2.4 mL, 20.2 mmol) was added drop-wise over 5 min and stirring was continued at ambient condition for ˜20 hr. Most of the volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 (50 mL) and water (50 mL), and the organic layer was washed with water (50 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated. The resulting crude material was purified with flash chromatography (7% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford ester M114a as a colorless viscous oil (6.01 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 8.07 (d, J=2.0, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=8.4, 2.1, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8.4, 1H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.34 (m, 3H), 5.34 (s, 2H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=2.1 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+Na]+ C14H10BrINaO2: 438.88; found 438.83.
Ester M114a was elaborated to ester M114d by employing a three step protocol employed in the synthesis of bromide 121c from 1-bromo-4-iodo-2-methylbenzene. M114d: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.04/11.97 (br s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=2.0, 0.92H), 7.99 (app br s, 0.08H), 7.81 (dd, J=8.3, 2.0, 0.92H), 7.74-7.62 (m, 2.08H), 7.50 (app br d, J=7.0, 2H), 7.44-7.35 (m, 3H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 3.52 (app br s, 1H), 3.36 (m, 1H), 2.24-1.79 (m, 4H), 1.39/5.11 (two s, 9H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.66 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C26H29BrN3O4: 526.13; found 526.16.
Ester M114e was prepared from bromide M114d and boronate 1c according to the preparation of dimer 1d. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.18/12.00/11.91/11.83 (four br s, 2H), 8.11-7.03 (m, 14H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 4.85-4.78 (m, 2H), 3.55 (app br s, 2H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 2.29-1.80 (m, 8H), 1.41/1.16 (two s, 18H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.54 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C44H51N6O6: 759.39; found 759.63.
A mixture of benzyl ester M114e (1.005 g, 1.325 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (236 mg) in MeOH (20 mL) was stirred under a balloon of H2 for 5 hr. The reaction mixture was then treated with a 1:1 mixture of MeOH and CH2Cl2, filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth (Celite®-521), and the filtrate was rotervaped to afford acid M114f (840 mg), contaminated with Ph3PO which was a carryover from the Suzuki coupling step. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.17/11.98/11.89/11.81 (four app br s, 2H), 8.04-7.31 (m, 9H), 4.85-4.78 (m, 2H), 3.55 (app br s, 2H), ˜3.37 (m, 2H, overlaped with water signal) 2.27-1.84 (m, 8H), 1.41/1.16 (two s, 18H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.37 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C37H45N6O6: 669.34; found 669.53.
4N HCl/dioxane (8.0 mL) and CH2Cl2 (2.0 mL) were sequentially added to carbamate M114f (417 mg, 0.623 mmol), the mixture was vigorously stirred 5.5 hr, and then the volatile component was removed in vacuo to afford the HCl (0.4×) salt of pyrrolidine M114g (487 mg), contaminated with Ph3PO impurity. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz) after D2O exchange: δ 8.23 (d, J=1.7, 1H), 8.09-8.04 (m, 3H), 7.92 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 7.53 (d, J=8.1, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 5.00 (app br t, J=8.3, 1H), 4.90 (app br t, J=8.4, 1H), 3.6-3.3 (m, 4H), 2.5-1.99 (m, 8H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.92 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C27H29N6O2: 469.24; found 469.31.
HATU (79.9 mg, 0.21 mmol) was added to a DMF (3.0 mL) solution of pyrrolidine M114g.4HCl (80 mg, 0.13 mmol), Cap-51 (92.4 mg, 0.527 mmol) and i-Pr2EtN (160 μL, 0.919 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 2 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified with a combination of MCX (MeOH wash; 2.0 M NH3/MeOH elution) and a reverse phase HPLC (CH3CN/H2O/NH4OAc) to afford the acetic acid salt of Example M114. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.20 min; >98 homogeneity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H51N8O8: 783.38; found 783.34. HRMS Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H51N8O8: 783.3830; found 783.3793.
Examples M115-M116 were prepared using the same method as described for Example M114 and by substituting the appropriate acids for Cap-51. The products were isolated as either the acetic acid or TFA salt depending on the nature of the mobile phase of the HPLC purification step.
Et3N (300 μL, 2.15 mmol) was added to a mixture of acid M114f (198.3 mg, 0.297 mmol), HOBt (94.2 mg, 0.697 mmol), EDCI (0.66 mmol), NH4Cl (101 mg, 1.89 mmol) in DMF (8.0 mL) and stirred for 17 hr at ambient condition. The reaction mixture was filtered through 0.45 μm filter, the volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water. The organic layer was concentrated and the resulting crude material was purified with a reverse phase HPLC (MeOH/H2O/TFA).
The above product was treated with 25% TFA/CH2Cl2 (4.0 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2.5 hr at ambient condition. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was free-based (MCX; MeOH wash; 2.0 M NH3/MeOH elution) to afford amide M118a (67.2 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 11.83 (br s, 2H), 7.81-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 7.65 (br s, 1H), 7.52 (br S, 1H), 7.44 (br s, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=8.3, 2H), 7.36 (d, J=8.3, 1H), 7.31 (br s, 1H), 4.16 (app t, J=7.2, 2H), 3.00-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.66 (m, 4H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.89 min; >95 homogeneity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C27H30N7O: 468.25; found 468.24.
The TFA salt of Example M118 was prepared from intermediate M118a and Cap-51 according to the procedure described for Example 1. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.16 min; 97% homogeneity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H52N9O7: 782.40; found 782.40. HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H52N9O7: 782.3990; found 782.3979.
DIBAL-H (8.0 mL of 1.0 M/CH2Cl2, 8.0 mmol) was added drop-wise to an ice-water cooled CH2Cl2 (20 mL) solution of benzyl ester M114e (1.216 g, 1.60 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr and an additional DIBAL-H (0.5 mL of 1.0 M/CH2Cl2, 0.5 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for ˜2.5 hr. The reaction was quenched with excess saturated NH4Cl solution and the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). The combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude material was purified with a Biotage (100 g silica gel; 2-6% MeOH/EtOAc) to afford alcohol M119a as an off-white foam (610 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 12.23 (br s, 0.19 H), 12.17 (br s, 0.19H), 11.89 (br s, 0.81H), 11.82 (br s, 0.81H), 7.97 (s, 0.81H), 7.84 (s, 0.19H), 7.78 (d, J=8.1, 1.62H), 7.69-7.20 (m, 6.38H), 5.21-5.15 (m, 1H), 4.86-4.78 (m, 2H), 4.49-4.45 (m, 2H), ˜3.54 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.34 (m, 2H), 2.30-1.80 (m, 8H), 1.41/1.17 (two s, 18H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.36 min. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C37H47N6O5: 655.36; found 655.34.
25% TFA/CH2Cl2 (3.0 mL) was added to carbamate M119a (105 mg, 0.160 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 4.5 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was free-based (MCX; MeOH wash; 2.0 M NH3/MeOH elution) to afford pyrrolidine M119b, contaminated with its trifluoroacetylated derivative of unknown regiochemistry. The sample was dissolved in MeOH (1.5 mL) and treated with 1.0 M NaOH/H2O (300 μL, 0.3 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 2.75 hr. It was then directly submitted to MCX purification (MeOH wash; 2.0 M NH3/MeOH elution) to afford M119b as a film of white solid (63.8 mg). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 11.82 (br s, 2H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.0, 2H), 7.66 (d, J=8.0, 1H), 7.46 (br s, 1H), 7.42 (br s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.0, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=8.0, 1H), 5.16 (app br s, 1H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.16 (app t, J=7.1, 2H), 3.00-2.82 (two m, 4H; there is a broad base line signal in this region from the pyrrolidine NH that was not included in the integration), 2.10-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.67 (m, 4H). LC (Cond.1): RT=0.78 min. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C27H31N6O: 455.26; found 455.27.
Example M119 was prepared from M119b and Cap-51 according to the procedure described for Example 1, with the exception that a reverse phase HPLC with ACN/H2O/NH4OAC solvent system was employed for the purification step. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.15 min; 98% homogeneity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H53N8O7: 769.40; found 769.40. HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C41H53N8O7: 769.4037; found 769.4023.
CH2Cl2 (6.0 mL) was added to a mixture alcohol M119a (501 mg, 0.765 mmol), TPAP (29.1, 0.083 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide (135.8 mg, 1.159 mmol), and the resultant heterogeneous mixture was vigorously stirred at ambient condition for 14.5 hr. Additional TPAP (11.0 mg, 0.031 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide (39 mg, 0.33 mmol) were added and stirring was continued for an additional 24 hr. The mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite®), the filtrate was rotervaped and the resulting crude material was purified with a Biotage (2% MeOH/EtOAc) to afford aldehyde M120a as a yellow viscous oil (195.6 mg). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.37 min. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C37H45N6O5: 653.35; found 653.40.
NaCNBH3 (33 mg, 0.50 mmol) was added in one batch to a MeOH (3.0 mL) solution of aldehyde M120a (195.6 mg, 0.30 mmol) and Me2NH (200 μL of 40% solution in H2O), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hr. The volatile component was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified with a flash chromatography (sample was loaded as a silica gel mesh; 3-15% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to afford amine M120b as an off-white foam (120 mg). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.32 min. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C39H52N7O4: 682.41; found 682.42.
Carbamate M120b was converted to M120c by employing the protocol described for the preparation of 1e from 1d. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 11.82 (br s, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.0, 2H), 7.65 (d, J=7.8, 1H), 7.45/7.43 (overlapping two br s, 2H), 7.37 (d, J=7.8, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=7.8, 1H), 4.87 (m, 0.1H), 4.17 (m, 1.90H), ˜3.3 (signal of Me2NCH2 overlapped with that of water), 3.01-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.10 (s, 6H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.67 (m, 4H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=0.79 min. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C29H36N7: 482.30; found 482.35.
The TFA salt of Example M120 was prepared from pyrrolidine M120c and Cap-51 according to the procedure described for Example 1. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.06 min; 96% homogeneity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C43H58N9O6: 796.45; found 796.48. HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C43H58N9O6: 796.4510; found 796.4515.
The TFA salt of Example M121 was prepared from M120c and Cap-4 according to the procedure described for Example 1. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.15 min; >98% homogeneity index. LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C49H54N9O6: 796.45; found 864.46. HRMS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C49H54N9O6: 864.4197; found 864.4222.
Diisopropyl ethylamine (1.81 mL, 10.4 mmol) was slowly added to acetonitrile (20 mL) solution of (1S,3S,5S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylic acid (2.36 g, 10.4 mmol) and (2-(4′-(2-bromoacetyl)biphenyl-4-yl)-2-oxoethyl)bromonium (2.0 g, 5.05 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient conditions for 16 hr. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water (1:1, 40 mL each). The organic layer was washed with Sat. NaHCO3 (2×10 mL), brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford ketoester M122a (3.58 g) as a viscous amber oil, which solidified upon storage in a refrigerator. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 8.20 (m, 4H), 7.97 (d, J=8.5, 4H), 5.71-5.48 (m, 4H), 4.69 (m, 2H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.44/1.38 (two s, 18H), 0.78 (m, 2H), 0.70 (m, 2H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.70 min; LC/MS: the molecular ion was not picked up.
Ammonium acetate (2.89 g, 37.5 mmol) was added to a toluene (20 mL) solution of ketoester M122a (2.58 g, 3.75 mmol), and the resulting mixture was heated at 120° C. for 4.5 hr, while azaetroping the water that is formed with a Dean-Stark set-up. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the volatile component was removed in vacuo. Sat. NaHCO3 solution (10 mL) was added to the solid and the mixture was stirred for 30 min, and the solid was filtered, dried in vacuo and submitted to a Biotage purification (28-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford imidazole M122b as light yellow solid (0.6 g). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.52 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C38H45N6O4: 649.35; found 649.78.
4 N HCl in dioxane (5 mL) was added to a ice-water cooled dioxane (16 mL) solution of carbamate M122b (0.8 g, 1.2 mmol), the ice-water bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at ambient condition for 4 hr. Big chunks of solid that formed during the reaction were broken up with a spatula. Removal of the volatile component in vacuo afforded pyrrolidine M122c (0.4 HCl) as yellow solid (0.73 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, δ=2.5 ppm, 400 MHz): δ 7.90 (d, J=8.3, 4H), 7.84 (br s, 2H), 7.79 (d, J=8.3, 4H), 5.24 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 2.71 (m, 2H), ˜2.50 (2H, overlapped with solvent signal), 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.38 (m, 2H), 0.96 (m, 2H). LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.03 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C28H29N6: 449.25; found 449.59.
The TFA salt of Example M122 was prepared from M122c and Cap-51 according to the procedure described for Example 1. LC (Cond. 1): RT=1.34 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C42H51N8O6: 763.39; found 763.73.
Example M123-M130 were prepared according to the procedure described for Example M122. Example M123-M129 were prepared as TFA salts, where as Example M130 was prepared as a free base.
Example M131 was prepared according to the procedure described for its disatereomer Example M122 starting from (1R,3S,5R)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylic acid, which was in turn synthesized by employing a literature protocol (Hanessian et al., Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl. 1997, 36, 1881-1884). LC (Cond. I): RT=1.273 min; LC/MS: Anal. Calcd. for [M+H]+ C42H50N8O6: 763.39; found 763.94.
Form N-2 of Compound (I) was analyzed using one or more of the testing methods described below.
A Bruker APEX2 Kappa CCD diffractometer equipped with a rotating anode generator of Cu Kα radiation, (λ=1.54178 Å) was used to collect diffraction data at the room temperature. Indexing and processing of the measured intensity data were carried out with the APEX2 software package/program suite (APEX2 Data collection and processing user interface: APEX2 User Manual, v1.27; BRUKER AXS, INc., 5465 East Cheryl Parkway, Madison, Wis. 53711 USA). The final unit cell parameters were determined using the entire data set.
The structure was solved by direct methods and refined by the full-matrix least-squares techniques, using the SHELXTL software package (Sheldrick, G M. 1997, SHELXTL. Structure Determination Programs. Version 5.10, Bruker AXS, Madison, Wis., USA.). The function minimized in the refinements was Σw(|Fo|−|Fc)2. R is defined as Σ∥Fo|−|Fc∥/Σ|Fo| while Rw=[Σw(|Fo|−Fc|)2/Σw|Fo|2]1/2, where w is an appropriate weighting function based on errors in the observed intensities. Difference Fourier maps were examined at all stages of refinement. All non-hydrogen atoms were refined with anisotropic thermal displacement parameters. The hydrogen atoms associated with hydrogen bonding were located in the final difference Fourier maps while the positions of the other hydrogen atoms were calculated from an idealized geometry with standard bond lengths and angles. They were assigned isotropic temperature factors and included in structure factor calculations with fixed parameters.
The crystal data of the N-2 form is shown in Table 2. The fractional atomic coordinates are listed in Table 3. It should be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that slight variations in the coordinates are possible and are considered to be within the scope the present disclosure.
About 200 mg were packed into a Philips powder X-ray diffraction (PXRD) sample holder. The sample was transferred to a Philips MPD unit (45 KV, 40 mA, Cu Kα). Data were collected at room temperature in the 2 to 32 2θ range (continuous scanning mode, scanning rate 0.03 degrees/sec., auto divergence and anti scatter slits, receiving slit: 0.2 mm, sample spinner: ON).
The results of the PXRD pattern and a simulated pattern calculated from the single crystal data are shown in
Table 4 lists the characteristic PXRD peaks that describe Form N-2 of Compound (I).
Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) experiments were performed in a TA Instruments™ model Q2000, Q1000 or 2920. The sample (about 2-6 mg) was weighed in an aluminum pan and recorded accurately to a hundredth of a milligram, and transferred to the DSC. The instrument was purged with nitrogen gas adt 50 mL/min. Data were collected between room temperature and 300° C. at 10° C./min heating rate. The plot was made with the endothermic peaks pointing down.
The results are shown in
All solid-state C-13 NMR measurements were made with a Bruker DSX-400, 400 MHz NMR spectromter. High resolution spectra were obtained using high-power proton decoupling and the TPPM pulse sequence and ramp amplitude cross-polarization (RAMP-CP) with magic-angle spinning (MAS) at approximately 12 kHz (A. E. Bennett et al. J. Chem. Phys. 1995, 103, 6951). (G. Metz, X. Wu, and S. O. Smith, J. Magn. Reson. A., 1994, 110, 219-227). Approximately 70 mg of sample, packed into a canister-design zirconia rotor was used for each experiment. Chemical shifts (δ) were referenced to external adamantane with the high frequency resonance being set to 38.56 ppm (W. L. Earl and D. L. VanderHart, J. Magn. Reson., 1982, 48, 35-54).
The SSNMR spectrum is shown in
Table 5 lists the characteristic SSNMR peaks that describe Form N-2 of Compound (I).
An HCV Replion assay was utilized in the present disclosure, and was prepared, conducted and validated as described in commonly owned PCT/US2006/022197 and in O'Boyle et. al. Antimicrob Agents Chemother. 2005 April; 49(4):1346-53.
HCV 1b-377-neo replicon cells were used to test the currently described compound series as well as cells resistant to compound A due to a Y2065H mutation in NS5A (described in application PCT/US2006/022197). The compounds tested were determined to have more than 10-fold less inhibitory activity on cells resistant to compound A than wild-type cells indicating a related mechanism of action between the two compound series. Thus, the compounds of the present disclosure can be effective to inhibit the function of the HCV NS5A protein and are understood to be as effective in combinations as previously described in application PCT/US2006/022197 and commonly owned WO/O4014852. Further, the compounds of the present disclosure can be effective against the HCV 1b genotype. It should also be understood that the compounds of the present disclosure can inhibit multiple genotypes of HCV. Table 2 shows the EC50 values of representative compounds of the present disclosure against the HCV 1b genotype. In one embodiment compounds of the present disclosure are active against the 1a, 1b, 2a, 2b, 3a, 4a, and 5a genotypes. EC50 ranges against HCV 1b are as follows: A=1-10 μM; B=100-999 nM; C=1-99 nM; and D=10-999 pM.
The compounds of the present disclosure may inhibit HCV by mechanisms in addition to or other than NS5A inhibition. In one embodiment the compounds of the present disclosure inhibit HCV replicon and in another embodiment the compounds of the present disclosure inhibit NS5A.
It will be evident to one skilled in the art that the present disclosure is not limited to the foregoing illustrative examples, and that it can be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the essential attributes thereof. It is therefore desired that the examples be considered in all respects as illustrative and not restrictive, reference being made to the appended claims, rather than to the foregoing examples, and all changes which come within the meaning and range of equivalency of the claims are therefore intended to be embraced therein.
The compounds of the present disclosure may inhibit HCV by mechanisms in addition to or other than NS5A inhibition. In one embodiment the compounds of the present disclosure inhibit HCV replicon and in another embodiment the compounds of the present disclosure inhibit NS5A. Compounds of the present disclosure may inhibit multiple genotypes of HCV.
This application is a Continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 12/644,852 filed Dec. 22, 2009 which is a Continuation-in-Part of U.S. Non-Provisional application Ser. No. 11/835,462 filed Aug. 8, 2007 which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 60/836,996 filed Aug. 11, 2006.
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 60836996 | Aug 2006 | US |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Parent | 12644852 | Dec 2009 | US |
| Child | 13176970 | US |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Parent | 11835462 | Aug 2007 | US |
| Child | 12644852 | US |
